The Latin
month Ianuarius derives from ianua (“door”), since it was the opening of the
year. It was also associated with Janus, the two-faced Roman god of doors and
openings who guarded the gates of heaven. Janus could simultaneously face the
year just past and the year to come.
What
a wonderful way to end the year and start another.
http://www.counterfeitscankill.com/
Regarding Anti-Counterfeit Products Initiative Site
WOW!! BULLS EYE.
This
website has more potential value to the marketplace than anything we have seen
in years. The additional safety and security factor recognized here is
testimony to the diligent and focused work of Electrical Contactor Magazine (www.ecmag.com) and TED –The Electrical
Distributor Magazine (www.tedmag.com ).
Well Done. Keep bringing us the information that we can use to make better
buying and hiring decisions.
The ugly
face of modern day piracy is “counterfeit products”. They look like the real
deal, but they aren’t. The savings, you thought you got, go down the drain in
legal fees and lost business. You better make sure that the products that you
are buying aren’t too good to be true.
If
you are looking for the real deal on anti-counterfeiting efforts
read the December issue of either Electrical Contactor Magazine or TED –The
Electrical Distributor Magazine.
We
will be attending the BICSI Conference in Orlando,
and we hope to see many of our readers, while we’re getting all the news
that you can use.
But
that’s just my opinion,
Frank Bisbee
"Heard On The Street" Monthly Column
http://www.wireville.com
4949 Sunbeam Rd, Suite 16
Jacksonville, FL 32257
(904) 645-9077 office
(904) 645-9058 fax
frank@wireville.com
Counterfeiting Can Kill
Special update
Identify the Problem ;Modern-Day Piracy
By clark silcox
The view
that buying counterfeit products can be a victimless crime is a fantasy. There
are victims, and there is criminal profiteering, not unlike that of the of
17th-century buccaneers.
In almost every significant CITY in the world,
some consumers will go out of their way for a deep-discount purchase of a
brand-name, luxury good, perhaps to a room on the upper floor of a nondescript
building where they may buy products that bear counterfeit trademarks of
well-known manufacturers. These consumers know they are buying fake goods and
that the quality is likely to be inferior to the genuine product. But still,
they feel satisfaction about their bargain purchases and justify their conduct
on the theory that no one is harmed. After all, they would never buy the
pricey, genuine goods, so sales are not lost, and no one’s health or safety is
impaired by their purchases of a fake handbag, shoes or bottle of perfume.
A recent
documentary from National Geographic based on the book by Dr. Moises Naim,
“Illicit: The Dark Trade,” addresses global commerce in illegal trade of all
types and these justifications. The film captures the role of organized crime
in the global distribution of counterfeit goods and shows why consumers looking
for counterfeit handbags or athletic shoes should consider where the money goes
and how their behavior is financing criminal activity throughout the world.
Damage done
Seven-year-old
Connor O’Keeffe brought his Nintendo Gameboy on a family vacation to Thailand. He
forgot to pack his Nintendo charger/adapter, and after arriving in Thailand, his
father purchased what he believed was a replacement Nintendo charger. Later
that evening, Connor’s parents found him dead on the floor of the hotel room,
clutching the charger that electrocuted him. A British inquest found the
following:
• Wires
within the charger were dangerously close together, which meant it could easily
become live and electrocute a user, said Landesgewerbeanstalt Bayern (LGA), the
German electrical laboratory that conducted the tests.
• Noting
the charger was far below European safety standards, LGA discovered the gap
between the primary and secondary circuits was 1 millimeter wide, compared to
European standards, which require a 4.6-mm gap.
Nintendo did not make this product.
It was counterfeit.
There are
many other examples of injuries and damage caused by counterfeit electrical
products: House fires in Indonesia
and Egypt
have been linked to the failure of counterfeit circuit breakers to protect
electrical circuitry from overcurrent or short circuits. Counterfeit cell phone
batteries have been reported to explode, damaging devices and property. Kitchen
workers at an Iraqi housing facility for U.S. Embassy guards suffered minor
electrical shocks, and electric wires began to melt because of counterfeit
electrical wires installed in the facility. These and similar reports found on
the National Electrical Manufacturers Association’s (NEMA) Web site confirm
that counterfeit electrical products are typically substandard and unsafe.
Modern-day
pirates may still use ships to export their stolen booty, but the 21st century
weapons of choice are CAD machines, high-speed printers, digital cameras,
e-mail and the Internet. This equipment enables high-quality copying of the
exterior look of a product and the labels and packaging that accompany it.
Images of the copied product are posted on Chinese English--language Web sites,
and NEMA has found that some of these Chinese Web sites actually copy
word-for-word the text of the product’s description from the genuine
manufacturer’s Web site. The photo and the text are a fraud: they do not
describe how the internal properties of the copied product vary from the
product they purport to be.
There are
counterfeit circuit breakers that have no internal parts that would terminate
the current to a wire in danger of overheating. There are counterfeit batteries
without the vents that enable built-up gases to escape and permit batteries to
fail safely. There are counterfeit grounding rods with only a small fraction of
the copper coating required to prevent corrosion by elements in the soil,
giving the ground rod a useful life of only a few years to protect property
from electrical surges instead of the 30 to 40 years one would expect from a
product built to safety standards. And then there are the counterfeit
electrical power cords—for which safety standards specify a 12-gauge AWG
wire-—that only have a 24-gauge wire typically found in speaker wire. The
cord’s jacket deceptively states it has a 12-gauge wire, but it will not safely
carry the electrical current for the purpose it falsely represents.
These
hidden variations are not unintentional. These inferior products are intended
to be made and sold cheaply to appeal to those primarily interested in
purchasing an electrical product at a price that not even a wholesaler of
genuine electrical products can sell at for a profit. The purchaser is buying
these products either knowing that they are not the same quality as the genuine
electrical product—consciously avoiding the question whether they are as safe,
as durable or providing the same level of performance as the genuine product—
or buying them unwittingly, a victim of the desire to buy a product at an
unheard-of price.
“Counterfeit
products pose serious health and safety hazards to consumers and put
unsuspecting distributors in the middle of a very dangerous situation,” said
Jim Pauley, vice president of industry and government relations for Schneider
Electric’s North American Operating Division, Palatine, Ill. “Anyone near one
of the counterfeit breakers when it explodes is going to be subjected to
extreme heat, sprays of molten metal and a powerful blast of energy. Further,
even if the breaker does not have a catastrophic failure, it may not properly
operate to protect the home or building’s electrical system from an electrical
fault, significantly increasing the likelihood of an electrical fire.”
Most
counterfeit electrical products found in the United
States are copies of electrical products made in the United States, Mexico,
Canada or the Caribbean. Schneider Electric North American CEO David
Petratis told the U.S. Chamber of Commerce in October 2007 that Schneider
Electric can still make residential circuit breakers in Lincoln,
Neb., at a landed cost that is less than the
same product delivered from China.
It’s also important to note that genuine NEMA-style residential circuit
breakers are made in this hemisphere and are not sold on Chinese English-language
Web sites.
The same is
true for many other electrical products. A recent visit to eBay uncovered
offers from Hong Kong sellers of counterfeit
lithium batteries for as little as 99 cents for an order of 10 batteries. The
counterfeiters copy the labels of the genuine batteries, but the real versions
of these batteries sold in the United States
actually are made in the United
States.
While it is
difficult to quantify the amount of counterfeit electrical products that have
reached the United States,
data reported by the U.S. Customs and Border Protection and Immigration and
Customs Enforcement Unit indicates the number of electrical products seized is
on the rise. Electrical products are catalogued as “consumer electronics” by
customs, and in fiscal year 2006, these products represented 5 percent of total
seizures valued at about $7 million. In fiscal year 2007, these products
represented 8 percent of total seizures valued at about $16 million. The
consumer electronics classification does not include computer hardware or
computer games. This figure also does not include product that is seized as a
result of private civil litigation or counterfeit product that is never found.
The increase in counterfeits seized is consistent with what NEMA is learning
about increased reports of counterfeit electrical products in the marketplace.
Common counterfeits
Counterfeit
products touch on a range of interests: injury or death of consumers from a
product defect or malfunction, deception of buyers of electrical products,
improper use of intellectual property rights, and the loss of tax revenue. In
addition, reputations are at stake:
Tying a fire or injury to a wrongly branded counterfeit product can give the
unsuspecting manufacturer an unwarranted black eye. NEMA is aware of at least
one member company that learned it had a counterfeiting problem because it was
named as a defendant in a product liability lawsuit for a product it did not
make or sell.
In a recent
report covering product liability issues for its members, the National
Association of Electrical Distributors (NAED) reported that documented cases of
counterfeit electrical products reaching the market include the following:
• Conduit
fittings installed in a hazardous location, marked with a brand and certification
marks bearing the manufacturer’s part number of a product designed for use in
hazardous locations without actually meeting the design requirements suitable
for those locations
• Circuit
breakers bearing a brand name not providing protection
• Defective
control relays bearing a counterfeit certification mark, causing a machine to
malfunction
• Extension
cords bearing a brand name and certification mark for a product designed for a
12-gauge wire but actually employing a smaller 24-gauge wire, which catch on
fire when the cords are used as the manufacturer intends
• Imported
dry-cell batteries containing mercury, when U.S. law prohibits sale of them
•
Electrical products bearing the certification marks of third-party test labs
without authorization
•
Counterfeit ground-fault circuit interrupters
• Cell
phone batteries
•Electrical
receptacles
Risk of product liability claims
Who in the
distribution chain of a product—manufacturers, distributors, retailers or
contractors—is open to product liability suits when a product malfunctions or
otherwise fails to perform as expected and causes injury? Most of the time,
according to NAED reports, the manufacturer is the first focus of a claim or
lawsuit based on the malfunctioning or defect of an electrical product and will
stand behind its products. Claims most often associated with product liability
include the following:
•
Negligence
• Strict
liability, where the injured party must show only that the product was
defective (unsafe if used as intended) or unreasonably dangerous (likely to
cause harm)
• Breach of
warranty: a warranty is a statement by a manufacturer concerning the traits or
operation of a product.
When the
product is determined to be counterfeit, however, the manufacturer will generally
avoid liability for a product that it did not make or sell. The focus then
shifts to the distributors, retailers, electrical contractors and installers.
The hunt is on for those who introduced the defective counterfeit product into
the supply channel in the first place. Finding that entity, particularly if it
is in Asia, may be a difficult task, leaving
the local distributor or electrician holding the bag for liability because,
unwittingly or not, they are the only known entity in the chain of distribution
who can be sued. Given the difficulty of detecting look-alike counterfeits, the
risk-averse strategy to avoiding counterfeits is to source electrical products
from entities that are authorized and known to trade in genuine products of the
branded manufacturer (for more on liability, see page 38i).
A collaborative solution
The
Prioritizing Resources and Organization for Intellectual Property Act of 2008
(HR 4279) passed the House of Representatives in May 2008, and legislation
pending in the U.S. Senate explicitly recognizes the importance of a
public-private partnership.
NEMA and
several of its members impacted by counterfeiting are pursuing public-private
partnerships with the government on intellectual property enforcement. NEMA
also meets with customs officials, helping them understand from where the
dangerous fake electrical products are coming, and with criminal
law-enforcement officials, asking them to bring cases where it is believed
someone has knowingly trafficked in counterfeit electrical products. In
addition, NEMA talks with trade and safety agencies to make them aware of the
correlation between counterfeit products and substandard products. NEMA has
written to the U.S. Trade Representative to support its World Trade
Organization case against China
for inadequate enforcement of intellectual property laws.
NAED and
the National Electrical Contractors Association support efforts to combat
counterfeit electrical products, and the efforts of Underwriters Laboratories
and Canadian Standards Association International (to combat counterfeit
electrical products) have not gone unnoticed. The product liability risks and
the risks to the public from the unsafe counterfeits drives a mutual
recognition among all groups in the electrical channel and the government that
collaboration in eliminating this insidious side of global commerce is the only
possible strategy. For more on the solution, see the “What’s Being Done”
section, starting on page 46i.
Silcox is
general counsel for NEMA. He can be reached at
Cla_Silcox@nema.org. This article first appeared in the June 2008. issue of the
NEMA publication, “electroindustry.”
Reprinted
with full permission of Electrical Contractor Magazine www.ecmag.com
&
Reprinted
with full permission of The Electrical Distributor Magazine www.tedmag.com
*********************************
Counterfeiting and Piracy: How Pervasive Is It?
By cheryl
d. smith
Industry
experts and government officials estimate that counterfeiting and piracy is
growing worldwide, and the cost to the nation, companies and consumers is
alarming.
From
counterfeit prescription drugs and automotive parts to computer software and
electrical extension cords, the market for bogus products is increasing and is
of particular concern to electrical manufacturers, distributors and contractors
that stand behind the products they make, sell and install. While one of the
biggest challenges facing the electrical industry is the physical danger
counterfeit products pose to consumers, there also is the economic impact to
consider. When intellectual property rights are infringed upon, it undermines
the ability to innovate and create breakthrough technological solutions that
bolster the global economy and create jobs for millions of Americans.
Counterfeiting
and piracy cost the U.S.
economy approximately $250 billion in annual revenues and have led to the loss
of more than 750,000 American jobs. The automotive industry, for example, could
employ an additional 250,000 workers if counterfeit auto parts sales were
eliminated, according to the U.S. Federal Trade Commission. It is estimated
that phony auto parts cost the global automotive industry approximately $12
billion annually.
Small businesses
also suffer because many lack the resources to bring a claim against a
perpetrator, and a malicious attack to steal a trademark or copyright could
ultimately destroy the company. In 2005, the U.S. Patent and Trademark office
found that only 15 percent of small companies that conduct business abroad are
aware that a U.S. patent or
trademark only protects them in the United States. On the global
economy, the impact of intellectual property theft accounts for $500 to $600
billion in lost sales each year, or 5 to 7 percent of world trade.
“There are
estimates that intellectual property in the United
States is worth between $5 trillion and $5.5 trillion and
accounts for approximately half of U.S.
exports with roughly 40 percent driving U.S. economic growth,” said Alex
Burgos, representative for the U.S. Chamber of Commerce Global Intellectual
Property Center. “The impact of intellectual property on the U.S. economy is
undeniable.”
Health and
safety risks also are mounting as counterfeit prescription drugs account for 10
percent of all pharmaceuticals, according to the World Health Organization. The
Center for Medicine in the Public Interest reports that imitation drug commerce
is expected to grow 13 percent annually through 2010.
Data
compiled by the U.S. Customs and Border Protection (CBP) and Immigration
Customs Enforcement Unit (ICE) shows a dramatic increase in seizures of
counterfeit and pirated goods in recent years. In fiscal year 2007, CBP and ICE
conducted 1,295 seizures of counterfeit goods that posed potential safety and
security risks with a domestic value of $27.9 million. Seizures of hazardous
counterfeit goods more than doubled year-to-year in both value and number. The
types of products seized included electrical equipment, pharmaceuticals,
perfume, cigarettes, batteries, auto parts, food and sunglasses. By midfiscal
year 2008, CBP and ICE had confiscated 796 shipments of products with possible
safety risks with a domestic value of $24.8 million—a 28 percent rise in
seizures and 30 percent increase in domestic value compared to 2007. (These
numbers show the magnitude of counterfeiting as a whole and not just electrical
components.)
“The size
of the counterfeit electrical market is difficult to determine because we don’t
know that a product is counterfeit unless it has been previously tested,
inspected or failed to perform its intended function,” said Bernd Heinze,
president and CEO of the Philadelphia-based Sequent Insurance Group. “Most
estimates, although conservative, project the amount of global counterfeiting
of electrical products between $11 billion and $20 billion annually and between
$300 million and $400 million in North America.”
Heinze has
represented and defended electric utilities, distributors, suppliers,
installers and manufacturers in product liability and contract matters. He
recently produced a white paper on behalf of the National Association of
Electrical Distributors (NAED) to help distributors assess legal and risk
exposures of doing business overseas. Based on his study, “Product Liability
Exposure: How to Manage and Mitigate the Risks in Today’s Global Market,”
Heinze said the growth of products being contracted overseas and purchased from
unauthorized dealers has contributed to an increase of recalled electrical goods
and claims filed against electrical distributors and manufacturers.
“With
global trafficking of counterfeit electrical products on the rise, distributors
and manufacturers can minimize the risk of being sued by exercising due
diligence to verify the legitimacy of the manufacturer,” Heinze said.
“Representatives in the electrical distribution channel must conduct business
with reputable sources in order to have confidence in the integrity of the
product.”
Square D,
the flagship brand for Schneider Electric’s North American Operating Division, Palatine, Ill., has filed
several lawsuits against U.S.
companies that were selling counterfeit Square D circuit breakers and obtained
permanent injunctions barring distributors from selling and importing Square D
products.
“Five years ago, we were unaware of any
counterfeit Square D products in the United States, but there has been an
influx in recent years of trafficking counterfeit goods,” said Tracy Garner,
anti-counterfeiting manager for Schneider Electric/Square D. “Based on our
lawsuits, hundreds of thousands of counterfeit Square D circuit breakers were
sold in the United States. Other manufacturers’ products are being negatively
affected as well. Counterfeiting is a huge issue for our industry.”
Consider
that as many as 250,000 circuit breakers could fit into a 40-foot container
shipped into the United
States. An average home may contain about 15
circuit breakers, which means more than 16,000 homes could be dangerously
affected by just one container of counterfeit circuit breakers. CBP reported
the seizure of 500,000 circuit breakers in the United States between January 2006
and June 2007.
According
to www.ul.com, Underwriters Laboratories (UL) has experienced counterfeiting of
its UL mark, which certifies that products have been tested and considered safe
for use by consumers. Products that usually bear a counterfeit UL mark are
high-volume, low-cost items, such as extension cords and power strips. UL
estimates that a small percentage of its mark is being illegally affixed to
products, but UL has a zero-tolerance policy for any goods with counterfeit
marks. UL has worked with CBP on thousands of seizures valued at more than $150
million (for more on this, see page 52i).
The upsurge
of counterfeiting and piracy also is having an overwhelming affect on
electrical contractors, according to Electrical Contractor magazine’s “2008
Profile of the Electrical Contractor.”
The survey,
published by the National Electrical Contractors Association (NECA), revealed
that 60 percent of contractors are extremely or very concerned about the
effectiveness of counterfeit products, while 43 percent were unsure if they
have encountered counterfeit electrical goods over the past year. To address
electrical contractors’ concerns, the magazine convened a one-hour session,
“Counterfeit Products: Are You Liable?” at NECA’s 2008 Convention and Trade
Show in Chicago.
How are counterfeit products getting
into the marketplace?
Shoddy
products can enter the United
States and infiltrate the legitimate supply
chain through a variety of distribution channels. One popular method that
counterfeiters use to transport illegal goods is through imports.
“The U.S. government serves as the first line of
defense for counterfeit products coming from abroad, and the majority of them
originate from China,” Burgos said. “We
encourage industries and businesses to manage their supply chain and share
intelligence with government officials and law enforcement to improve and
defend our U.S.
ports.”
A more
contemporary vehicle used by counterfeiters to sell fake products is through
e-commerce, auction sites and e-mail solicitations on the Internet. According
to “The Economic Impact of Counterfeiting and Piracy,” a study by the
France-based Organisation for Economic Development and Co-operation, online
environments are appealing for a number of reasons, including anonymity,
flexibility, the size of market, market reach and deception.
The
Internet has a wide-reaching global audience that creates substantial opportunities
for perpetrators to conduct illegal sales. Counterfeiters also can conceal
their identity and establish online merchant sites that can be quickly removed
and relocated. The overwhelming number of e-commerce sites makes it hard for
enforcement agencies to track and capture the culprits, and the high level of
software available to build sophisticated and professional Web sites allow
counterfeiters and pirates to deceive consumers and businesses.
“The
Internet is a major issue with pharmaceutical companies because almost 50
percent of counterfeit medications are trafficked through illicit Web sites,” Burgos said. “Companies
or industries that are most affected by illegal online commerce generally have
departments within their organizations specifically designed to monitor
unlawful activity.”
A major
concern for the international market is free trade zones. OECD reports that
traders can store, assemble and manufacture products that are moving across
borders with minimum regulation. Merchandise that passes through the zones
provides unlawful opportunities for shipping documents to be “sanitized” to
conceal their original point of manufacture. Goods also can be repackaged with
counterfeit trademarks prior to being exported to other countries.
As the
enormity of the counterfeiting and piracy problem continues to increase, the
battle to save lives, safeguard intellectual property and advance global
economic growth requires collaboration across industries and partnership with
government and law enforcement agencies. Counterfeiting and piracy undercuts
the investment that electrical manufacturers make in their brands to meet and
exceed electrical safety standards. It also damages distributors in the
wholesale and retail market that legitimately promote quality brands and
shatters the confidence that contractors expect to have in the products they
install in homes and businesses.
“Strong
business relationships are essential as the problem of counterfeiting and
piracy intensifies,” Heinze said. “Creating awareness and working together is
the greatest weapon to prevent injuries, damages and losses attributed to
counterfeit electrical products.”
For more
information on counterfeiting and piracy, visit the U.S. Chamber of Commerce
Global Intellectual Property Center on the Web at www.theglobalipcenter.com and
the Coalition Against Counterfeiting and Piracy at www.theglobalipcenter.com/gipc/cacp.
Smith is a
freelance writer in Upper Marlboro, Md.
She can be reached at accd.smith3@comcast.net.
Reprinted
with full permission of Electrical Contractor Magazine www.ecmag.com
&
Reprinted
with full permission of The Electrical Distributor Magazine www.tedmag.com
*********************************
Identify the PROBLEM
By john
paul quinn
The ChinaChallenge
China’s immense size and its history as a
closed society have made it the subject of a number of urban legends and
fanciful speculations. However, there are some current, verifiable statistics
about China
that should be believed—they are about counterfeiting and intellectual property
rights (IPR), and they’re alarming.
According
to U.S. Customs and Border Protection (CBP), China—out
of all U.S.
trading partners—accounted for 85 percent of the total value of counterfeit
products seized, valued at $96.7 million at midyear 2008. This was up 9 percent
from a year ago.
CBP also
notes that overall, consumer electronics/electrical articles represent 9
percent of the total value, or $9.7 million. And 11 percent of the safety and
security hazard seizures were electrical/-electronic goods, valued at $2.8
million. The report further notes that almost 90 percent of seizures that pose
a safety and security risk to the United States were of Chinese
origin.
“China remains a
special challenge for us,” said Wayne Paugh, who heads an interagency task
force called the National Intellectual Property Law Enforcement Coordination
Council (NIPLECC).
“Last year,
the U.S. filed two World
Trade Organization (WTO) cases against China for violations of their
obligations as a permanent WTO member,” he said. “One involved impeding market
access, the other IPR violations. As we proceeded with the litigation, our
negotiations on trade issues with the Chinese broke down at the leadership
level, with little being accomplished. Recently, we have re-engaged with them,
but this is symptomatic of the nature of this issue.”
Many
believe the situation will only deteriorate because too many politicians around
the world have held back too long on taking aggressive actions to effectively
combat Chinese counterfeiting.
Speaking
off the record at an intellectual property rights conference in Brussels earlier this
year, a leading official of the anti-counterfeit section of the World Customs
Organization (WCO) made a sobering observation.
“It would
be a bit naive to expect China
to do anything serious about counterfeiting when some 30 percent of its
citizens are involved in making products that are questionable from the IPR
standpoint,” he said. Do the math.
A worsening situation
The
consensus in the European Union (EU) and the United
States is that the China situation continues to get
worse. This is especially frustrating in Europe, where the EU is currently
involved in a 15 million-euro three-year project to train judges and
prosecutors in China
on IP protection law. The EU is contributing 12 million euros; China is paying
3 million euros.
But some
observers are guardedly optimistic that things may begin to improve.
“IP laws
are in place in China,” said
Candice Li, external relations manager for anti-counterfeiting at the
International Trademark Association (INTA) in New York. “But prosecution and enforcement
are hindered by the size of the country and the rapid growth of the economy. We
believe that, overall, the Chinese government is opposed to counterfeiting and
is trying to cooperate and engage the problem.”
The
argument for possible gradual improvement is based on the belief that the
global economy may, to some extent, curtail the proliferation of counterfeiting
in China.
As the
country’s economy continues to expand, there is a likelihood of ongoing rising
inflation that will not be limited to legitimate trade.
As
counterfeiters see their costs rising, they may weigh the risks involved in
pursuing their clandestine operations.
Reportedly,
the Chinese government has already started to feel pressure from its own
manufacturers, who are also being victimized by fakes.
Couple this
with the arguments by the WTO and other international bodies that protecting
IPR is a prerequisite for attracting foreign investment capital, and
enlightened commercial self-interest may gradually kick in.
Political priorities
Others are
less sanguine about any consistent improvement in China.
“China could do more if they wanted to,” said
David Dossett, chief executive of the British Electrotechnical and Allied
Manufacturers’ Association (BEAMA), based in London. “The problem is that they tend to
shift their priorities and juggle their varying and political and economic
interests, so at times they’re tacitly pro-counterfeiting and at times con.
“At this
time, the Chinese authorities are very good if we take them evidence that a
factory is making counterfeits. They’re efficient and helpful and raid the
location and seize the products. But they’re not allowed to be proactive and do
their own investigation and close an operation down of their own accord.”
BEAMA has
been engaged in anti-counterfeiting activities in China since 2001. Working with
local authorities, it has focused annually on two areas: Wenzhou, the country’s electrical
manufacturing center, and the Canton Fair, where association members hit the
purveyors of counterfeit articles.
The Canton
Fair operators learned from experience and went undercover, so BEAMA shifted
its attention this year to another exhibition at Yiwu, a massive distribution
and consolidation center for both domestic and overseas markets, where export
shipments are containerized.
The move
produced impressive results. In the six months from April to September of 2008,
BEAMA seizures doubled over those of 2007, with 850,000 products valued at 1
million euros confiscated.
Counterfeit hub
Individual
manufacturers tracking the China
scene continue to be skeptical.
“I don’t
see any improvement near-term in controlling the amount of Chinese counterfeit
products entering world markets,” said Kevin Harris, international policy
manager, Eaton Corp. “And I’m embarrassed because it seems that trade
associations are taking more action than national governments, or WTO or WCO.
“Most
observers agree that China
is the hub of counterfeit manufacturing, but there doesn’t seem to be any
coordinated political strategy to stop this. Aside from associations like BEAMA
taking a stand, we don’t see any action being taken without our industry
involvement.
“Many of
the sites raided in BEAMA’s operations in southeast China are factories without names, unlicensed,
operating illegally, and apparently previously unknown to the authorities,” he
said.
In Eaton’s
experience, there has been little penetration of its U.K. market by Chinese knockoffs of
its products. The real threat lies in these products being introduced into the
company’s export markets in Africa, the Middle East and Asia,
where the company’s brand name, and those of many of its major competitors,
could be seriously compromised if this situation is not controlled.
“There may
be IP laws in place in China,”
Harris said, “but the real issue has to do with the low level of enforcement
and the lack of political will to ensure that there will be serious deterrent
penalties to discourage counterfeiting.”
Meeting the challenge
Meanwhile,
in the United States,
manufacturers have had some heartening successes in facing up to the challenge
of Chinese counterfeits.
Probably
the highest profile and most successful anti-counterfeit litigation in the
electrical equipment industry that has taken place in the United States has
been a series of lawsuits instituted by Schneider Electric/Square D, Palatine,
Ill., involving the company’s line of circuit breakers, and the back trail led
to China (for more on this, see sidebar on page 40i).
According
to Brian Lewis, outside counsel for Square D at Wildman Harrold in Chicago, who
prosecuted these cases, in the course of the U.S. litigation and two raids
conducted in China, a network of 33 unauthorized manufacturers, importers, and
distributors was uncovered, more than 250,000 counterfeit products were seized
or quarantined, and approximately 300,000 products are under recall by order of
the Consumer Product Safety Commission.
“In one
facility that was raided, with the assistance of the Chinese authorities, some
19,000 counterfeit breakers were seized, knockoffs of both Square D and other
U.S. brands,” said Stephen Litchfield, assistant general counsel, Schneider
Electric/Square D. “In the investigators’ opinion, this plant was geared up to
manufacture 3 million pieces a year and had been in operation since 2004,
meaning that before they were shut down they could have generated 9 million
pieces of counterfeit and highly dangerous product.”
But the
evidence continues to point to unabated production of counterfeit electrical/electronic
products in China.
“Last year,
we participated in a NEMA survey which covered many of the products we
manufacture and sell,” said Dave Griffith, electrical distribution channel
manager, GE Consumer and Industrial U. C. Division, Nela Park, Ohio.
“This included lamps, power distribution products, motors, switchgear, relays
and circuit breakers. If you tallied up our competitors’ and our input, it was
estimated that 90 percent of all the counterfeits of these products entering
the supply chain comes from China.”
Griffith also advises manufacturers to be
careful with what lines they choose to produce in countries with a
counterfeiting reputation, because that represents an ideal opportunity for
reverse-engineering and copycatting.
In this
ongoing confrontation, the Chinese government apparently perceives that its
importance as a pre-eminent and sought-after emerging market will limit
international sanctions against it, and other governments will constantly be
reluctant to take a strong stance against them on an individual basis.
“The bottom
line is that this is not a manufacturer problem, and it’s not an electrical
industry problem. It’s the China
problem,” Lewis said. “This is a multibillion-dollar industry for that country,
and it has been established that this involves automotive, aviation, electrical
and electronic, drug and food products.
“Until the United States
and the European Union and other global bodies become more aggressive, it’s up
to all of us in our industry associations and in our individual companies to be
proactive in this anti-counterfeiting fight,” Lewis said.
Quinn
reports on a wide range of business topics for journals in the United States and Europe.
He can be reached at 203.323.9850 or at mirabel@snet.net.
Reprinted
with full permission of Electrical Contractor Magazine www.ecmag.com
&
Reprinted
with full permission of The Electrical Distributor Magazine www.tedmag.com
*********************************
Channel Responsibilities
BY darlene
bremer
Shared Responsibility
Everyone in the supply chain—from
manufacturers to distributors, electrical contractors and
end-users—has a responsibility to try to identify, avoid and report counterfeit
products. Mid-fiscal year (FY) 2008
statistics released by U.S. Customs and Border Protection this past May show
that seizures of consumer electronics and electrical products that infringed on
intellectual property rights (IPR) accounted for 9 percent of the total
seizures made by the agency for the first half of the year.
Although
total IPR seizures decreased by 1 percent between mid-FY2007 and mid-FY2008,
the number of seizures of consumer electronic and electrical products rose 3
percent—from
more than $9.4 million worth of products at mid-FY2007 to more than $9.7
million for the same time period in FY2008.
IPR
violation is really a fancy term for counterfeit. After all, manufacturers
invest a lot of money in researching, developing and manufacturing their
trademarks and testing laboratory-certified products. A counterfeiter is
actually stealing that investment. To avoid abetting that theft, everyone in
the supply chain has a responsibility to try to identify, avoid and report
counterfeit products.
Manufacturer musts
According
to Brian Monks, vice president of anti-counterfeiting operations for
Underwriters Laboratories (UL), Northbrook,
Ill., manufacturers of electrical products need to
understand their component or assembly supply chain to make sure it contains
pure, untainted products.
“Electrical
product manufacturers should ensure that they are dealing with reputable
vendors that they know,” he said.
Knowing the
company or companies that the manufacturer is dealing with means performing due
diligence when beginning relationships with new suppliers, asking questions
about component sources and asking for certifications of authenticity.
“Manufacturers
do have to guard against counterfeit components within their own supply chain
to avoid errors in manufacturing and to protect their reputations,” said Dave
Moeller, national market manager, construction, Graybar, St. Louis. However, he said, while everyone
in the chain has a vested interest in identifying, avoiding and reporting
counterfeit products, manufacturers have the ability to readily compare
legitimate product against counterfeit.
“We know
our suppliers can stand behind their products,” Moeller said. “That’s one of
the reasons Graybar has taken a public stance against private labeling, and we
encourage the rest of the industry to do the same.”
A major
responsibility held by the manufacturer concerning counterfeit products is
maintaining communication through their distributors, according to Bernie Bush,
purchasing manager for Valley Electrical Consolidated, Girard, Ohio.
“That’s the
best channel for manufacturers to let the entire chain know if one of their
products is being counterfeited,” Bush said.
For
example, Valley Electrical learned about Square D’s problem with counterfeit
circuit breakers through information that its distributor relayed to the
company.
Ken Narod,
vice president, channel at Eaton Electrical Group, Cleveland, said
manufacturers’ responsibilities include having a formal anti-counterfeiting
program in place, including authentication processes for trademarks and labels,
as well as offering a training program to advance education throughout the
industry.
“Manufacturers
should also have the ability and staff to work with federal authorities to help
identify and prosecute violators and to educate law enforcement on how various
electrical products are being counterfeited and how they are potentially
entering the country,” he said.
Manufacturers
also can advance education by working and communicating with trade
associations, organizations and other manufacturers to curtail counterfeiting.
Distributor to-dos
“Distributors
need to perform due diligence, as well, by asking questions about sourcing,
requiring certifications of authenticity for the products they purchase for
distribution, and making sure
they know
who is responsible for problems that occur with products,” Monks said.
Distributors
also have a responsibility to understand the supply chain and to only deal with
reputable manufacturers. In addition, Monks advises distributors to perform
spot checks to ensure counterfeit products have not accidentally gotten into
the chain.
“Counterfeiting
is a criminal activity, and counterfeiters are ingenious at getting around the system,”
Monks said.
However, in
economic downturns, it is tempting to procure products the distributor knows
are too cheap, a key indicator that a product is counterfeit. This is a
temptation the entire supply chain needs to avoid.
“It is the
distributor’s responsibility to not let competitive pressures lure them into
ignoring the warning signs of a counterfeit product, such as prices that are
too low, when choosing whether to carry a new manufacturer’s product,” Bush
said.
Distributors
need to buy products directly from the manufacturer to avoid finding themselves
distributing counterfeit material.
“Distributors
must make a commitment to training their personnel on the safety and liability
risks of distributing counterfeit products and to report any suspicious
products to the manufacturer,” Narod said.
According
to Larry Wilson, senior communications manager for Fluke Corp., Everett, Wash.,
the company has not had much trouble in terms of direct knockoffs, but rather
with test meters that are similar enough that people think it is a Fluke
product.
“Distributors
are responsible for understanding that Fluke owns the trade dress and that they
should not be purchasing or distributing meters that violate the visual
appearance of a Fluke product or its packaging,” he said.
If a
distributor discovers counterfeit products being sold, then the distributor is
responsible for letting the manufacturer know.
“It’s then
up to Fluke to pursue the matter by notifying the seller that they are
violating our trade dress,” Wilson
explained.
Graybar’s
responsibilities for identifying and avoiding counterfeit products starts with
communicating awareness of the issue throughout the company, Moeller said. As a
distributor, Graybar also goes through great effort to represent known,
reliable manufacturers and to deal with suppliers that have good business
practices and that are financially sound.
“Graybar
has a long history of actively seeking out the brands that customers are most
interested in purchasing and then becoming the preferred distributor of those
brands,” Moeller said.
Distributors
can lessen the chance of counterfeit product lines getting into the supply
chain by recognizing those areas from where counterfeit products are likely to
appear and by only dealing with suppliers with a history of making the original
product.
Unfortunately,
it has not historically been the norm for distributors or contractors to
investigate who is supplying the product, according to Warren Janes, vice
president of sales and marketing for Maurice Electrical Supply, Washington, D.C.
There are many ways a distributor can get counterfeit product on its shelves
without knowing it, and investigating authenticity creates an extra step in the
buying process that not everyone has been willing to take.
“To ensure
that the door remains closed to counterfeiters, distributors should buy
products only from authorized sources,” Janes advised. Internet sourcing in
particular, he added, is so wide open that it is easy to unknowingly find and
source counterfeit products because the trail is too hard to follow.
Contractor checklist
Contractors,
according to Monks, are the last link in the supply chain and the least likely
to think they need to perform diligence and ask questions about product
sources.
“The
reality is that contractors rely on their distributors for that,” Monks said.
A
contractor’s problems could begin when it doesn’t buy from reputable
distributors and purchases products outside the normal chain from places such
as flea markets, overstocks, discount stores or through the Internet.
“Contractors,
however, are responsible for being aware of the issue and for realizing that if
the price is too low, it really is too good to be true. And, if a counterfeit
product is discovered after installation, the end-user is probably going to go
after the contractor first,” Monks said.
“Contractors
need to deal with reputable distributors. We rely on them to authenticate
products,” Bush said.
In
addition, contractors must educate field electricians about key indicators of
counterfeit products and encouraging them to examine products closely before
installation and to become familiar with the look, feel, packaging and
trademarks of legitimate products.
“Identifying
counterfeits can be difficult, however. Sometimes it only becomes apparent
after the installation,” Bush said.
Electrical
contractors that are aware of what they are buying and from whom should be able
to avoid counterfeit products.
“Contractors
working in commercial and industrial applications need to use high-quality
meters that are appropriately designed, manufactured, and tested to meet safety
guidelines for those environments,” Wilson
said.
Even though
safety standards are not law, contractors are responsible for providing a safe
workplace and should, therefore, report counterfeit safety products to the
Occupational Safety and Health Administration.
All together now
Obviously,
if a manufacturer, distributor or contractor is selling or buying counterfeit
products and something goes wrong, it creates safety issues, liability risk,
brand delusion, customer complaints and can destroy the public’s faith in the
industry.
“The public
is being defrauded when given counterfeit products, even when the contractor or
distributor does so unknowingly,” Monks said.
Counterfeiters
have improved their goods so much that it is difficult to determine
authenticity when the product is not purchased from a known source. However, by
communicating up and down the chain, joining coalitions, talking to law enforcement,
and understanding the testing and certification, standard development, and
distribution processes, all members of the chain can work together to combat
the problem.
“Communication
is the key,” Moeller said. “Everyone in the chain has to be clear about what
they want to purchase and only do so from reputable sources.”
Channel
partners can get involved with the National Association of Electrical
Distributors, the National Electrical Contractors Association, the National
Electrical Manufacturers Association, the National Association of Wholesalers,
and other industry organizations and trade associations to stay informed. These
associations also have government affairs platforms and are in contact with
political leaders concerning these issues and filter the information to members
and other interested parties.
“Get vocal
and talk about the issue accurately all along the chain,” Moeller said.
Wilson advises channel partners to be
aware of trademark, trade dress, and intellectual property laws and learn how
to differentiate between legitimate and counterfeit products.
“Be active
in industry groups to learn about the issues,” Moeller said. “Trade
associations support their members with education and with networking
opportunities that promote the exchange of information about issues, such as
counterfeiting, the danger of these products, and how to avoid them.”
Bremer is a
freelance writer based in Solomons, Md., and a frequent contributor to
ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR and TED magazines. She can be reached at darbremer@comcast.net.
Reprinted
with full permission of Electrical Contractor Magazine www.ecmag.com
&
Reprinted
with full permission of The Electrical Distributor Magazine www.tedmag.com
*********************************
Ignorance Is No Excuse
With
counterfeit products, the burden may be the installer’s.
By william
j. ferguson
It is clear
that THOSE WHO SELL and/or install a counterfeit electrical product will be
exposed to potential legal liability. Counterfeit electrical products bring
unique safety risks associated with their components. The most common
counterfeit electrical products include circuit breakers, smoke alarms,
electrical cords, decorative light strands, lighting fixtures, power adapters
and surge protectors. Such counterfeit products are almost always of inferior
quality and not built to the rigid standards and codes legitimate manufacturers
adhere to.
This
results in increased risks of fire, shock and other hazards that threaten life,
safety and the property of consumers. For those who sell or install a
counterfeit electrical product and damage results, at stake is nothing less
than their company’s goodwill and reputation in the industry, and possibly even
its existence.
Moreover,
counterfeit products infringe upon intellectual property rights, such as
trademarks, patents and copyrights. The inevitable result of counterfeit
products is a loss of market share to the legitimate manufacturer, distributor
and supplier, as well as the corresponding risks associated with the failure of
such products.
If an
electrical contractor is associated with a counterfeit electrical product, the
legal ramifications can be severe. The inadvertent installation of a
counterfeit product almost always will result in a breach of contract, since
the product will not meet plans and specifications, nor will it comply with
applicable codes and standards, including a valid Underwriters Laboratories
(UL) certification. This means that, in the first instance, the cost of
replacing the counterfeit product likely will be borne by the electrical
contractor who installed it. Even if the product works properly throughout the
warranty period, there is the potential for a claim to be brought later if the
product fails under theories of latent defect or, worse, fraud. In many states,
the applicable statutes of limitation are tolled with respect to defects not
apparent on visual inspection by owners and inspecting authorities.
Of course,
counterfeit products are intended to create the appearance of legitimacy.
Manufacturers of counterfeit products, wholesale distributors, retail suppliers
and others who put a counterfeit product into the stream of commerce also will
share potential liability. It is common, however, that the manufacturer of the
counterfeit product cannot be reached or is located in a country not easily
subject to the jurisdiction of the U.S. courts. These unscrupulous
manufacturers are often undercapitalized and lack appropriate insurance or
other assets to assume responsibility for their wrongdoing.
Liability
In addition
to potential contract liability, those involved in selling or installing
counterfeit electrical products face claims from third parties under a variety
of legal theories. Should personal injury or property damage result, one can
expect to be sued for negligence, gross negligence, intentional
misrepresentation, strict liability in tort, unfair and deceptive trade
practices, and fraud. Ignorance is no excuse with respect to breach of
contract, negligence and even strict liability in tort actions.
Even worse,
if an installer or someone else in the organization had knowledge or reason to
know that the purchased and/or installed product was counterfeit, it is
possible—if not likely—that claims of fraud and unfair and deceptive trade
practices will be pursued. This will expose both the company and individuals
not only to a penalty of direct damages but, potentially, to punitive damages
and attorneys fees in favor of a claimant.
Of course,
those who knowingly participate in the trade of counterfeit products also are
exposed to criminal liability. Accordingly, distributors, suppliers and
contractors must be vigilant. If an unknown counterfeit product fails, each
entity will be exposed to liability, and recourse back against the manufacturer
of the product may not be possible.
In today’s
market, with many transactions occurring on the Internet, it is difficult, if
not impossible, to know exactly with whom one is dealing. Counterfeit products
almost always are represented as being genuine, but are offered at a much lower
price. The saying, “If it seems too good to be true, it probably is,” certainly
applies in the case of counterfeit products. For those duped, it can be very
difficult to reach the online seller or original manufacturer.
Supreme
Court Justice Oliver Wendell Holmes Jr. often is credited with the phrase, “the
law is a seamless web.” When it comes to counterfeit products, international
markets and imperfect foreign legal systems tear a hole in the web. When
counterfeit electrical products are introduced into the North American
marketplace, an innocent distributor, supplier or contractor may be held solely
responsible for any defects and problems if recourse to the fraudulent
manufacturer cannot be established. Moreover, the genuine manufacturer of the
product bears no responsibility and is, in fact, a victim of the counterfeit
crime.
Unfortunately,
in many states, the concept of joint and several liability can result in one
party bearing a disproportionate share of legal responsibility for the damages
caused by a counterfeit product. For example, if an electrical contractor is
found 1 percent negligent for not identifying a particular product that it
installed as being counterfeit and 99 percent of responsibility is placed on
other parties who are not subject to the jurisdiction of the court (e.g., an
Internet-based seller), the electrical contractor could be required to pay 100
percent of the damages suffered as a result of the failure of the counterfeit
product. If there were loss of life or substantial property damage, the
liability likely would be in the millions of dollars.
Combat the risks
There are
ways to combat the risks associated with counterfeit electrical products.
First, make sure you are purchasing from an authorized distributor or supplier.
UL has built its reputation on the integrity of the UL mark. However, recently,
manufacturers of counterfeit products are attaching counterfeit UL labels to
their products (for more on counterfeit UL and CSA labels, see page 52i).
The good
news is UL is fighting back. It recently developed a new labeling system that
uses holographic technology, making it difficult for counterfeiters to
duplicate its mark. In addition, UL is working closely with the Department of
Justice, United States Customs and Border Protection, Immigration and Customs
Enforcement, and local law enforcement to combat the importing and trafficking
of counterfeit products. Seizures of products bearing counterfeit UL
certification marks now number in the thousands.
In
addition, penalties for trafficking in counterfeit products are becoming
increasingly severe. An individual who intentionally traffics or attempts to
traffic in goods or services and knowingly uses a counterfeit mark could be
fined up to $2 million, face up to 10 years in prison or both.
In March
2006, President Bush signed the Stop Counterfeiting in Manufactured Goods Act
into law, strengthening laws against trading counterfeit labels and packaging
as well as penalties for counterfeiters. It also gave prosecutors new tools,
including requiring courts to order the destruction of all counterfeit products
seized and ordering convicted counterfeiters to turn over their profits and pay
reparations to their victims.
There also
are organizations such as the International Anti-Counterfeiting Coalition
(IACC), whose mission is “to combat counterfeiting and piracy by promoting
laws, regulations and directives designed to render the theft of intellectual
property undesirable and unprofitable.” The Washington, D.C.-based nonprofit is
composed of business and industry members. The IACC notes that counterfeiting
costs United States
business between $200 billion and $250 billion per year and represents
approximately 5–7 percent of the world’s trade. In addition, the IACC said the
global trade in counterfeit goods has increased dramatically in recent years,
from approximately $5.5 billion in 1982 to $600 billion in 2008.
International cooperation
There is
increasing cooperation in the international community to stop the trade in
counterfeit products. The France-based Organisation for Economic Co-operation
and Development recently completed a 30-nation study to determine what
countries are doing a good job in combating intellectual property theft. The
top performing countries were the United States,
United Kingdom, Germany, France
and Japan.
China and Russia bear significant responsibility for the international
trade of counterfeit products, followed by India,
Brazil and Indonesia. It
has been estimated that approximately 20 percent of all products currently
being manufactured in China
are counterfeit products, often supported by organized crime and international
pirates. In 2005, almost 70 percent of the counterfeit products seized at United States borders were found to have
originated in China.
The
insurance industry also is hurt by counterfeit electrical products. General
liability and completed operations policies inevitability will evolve to
address the increased risks associated with counterfeit products. Insurance
carriers face huge exposures to claims involving personal injury or property
damage associated with a failed counterfeit product. The obvious solution for
insurance carriers is to add exclusions to the policies to eliminate coverage
for counterfeit products used by their insureds, or if coverage is to be
provided, there will be large premium increases associated with purchasing such
coverage.
The
electrical industry must band together to stop the flow of counterfeit products
into the marketplace. Those in the electrical industry should actively support
government agencies and local law enforcement in the prevention of trafficking
in counterfeit products. Aggressive pursuit of the offshore manufacturers of
counterfeit products also is needed.
The World
Trade Organization is actively combating the illicit trade in counterfeit
goods. With international cooperation and expanding free trade agreements, the
ability to prevent the marketing of counterfeit products across international
borders is improving with time. In addition, extradition treaties are making it
possible to reach criminal counterfeiters in foreign countries and bring them to
justice. Counterfeiting hurts workers, undercuts honest competition and rewards
illegal competitors while exposing the public to serious health and safety
risks, including property damage. The electrical industry needs to use its
resources in concert to combat this threat.
Ferguson is the vice president of
administration, general counsel and secretary of Babcock Power Inc. with
responsibility for all of the legal affairs of the company. He specializes in
construction law.
Reprinted
with full permission of Electrical Contractor Magazine www.ecmag.com
&
Reprinted
with full permission of The Electrical Distributor Magazine www.tedmag.com
*********************************
Update: The Stop Counterfeiting in Manufactured Goods
Act
By ronald rucker and ben mcintosh
The
electrical supply channel can better protect itself from counterfeit products
by sharing information and encouraging active prosecution of counterfeiters around
the globe.
‘‘Counterfeiting is the new drugs,” said
Barbara Kolsun, former chair of the International AntiCounterfeiting Coalition.
Kolsun may be on to something: Some estimate that counterfeiting represents
more than 5 percent of all world trade and costs the federal government $200
billion per year. Global counterfeit products total $500 billion per year,
while the FBI believes pirating and counterfeiting cause U.S. companies
to lose $250 billion per year.
The Stop
Counterfeiting in Manufactured Goods Act became law on March 16, 2006. Among
other things, it aimed to strengthen the nation’s counterfeiting laws by
eliminating loopholes exploited by criminals. While there are only a few
significant court cases interpreting the act, the cases can help one determine
whether more legislation is needed.
In the case
of United States
v. Beydoun, the U.S. Fifth Circuit court held that a counterfeiter’s jail
sentence would be determined, at least in part, by the number of counterfeit
items produced, rather than the number actually sold.
Wajdi
Abdulaziz Beydoun and his associates imported cigarette rolling papers falsely
labeled as “Zig-Zags,” a registered U.S. Trademark. Beydoun was apprehended by U.S. officials
and pled guilty to conspiracy to traffic in counterfeit goods and trafficking
in counterfeit goods. At the sentencing phase, the U.S. government sought to imprison
Beydoun for 46 to 57 months, the severity of the punishment due in large part
to the fact that the government believed the “infringement amount” exceeded $1
million. In addition to the jail time, the government asked the court to order
Beydoun to pay $1.85 million in restitution to the owner of the Zig-Zag
trademark.
The lower
court agreed with the government’s estimate and sentenced Beydoun to 46 months
of imprisonment and three years of supervised release. However, the court set
restitution at $566,267, multiplying the 1 million counterfeit booklets by the
trademark owner’s gross profit per booklet.
Beydoun
appealed his sentence and the restitution order. Beydoun’s argument was that
his sentence was too high because it was based on the lower court’s use of the
number of counterfeit booklets produced. Beydoun felt that since 32,640
booklets were shipped for distribution, only that amount should be considered.
The appeals court rejected Beydoun’s argument, reasoning that the issue was not
how many counterfeited items Beydoun sold, but how many he produced with the
intent to sell.
The court
went on to state that since the crime of “trafficking in counterfeit goods” is
complete when counterfeited items are produced with the intent to sell, it was
proper to consider the 1 million counterfeit booklets made, not the 32,640
sold.
Beydoun
also asked the court to set aside the lower court’s $566,267 restitution order.
The court sided with Beydoun and held that the victim’s loss should be
determined by multiplying the number of items actually put into the market by
the victim’s lost net profit. Accordingly, the Fifth Circuit decided that the
lower court was wrong to determine the restitution amount by multiplying 1
million booklets by the trademark owner’s gross profit per booklet.
The Beydoun
holding reveals that courts will do their part to make sure counterfeiters
serve sentences equal to their crimes. Even though we have made strides in the
fight against counterfeiting, it is clear that those within the electrical
supply industry have to work together.
“Collaboration
of all parties in the electrical supply channel is critical to keeping the
supply channel clean,” said Clark Silcox, general counsel for the National
Electrical Manufacturers Association and an architect of the Stop
Counterfeiting in Manufactured Goods Act. “By keeping the supply channel clean,
we can protect the public from dangerous, inferior products while avoiding
liability for items we didn’t manufacture.”
Rucker is a
managing shareholder in the law firm of Carmody MacDonald P.C., St. Louis, and serves as
general counsel to NAED. He can be reached at 314.854.8677 or rer@carmodymacdonald.com.
McIntosh is an associate with the law firm of Carmody MacDonald P.C., St. Louis. He can be
reached at 314.854.8600 or bdm@carmodymacdonald.com.
Reprinted
with full permission of Electrical Contractor Magazine www.ecmag.com
&
Reprinted
with full permission of The Electrical Distributor Magazine www.tedmag.com
*********************************
WHAT’s BEING DONE
By jeff
gavin
United We Stand—Divided We Fall;
An industry
comes together to combat counterfeiting.
The alarm
is sounding. Counterfeit electrical products threaten everybody. With the
safety and integrity of the electrical manufacturing and supply industry at
risk, chief associations, manufacturers, and testing and standards-making
bodies have formed the Anti-Counterfeit Products Initiative.
Sponsored
by major manufacturers who aggressively fight counterfeit goods, including
Schneider Electric/Square D and Siemens, initiative endorsers to date include
the National Association of Electrical Distributors (NAED), the National
Electrical Manufacturers Association (NEMA), the National Electrical
Contractors Association (NECA) and Underwriters Laboratories (UL).
Several of
the associations had been campaigning against counterfeit electrical products
before the initiative. The AntiCounterfeit Products Initiative will pool these
existing efforts, share them throughout the supply chain and create new efforts
(e.g., this special supplement), all under the initiative banner.
“We’re
really at the beginning stages of our information campaign,” said Edward M.
Orlet, director of development for NAED, St.
Louis. “The effort will spread information about
pirated electrical goods in a comprehensive way, so it reaches salespeople,
field people and the consumer.”
What’s at stake
The
initiative’s first industry event, “Counterfeit Products: Are You Liable?”, was
a roundtable discussion presented at the 2008 NECA Convention and Trade Show in
Chicago.
Representatives from manufacturers and UL presented in stark terms the
liability counterfeit goods present. Panel moderator John Maisel, publisher of
NECA’s Electrical Contractor magazine, started the discussion with sobering words.
“This is a
multimillion-dollar problem. Not only is there a loss of dollars for
manufacturers, electrical contractors and distributors, but there is a loss of
image, as well. More important than either of those is the loss of life when a
knockoff product causes a fire or electrocutes a homeowner,” he said.
The panel
spoke directly to electrical contractors, distributors and others who can
protect themselves from unknowingly acquiring these goods.
Panel
speakers included Kevin Yates, vice president, Residential Products Division,
Siemens Energy & Automation; Stephen Litchfield, assistant general counsel,
Schneider Electric/Square D; Bob Crane, lead enforcement specialist,
Underwriters Laboratories; and William Ferguson, vice president of administration
and general counsel for Babcock Power Inc. For panelists, the first tool in the
anti-counterfeiting effort is education.
Yates said
an estimated $250 billion in revenue is lost in this country due to counterfeit
products. What share of that represents electrical products is hard to gauge,
but other than pharmaceuticals, they remain the riskiest of pirated products.
“If you
choose to install a product that is not genuine but counterfeit and causes
harm, you can be held liable for personal damages and possibly face
imprisonment,” Yates said. “Distributors face liability as well, especially if
they purchase known counterfeit products.”
Ferguson, a former electrical contractor
before entering law, fine-tuned the point.
“You will
be sued for breach of contract, negligence, gross negligence, perhaps internal
misrepresentation, strict liability or fraud,” he said. “Criminal liability
would be leveled if you intentionally or someone in your organization conspired
to bring counterfeit product into your company. In the U.S., it is not ‘a slap on the wrist’ like it is
in China
and other countries. You could face 10 years in prison, $5 million in fines and
$10 million for the company for a first offense.”
All panel
participants emphasized that the “I didn’t know” defense offers little
protection in court.
“The
manufacturer is in the business of protecting their good name and reputation,” Ferguson said. “However,
if a counterfeiter sends a product in the United States that you purchase
and/or install, these manufacturers will not be liable because they did not
manufacture the product. If they can show that, they are out of the lawsuit.”
“The closer
you are to the end of the supply chain, the more liability you have,” Yates
said. “The electrical contractor actually has the highest liability in the
supply chain.”
The
potential of physical harm or property damage due to counterfeit electrical
products should scare anyone in the channel.
“We did
some tests on counterfeit circuit breakers,” Litchfield said. “We discovered the
counterfeits had a 3,200-amp short circuit rating instead of the expected
10,000-amp. They also exhibited erratic tripping and had no calibrations. The
flexible connection inside the breaker was frayed and failed. The magnetic
strip was inoperable. The breakers did not meet UL or any other standards.
During a UL test, a short sent through a counterfeit circuit breaker caused a
tremendous explosion with molten metal spraying across the room. And what if
you had a dangerous electrical problem in your home that wasn’t caught because
the counterfeit circuit breaker doesn’t trip?”
A brewing crisis
“The scale
of the problem is so large that it is hard to measure success,” Orlet said.
“When one law enforcement seizure closes a counterfeit manufacturing plant, another
invariably opens. We need collective action to strike a stronger blow against
the counterfeiting industry.”
Bernd
Heinze, president and CEO of Philadelphia-based Sequent Insurance Group, a
claim, litigation management and auditing company, said it is hard to measure
how many counterfeiters there are, but seizure statistics from the U.S.
Department of Homeland Security shed some light.
“The
agency, in a 2006 report, shared there were 14,000 seizures of counterfeit
products, a 67 percent increase over the year previous. It is an $11 billion to
$20 billion business globally, and a $300-$400 million business in the U.S. alone,” he
said.
Sequent
conducted a research study for NAED titled, “Product Liability Exposure: How to
Manage and Mitigate the Risks in Today’s Global Market.” It lays out the
problem posed by electrical counterfeit goods, including the prevalence of
low-cost producers, offshore product, the volume of product coming into the United States,
and its effect on the entire supply chain.
“Many more
companies can find sources for low-cost products than in the past,” Orlet
added. “It’s hard to pass up a bargain, but you have to think through the
possible consequences. The study details the potential danger to buyers and
users of counterfeit product. Some distributors operate under a misperception
that counterfeit products are the manufacturer’s problem. They need to
understand that liability extends to the whole supply chain.”
Heinze has
presented highlights of the paper at NAED events and through webinars. The
research also was the focus of a three-part article in the June, July and
August 2008 issues of TED magazine.
“Now that
I’m aware of the size and damage caused by overseas counterfeit electrical
products, I’ve become very passionate in the efforts to combat them,” Heinze
said. “We need to raise awareness and confront head-on this war against people
who surreptitiously destroy the legitimacy of the supply channel.”
Heinze said
there are risks in doing business overseas, even in South America or Canada, with
manufacturers infringing on the intellectual property rights of other
companies’ goods in all regions and countries. Going after offshore
counterfeiters may prove daunting.
“The
mountain is steep and extremely difficult,” Heinze said. “These are criminals
traced from U.S. Homeland Security. The pipeline that pays them involves money
laundering by al-Qaeda, organized crime and others who finance these
operations. It’s difficult going after them, but know you are not going it
alone with groups like UL, manufacturers like Square D and Siemens, and the
collective organizations that make up this new initiative.”
Associations take action
NEMA and
the Electrical Safety Foundation International (ESFI) have been addressing
electrical counterfeiting over the past few years. The new initiative’s
collective umbrella is an approach all members welcome to build awareness and
add urgency.
“This issue
really came to the fore when some for our members told us of dangerous
ground-fault interrupters discovered in the New York
area,” said Clark Silcox, general counsel for NEMA, Rosslyn, Va.
The NEMA
Web site devotes an entire area to the counterfeiting issue. Educational
brochures and videos, webinars and news on anti-counterfeiting progress are
just a few of the features. ESFI has a similar wealth of information on its Web
site. One tool of note is a joint NEMA/ESFI DVD entitled “Counterfeits Can
Kill,” which addresses the problem as it affects several players in the supply
chain.
“On the DVD
is a counterfeit extension cord connected to a simple hair dryer,” Silcox said.
“Within minutes, the cord is smoking. In a short time, it goes up in flames.
Substandard performance in many other consumer goods from knockoff batteries
for flash lights to no-name phone chargers is a danger we need to communicate
to the consumer.”
ESFI is heading a consumer awareness
effort.
“Awareness
of counterfeit electrical products by consumers is almost nonexistent,” said
Christopher Lindsay, director of programs for ESFI in Rosslyn,
Va. “Gallup
created a report with the U.S. Chamber of Commerce that revealed more than
two-thirds of consumers were unaware that electrical products such as batteries
and electrical cords were counterfeited.
“Our
supporters who make up ESFI helped identify this counterfeiting issue as
something that had to be front and center,” Lindsay said. “We all need to be
working with legitimate supply channels, and we need to be aggressive in our
vigilance against counterfeit products. This is a long-term effort as we look
to change behavior on the supply chain. Right now, we need to let people know
there is a problem. Awareness is everything.”
Silcox said
to be diligent buying electrical products.
“One of the
tricks counterfeiters use is announcing surplus products with a low purchase
cost to move them. They play on a marketplace looking for a price point that
can increase profit margins. Beware of such tactics,” he said.
What it will take
At the NECA
panel discussion, participants shared what actions they have taken to combat
the growing counterfeiting issue. A combination of surveillance, raids, tips
and aggressive prosecutions have yielded results while exposing a problem that
is bigger than anyone anticipated.
“United we
stand. Divided we fall against the counterfeiters,” Crane said. “They don’t
play by any rules, any boundaries, laws or regulations. Counterfeiting is high
profit, low prosecution. The Internet allows for products to be shipped and
sold anywhere in the world from undisclosed locations.”
The UL testing
and certification mark is applied to an estimated 21 billion products every
year. Though UL has seen its labels counterfeited for years, the numbers have
escalated steadily with more products produced overseas.
“By the
time counterfeit circuit breakers, toasters or extension cords find their way
into your house, it’s too late,” Crane said. “Over the past 10 years, we’ve
developed a relationship with U.S Customs and Border Protection agents, arming
them with forensic tools and education to detect counterfeits entering the
country. We have also helped train the U.S Chamber of Commerce, the U.S. Patent
and Trademark Office, and the Department of Commerce to spot counterfeits. In
cooperation with law enforcement agencies, we make undercover buys from known
counterfeiters in this country and put these people behind bars. They are doing
five to seven years and seeing penalties of $1 million or more.”
On the
international front, UL works with international agencies such as Interpol, the
Royal Canadian Mounted Police and agencies from South
America.
“Global
cooperation will be increasingly important to applying real pressure on
counterfeiters,” Silcox added.
Litchfield
noted the importance of aggressive prosecution in their successes to date.
“In 2004,
we undertook a clandestine buy from an unauthorized wholesaler,” he said. “Half
of those products we bought were counterfeit. We filed suit against the
wholesaler. We used that lawsuit and discovery process to find out whom they
bought products from and whom they sold them to, then sued both those parties.
We then used the discovery process in that suit to find out who those parties
bought from and sued them as well.”
Square D
has settled a number its counterfeit lawsuits, adding some very tough measures
for the “losing” unauthorized wholesalers.
“The
defendant must notify the Consumer Product Safety Commission that they were
selling the counterfeit product,” Litchfield said. “They then have to do a
recall and let their customers know they were sold counterfeit circuit
breakers, then go out and retrieve them, even if they’ve been installed.”
Siemens
Energy & Automation, Alpharetta,
Ga., has its own forceful risk
management plan.
“We
aggressively register our patents, making it much more difficult for someone to
counterfeit our product,” Yates said. “We have ‘secret shoppers’ within our
distribution channel to investigate those that might be involved in this
illicit behavior, and we bring them to justice. We are getting reports from the
British Engineering Manufacturers Association, other groups within Siemens and
anti-counterfeiting initiatives across the globe to help monitor what might be
entering the U.S.”
Lobbying in
Washington
also will play an important role in combating counterfeit electrical goods.
While future specific legislative proposals remain to be identified, NEMA and
others have already played an active role.
“We lobbied
for and provided input into the drafting and passage in 2006 of the Stop
Counterfeiting in Manufactured Goods Act and the Prioritizing Resources and
Organization for Intellectual Property Act, which President Bush signed into
law [Oct. 14, 2008],” Silcox said. “IBEW [the International Brotherhood of
Electrical Workers] was also one of the proponents of the Pro-IP Act, a bill
that brought both business and labor together.”
The Pro-IP
Act creates a new copyright enforcement division with the Department of
Justice. It also allows law enforcement agents to seize property from copyright
violators.
Clark added that state enforcement laws need improvement, as most
enforcement takes place at the local level.
“This is
one area where NECA and NAED’s local presence might prove important. NEMA has
been working with the International Anti-Counterfeiting Coalition and the
International Trademark Association to support model state legislation.”
An observant eye
The danger
with today’s counterfeits is that, to the untrained eye, they look like the
real thing.
A joint
print advertisement by NAED and NEMA shows a genuine manufacturer’s circuit
breaker beside an offshore knockoff. They look alike. The problem is the
counterfeit is merely a toggle switch with no trip mechanism or subsequent
circuit protection. The ad implores the reader to “Get your electrical products
from an authorized dealer.”
Orlet said,
although more counterfeiters are being prosecuted, there still is work to be
done.
“It is
practically impossible to catch every counterfeiter. Therefore, everyone in the
supply chain should have a comprehensive risk management strategy, which starts
with ‘deal only with trusted suppliers’,” he said.
In
response, the Anti-Counterfeit Product Initiative has launched its own Web site
(www.counterfeitscankill.com). This Web site features white papers, position
statements, webinars and panel discussions. Highlights include a video of the
panel discussion “Counterfeit Products: Are You Liable?” Slated for January
2009 is a follow-up anti-counterfeit webinar. The site also features direct
links to the initiative partners’ respective sites including participating
associations, sponsors, testing and certification, and government
organizations.
GAVIN is
the owner of Gavo Communications, a marketing services firm serving the
construction, landscaping and related design industries. He can be reached at
gavo7@comcast.net.
Reprinted
with full permission of Electrical Contractor Magazine www.ecmag.com
&
Reprinted
with full permission of The Electrical Distributor Magazine www.tedmag.com
*********************************
3M to Outline Actions to Address Uncertain Global
Economy
Company Adjusts 2008 Guidance; Provides 2009
Outlook
At an
institutional investor and analyst meeting in New York later today, 3M
chairman, president and CEO George Buckley will reiterate the company’s
long-term commitment to investing in its core businesses and will outline
ongoing actions to address a turbulent global economy.
Buckley will
reaffirm 3M’s commitment to its core businesses and to continued investments in
emerging markets, such as China,
India, the Middle East and Latin America, and its efforts to improve its supply
chain and capital efficiency.
He will also
report on aggressive cost-reduction actions in developed economies. These actions
include additional restructuring in these markets, deferred merit increases,
aggressively reducing indirect costs and adjusting capital expenditures.
“Clearly, the
current market challenges require intense focus on cash management and on
strengthening 3M’s operational execution,” said Buckley. “3M’s strong financial
position, our continued investment in R&D and our operational discipline
will allow us to take advantage of market opportunities in this environment.”
In the fourth
quarter alone, 3M reduced nearly 1,800 positions across the company, mainly in
the developed economies of the U.S.,
Western Europe and Japan.
These actions are expected to provide benefits of $170 million in 2009. The
company is also rationalizing 10 manufacturing, technical and office facilities
around the world.
“During these
difficult economic times, we will continue to aggressively manage our costs,”
added Buckley. “We are prepared to implement additional restructuring as
economic conditions dictate.”
As a result of
economic realities such as the expected 10% decline in Q4 organic volume and
the negative effects of currency, the company adjusted its full-year 2008
guidance from an earlier estimate of $5.40 - $5.48 per share to a revised
estimate of $5.10 - $5.15 per share, excluding special items. Refer to 3M’s
October 21, 2008 press release for a complete list and explanation of special
items for the first nine months of 2008.
Given the
uncertain duration and depth of the global slowdown, the company estimates
full-year 2009 organic volumes to decline in the range of -3% to -7%. In
addition, foreign exchange impacts are expected to reduce sales in the range of
-6% to -7%. 2009 earnings are estimated to be in the range of $4.50 to $4.95
per share and margins are expected to be consistent with 2008 levels, excluding
special items.
About 3M
A recognized
leader in research and development, 3M produces thousands of innovative
products for dozens of diverse markets. 3M’s core strength is applying its more
than 40 distinct technology platforms – often in combination – to a wide array
of customer needs. With $24 billion in sales, 3M employs 79,000 people
worldwide and has operations in more than 60 countries. For more information,
visit www.3M.com.
*********************************
2009 International CES Launches
Daily
Profiles to Feature First Time Exhibitors Bringing New Products and Ideas to
CES Show Floor
The Consumer Electronics Association (CEA)® today launched "30
Days of Innovation: The Countdown to CES," a new program marking 30 days
until the start of the 2009 International CES by highlighting each day one of
the more than 300 innovative companies that are exhibiting for the first time
this year. Produced by CEA, the International CES is the world's largest
tradeshow for consumer technology and returns to Las Vegas, January 8-11, 2009.
"CES
is fueled by innovative companies with entrepreneurial drive, and CES helps
them to make a name for themselves," said Gary Shapiro, president and CEO,
CEA. "In these economic times, technology companies understand that the
International CES is the most cost-effective way to meet customers, buyers,
media and investors in one place. The 2009 CES will feature more than 2,700
global exhibitors, exemplifying the spirit of entrepreneurship that enables our
industry to grow and thrive, and we are thrilled to welcome them to the 2009
International CES."
The
"30 Days of Innovation" campaign profiles a new company each day from
among more than 300 companies that will display their innovations for the first
time at the 2009 CES. The daily profiles can be found at www.CESweb.org/30days .
The
2009 International CES will feature the next generation of consumer technology
innovations across 1.7 million net square feet of space and 30 product
categories including digital entertainment, gaming, in-vehicle technologies,
digital imaging and more. For more information on the 2009 International CES,
including exhibitors and registration information, visit www.CESweb.org , the interactive site for
CES-related news and information.
Note to Journalists:
General
press and analyst registration, as well as detailed press conference
information, is available at www.CESweb.org. Journalists are encouraged to
arrive in Las Vegas
by Tuesday, January 6, to take advantage of all the CES press events, including
CES Unveiled from 4-7 p.m. on January 6.
About CEA:
The Consumer Electronics Association (CEA) is the preeminent trade association
promoting growth in the $173 billion U.S. consumer electronics industry.
More than 2,200 companies enjoy the benefits of CEA membership, including legislative
advocacy, market research, technical training and education, industry promotion
and the fostering of business and strategic relationships. CEA also sponsors
and manages the International CES - Where Entertainment, Technology and
Business Converge. All profits from CES are reinvested into CEA's industry
services. Find CEA online at www.CE.org.
*********************************
Using the Noyes M650 Mid-Size QUAD OTDR nd C880 QUAD
Certification Test Kit
AFL Telecommunications introduces the M650 mid-size QUAD OTDR and the C880 QUAD
Certification test kit − two new products with a host of capabilities!
The M650 is a full-featured, compact QUAD OTDR with an integrated visual light
source and optical power meter with a large transflective touch screen display
suitable for both indoor and outdoor operation. With short dead zone and
intermediate range specifications, the M650 is ideal for Tier 2 testing of
premises networks.
Combining two C840 certification testers, the C880 QUAD certification test kit
is designed for testing and troubleshooting both multimode and single-mode
fiber links. Ideal for Tier 1 testing and certification to TIA/ISO/EN/User
cabling standards and applications, each tester includes a single-mode and
multimode optical light source, an optical power meter and an integrated visual
light source, each of which can be used independently.
For additional information including detailed product information, visit www.AFLtele.com/go/M650
and www.AFLtele.com/go/C880
About AFL Telecommunications
AFL Telecommunications is an industry leader in providing fiber optic products,
engineering expertise and integrated services to the Electric Utility,
Broadband, Telco, OEM, Private Network and Wireless markets. It has operations
in the U.S., Mexico and the U.K. AFL Telecommunications is a division of
Fujikura Ltd. of Japan
*********************************
Anritsu intros 40G/100G tester
Anritsu
Company (search for Anritsu)
has introduced options for its MP1800 Series that further position its signal
quality analyzers as the most accurate, repeatable, and cost-efficient test
options for analyzing optical and digital devices operating up to 100G, say
company representatives.
The
new plug-in cards--a 28-Gbps one-channel MUX/DEMUX, 28-Gbps two-channel
MUX/DEMUX, 14-Gbps PPG/ED, and 14-GHz Clock Distributor--are easily integrated
into the MP1800 and provide designers and manufacturers of optical modulation
devices/components and other digital devices with a single, easy-to-use
offering for testing their high-speed products, contends Anritsu.
The
new cards take advantage of the MP1800's modular platform architecture and help
create a flexible test environment for ultra high-speed bit error rate (BER)
measurement. With the options, the MP1800 can evaluate next-generation IFs
supporting frequencies up to 28 Gbps; direct-drive EML using high-quality,
high-amplitude waveforms up to 3.5 Vp-p; and skew, emphasis, and crosstalk
effects up to 28 Gbps. Anritsu says it has developed the MUX/DEMUX modules with
all the key functions and performances required for accurate testing of optical
modulation formats, as well as 40G and 100G designs.
Generating
what the company claims are the highest quality waveforms in its class, the
MP1800 Series ensures high measurement repeatability and an excellent margin
for error when analyzing devices under test. The best-in-class performance
makes the MP1800 Signal Quality Analyzers well suited for a variety of
high-speed design and manufacturing applications, claim company representatives
including:
•
100-Gbps Ethernet -- The MP1800 supports four 25-Gbps outputs to drive four
channels of CWDM, as required in IEEE 802.3ba (draft), from a single chassis.
Previously, multiple instruments were necessary. Additionally, the signal
quality analyzers can drive four channels for DP-QPSK modulation as recommended
by the Optical Internetworking Forum (OIF), with high-precision skew control
for I and Q on both polarizations.
•
Long-haul 40-Gbps transmission -- From a single MP1800 chassis, two independent
20-Gbps outputs with excellent skew control can be outputted for devices that
utilize DQPSK modulation. The MP1800 can also control the crosspoint of optical
modulators, making it well suited for directly driving optical modulators, says
Anritsu.
•
Ultra-fast interconnects -- Tests critical to the accurate evaluation of
high-speed optical interconnects, such as skew toleration and the impact of
crosstalk, can be conducted with the MP1800. A built-in jitter modulation
function supports what Anritsu claims is the world's first jitter tolerance
testing up to 25 Gbps.
The
MP1800 Series offers multiple configurations, starting from a price of $40,000,
and the new modules are available today.
http://lw.pennnet.com/display_article/348205/13/ARTCL/Display/none/1/Anritsu-intros-40G/100G-tester/?dcmp=LWDENL
Visit Anritsu Company
*********************************
Belden to cut 1,800 jobs worldwide as demand softens
for its products
Belden
Inc., a St. Louis-based electronics-components maker, said it plans to cut
1,800 jobs worldwide, or 20 percent of its workforce, and consolidate some
manufacturing operations, as demand for its products has continued to soften.
Belden,
which makes cables, connectors and other products for signal transmission, said
the restructuring, announced Wednesday evening, is aimed at streamlining its
manufacturing, sales and administrative functions worldwide. It wasn't clear
where the manufacturing consolidations would occur, and a calls to the company
weren't immediately returned.
The
restructuring is expected to save $30 million next year and $50 million
annually starting in 2011.
The company
expects to post between $55 million and $65 million, or 85 cents to $1 per
share, in restructuring charges, some in the current quarter. The charges
include severance and other costs of $35 million to $40 million.
Chief
Executive John Stroup blamed the company's woes on a continued softening in it
major markets globally, and said that made it "necessary for us to further
adjust our cost structure so that we can continue to be competitive under such
conditions."
In October,
Belden said it expected economic conditions to remain challenging and cut its
2008 revenue outlook.
Stroup,
however, said Wednesday in a statement that "with Belden's liquidity,
strong balance sheet and history of generating strong free cash flow, we are
well-positioned to capture market share and successfully execute other
strategic initiatives even in a challenging market."
Belden's
shares gained 2 cents to $18.30 in Thursday morning trading.
On the Net:
http://www.belden.com
*********************************
Canada’s Mississauga
Training organization available for sale
After 14
years training fiber optic installers William Graham is retiring from the
training business. The old bones are starting to give out.
Mississauga Training has trained over 2,400 Certified FOA installers in Canada alone and several hundred in the US, Caribbean and Scotland. Mississauga Training was
certified as a Fiber optic association (FOA) School in 1997 as # 008.
It is a
great way to start doing business in Canada. The week of December 8 -
12th our five-day course had 14 students. The October course had 12 students.
Over 40% of our yearly sales are from the sale of Fiber Optic tools and test
equipment. There is an untapped market for this in Canada.
While we have kept this one-man business alive over the years we have never
really driven it. And there is a terrific potential for anyone who wishes to
put the effort into the business. Our customers are on our web site
at www.fiberoptictraining.com
and include the military, Telcos, cable TV companies, government departments
and dozens of others.
A search on Google for fiber optic training also produces great first page
web site results.
Any company or individual interested in purchasing this business is invited to
call William Graham at: 905-785-8012 or e-mail me at: mrfiber@canada.com. Mr. Graham added “I
will offer a new owner my full support for a few months to ensure a seamless
transition.”
William
Graham, CFOS/T/C/S
6117 Clover Ridge Crescent, Mississauga, Ontario, L5N 7B2
905-785-8012
Alternate e-mail: mr.bill.graham@sympatico.ca
www.fiberoptictraining.com
We stock the largest stock of Fiber Optic hand tools in the GTA
Check our website for prices and course dates.
*********************************
Fiber Optic
Training And the Recession
Mississauga Training Consultants has been in the Fiber
Optic Training business for more than 12 years. We are based in Ontario, Canada
but have conducted training courses from Northern Scotland to the Caribbean. We have certified over 2,400 fiber optic
installers http://www.fiberoptictraining.com/installersx.html
through the universally accepted Fiber Optic Association certification
programs. Our customer base numbers over
150 companies http://www.fiberoptictraining.com/clients.html including Telcos, Cable Television
providers, Electrical/Hydro utilities and Canadian Government departments. And
yes we went through the recession that amplified itself with 9/11 and lasted
for several years. We survived but many others did not.
Are we going to suffer the same effects with the
existing recession? That is the question that everyone is asking, including
myself. My view is that we will not see
a drop in training but perhaps an increase.
Why? Well there are several reasons;
1.) Most copper installers realize that copper has reached
its limit although, amazingly enough I know some unhappy copper installers who
are burdened with “Category 7.
2.) Fiber to the home is taking off at an unstoppable
pace. People are getting triple play on fiber for fewer dollars and speeds
several hundred times faster. How can they not go fiber.
3.) Communications in Canada
have always been more important and a major national industry since the
invention of the Telephone at Alexander Graham Bell’s parent’s home in Brantford, Ontario.
There are Fiber Optic links holding communities together for 6000 Km from east to west and from our southern
boundaries to the farthest points north.
4.) Canada is the most connected country in the world with the
world’s highest levels of universal
telephone service. Why Canadians have greater access to cable television
service than people of any other
nation.
Communications play a large role in all modern
societies - they are particularly important to Canada.
Canadian geography, population distribution, and
political organization have always required effective communication
systems. Canada's
population spreads across 6,000 km from sea to sea to sea. Communications
are one of the major threads holding this country together.
Canada has excellent communications. Canada has one
of the world's highest levels of universal telephone service. Canadian
communication systems include satellite communications, national data networks,
optical fibre networks, cellular telephony, cable TV, and virtually universal
Internet access.
Statistically in the 4th quarter of 2008 we
trained more Fiber Optic Installer than any quarter since 2001, The Local
October class was the largest since 2001, the December class exceeded the
October numbers with a full January class booked before Christmas, 2008 and
registrations for February, 2009.
However, while this helps the bottom line and I can’t
refuse business, I do want to get out of this business. Why?, well two reasons; first of all I’m closer to seventy than 65
and secondly because the bones are giving out and the ailments that come with
this age are descending rapidly upon me.
I’m looking for a buyer for the business, web site, packaged courses,
customer lists and goodwill.
I
do want the business to survive and with someone with more fire it will grew at
whatever rate they wish. I will help
them accomplish this to whatever extent necessary as long as I see the light at
the end of the tunnel. My definition of
the light at the end of the tunnel is salt water, sand and warm temperatures.
William Graham, CFOS/
*********************************
Corning Expects T0 Sale
Back Operations In '09
Corning expects to scale back
operations amid ongoing economic slump; job cuts possible
Glass
and ceramics company Corning Inc. is expected to report Tuesday that it plans
to scale back operations in 2009 as most of its business segments struggle amid
the ongoing economic slump.
In
addition to previously announced plans to reduce capacity in the LCD-TV
business and to reduce capital spending, Corning
is considering consolidating manufacturing capacity and reducing operating
expenses to be flat or lower than 2008 levels, as well as possible job cuts. Corning will provide an
update on its decisions in January when it releases fourth-quarter results.
Corning expects to reduce 2009
capital spending to $1.1 billion, of which about $450 million stems from
construction completed in 2008.
Speaking
at a technology conference sponsored by Barclays, James B. Flaws, vice chairman
and chief financial officer, is also expected to report that retail sales of
LCD televisions in the U.S.
for November were ahead of last year.
Additionally,
some of the more recent monthly sales data from outside the U.S. was
stronger than expected. In Japan,
sales of liquid-crystal-display TV units rose 28 percent year-over-year in
November. In Europe, preliminary estimates for
October suggest sales increased 29 percent year-over-year, the company said.
"The
demand level is lower than we had forecast earlier this year, but if this level
continues, it should help correct the supply chain imbalance," Flaws said
in a statement provided by the company ahead of the presentation. "We
believe we could see increasing demand starting in the second quarter of
2009."
However,
despite the recent strength of retail sales, the company is still correcting
for excess inventory, and expects to reduce glass prices at a higher rate than
in recent years during the first quarter.
*********************************
Danaher issues 2009 guidance days after announcing cuts
and lowering 2008 outlook
Danaher
Corp., which makes bar code readers, medical products and Sears' Craftsman
tools, issued its guidance for 2009 Thursday, saying it massive restructuring
has positioned the company well for the upcoming year.
Danaher
expects to earn $3.70 to $4.10 for the 2009 fiscal year. Analysts polled by
Thomson Reuters had expected the company to earn $4.10 for the year.
On
Monday, the company cut its fourth-quarter and 2008 guidance as well as
announcing plans to cut 1,700 jobs and close 13 facilities, citing weak global
economic conditions.
Danaher
President and Chief Executive Officer H. Lawrence Culp Jr. said in a statement
that the company has taken "significant steps to prepare our businesses
for what we believe will be a difficult year ahead. However, despite the
current economic backdrop, we believe we are well positioned for 2009."
Danaher CEO Comments on Outlook
--
Danaher Corporation commented today on the performance outlook of the company
for 2009. President and Chief Executive Officer H. Lawrence Culp, Jr.
communicated the company expects 2009 earnings per share to be in the range of
$3.70 to $4.10.
Danaher
Corporation is a leading manufacturer of Professional Instrumentation, Medical
Technologies, Industrial Technologies, and Tools and Components (http://www.danaher.com/).
*********************************
Dow Chemical cuts 5000 jobs and will close 20 plants
The good news is Dow
Chemical isn't cutting its dividend. The bad news is that the company is
slashing jobs and closing plants to compensate.
On Monday, Dow Chemical
became the newest company to take the ax to its payroll, announcing it would
slash 5,000 full-time jobs, or about 11.0% of its workforce. It will also close
20 plants and sell several businesses in an effort to control costs during the
difficult business environment. (See "Congratulations,
It's A Recession.")
In addition, Dow will
temporarily idle 180 plants and cut 6,000 contractors from its payroll. In all,
the chemical maker expects the cuts to save about $700.0 million by 2010.
Dividends
are often an easy target for companies looking to cut costs. Not for Dow,
though. In October Geoffery Merszei, Dow's chief financial officer, insisted
the firm would further the company's 388 consecutive quarters of upholding or
raising its dividend. (See "Dow
Chemical Defends Its Dividend.") Its quarterly dividend has
held to 42 cents since June of 2007.
Investors pushed up the
stock 4.5%, or 86 cents, to $19.86, shortly after the market opened Monday.
Over the past three months, the Midland, Mich.-based firm has lost 43.4% of its
market value, and 42.6% over the past year.
Dow's announcement
furthers the massive payroll purge occurring throughout the U.S. economy.
On Friday, the U.S. Labor Department reported nonfarm payroll employment fell
533,000 during the month of November, pushing the unemployment rate to 6.7%,
from October's 6.5%. (See "U.S.
Layoffs Surge in November.")
Within the industry, Dow
rival DuPont said last week it would cut 2,500 jobs, and warned it wouldn't be
able to turn a profit.
*********************************
DuPont to cut 2,500 jobs, trim 4,000 contractors +
AT&T Inc. plans to cut 12,000 jobs, about 4 percent of its work force
AT&T Inc. joined the recession's
parade of layoffs Thursday by announcing plans to cut 12,000 jobs, about 4
percent of its work force.
The Dallas-based telecommunications
company -- the nation's largest -- said the job cuts will take place in
December and throughout 2009. The company also plans to reduce capital spending
next year.
Spokesman Walt Sharp said the
layoffs will be "across the company and across the country," but would
not specify what departments and cities would be most affected. These layoffs
come on top of 4,600 jobs the company said in April it would eliminate.
The new cuts come as AT&T finds
itself pulled by two currents at once. Not only is the recession leading
businesses and consumers to curtail spending, but a long-term trend in the
telecom industry is also at play: AT&T, which provides local phone coverage
in California, Texas and 20 other states, has been seeing
many customers defect from landline phones to wireless services.
In the last quarter, AT&T basic
voice lines in service dropped 11 percent.
Reflecting that shift, the company
noted Thursday that even as it slashes some jobs, it would still be hiring in
2009 in parts of the business that offer cell phone service and broadband
Internet access. AT&T, whose shares are down about 30 percent this year --
while the Dow Jones industrial average is off 35 percent -- remains profitable,
and benefits from being the sole U.S. wireless carrier for Apple
Inc.'s popular iPhone.
AT&T plans to take a charge of
about $600 million in the fourth quarter to pay for severance costs. The
company noted that many of its non-management employees have guaranteed jobs
because of union contracts. All affected workers will receive severance
"in accordance with management policies or union agreements," the
company said.
Its shares were down 2.5 percent in
pre-market trading, at $28.35.
DuPont warns of quarterly loss, to
cut 2,500 jobs Thursday December 4, 2008, 9:49 am EST NEW YORK (Reuters) -
Chemical maker DuPont (NYSE:DD - News) said on Thursday it expects to post a
fourth-quarter loss and will cut 2,500 jobs as a steep drop in construction,
car sales and consumer spending hurt its business.
The slump in the U.S. automotive
markets has hurt DuPont badly, as it is one of the largest suppliers of paints
to automakers. The Wilmington, Delaware-based company has also been stymied by
the collapse in the U.S.
housing market, as it supplies
chemicals like Corian and Tyvek used in home building.
The freeze in the global credit
markets, a recession in many developed economies and a sharp slowdown in many
emerging regions have further crimped growth for DuPont and its peers, which
have relied heavily on emerging economies for growth in recent quarters.
The company, whose shares fell 8.3
percent in premarket trade, said it was targeting cost cuts for 2009 of $600
million, up from its previous goal of $200 million.
That improvement is on top of $130
million in cost reductions expected from its restructuring plan that will
result in a charge of $500 million in the fourth quarter.
DuPont expects a fourth-quarter loss
of 20 to 30 cents per share excluding one-time items, a sharp turnabout from
the earnings of 20 to 25 cents it previously expected.
Analysts has expected the company to
post earnings of 23 cents per share in the fourth quarter, according to Reuters
Estimates.
JOB CUTS
The chemical maker said the 2,500
job cuts, which represent about 4.2 percent of its workforce, will occur in
businesses that service the automobile and construction markets in Western
Europe and the United States.
DuPont is also cutting the jobs of
4,000 contractors by year-end 2008 with additional contractor reductions in
2009.
In addition, the company is implementing
work schedule reductions at select locations, adjusting production to market
conditions and redeploying more than 400 employees to projects aimed at
lowering operating costs.
For 2009, the company said its
earnings would be between $2.25 and $2.75 per share.
The planned job cuts would come
mostly in businesses that support the motor vehicle and construction markets in
Western Europe and the United
States.
(Reporting by Euan Rocha and Matt
Daily, editing by Dave Zimmerman and Derek Caney)
*********************************
New Electronic Templates for RHINO 6000 and 6500 Label
Printers Speed Labeling of SMP Connectivity Products
RHINO
Professional Labeling Tools, a brand of DYMO and part of Newell Rubbermaid’s
Technology business unit, announced today a product collaboration with SMP Data
Communications. This support includes the development and distribution of
pre-formatted electronic templates and was formed from a mutual goal of making
the labeling of structured cabling systems easier and more efficient for
installers.
Specifically,
the collaboration between RHINO and SMP has resulted in electronic templates
that allow the RHINO 6000 and RHINO 6500 label printers to quickly format
labels for SMP connectivity products, including patch cords, faceplates, patch
panels, 110 blocks, and other structured cabling system components. The
electronic templates can be downloaded for free from RHINO’s website, www.rhinolabeling.com
and imported into RHINO CONNECT software. Label information can then be entered
into the template either manually or directly from a Windows-based PC
application, then printed out onto labels that specifically fit SMP components.
“We are
pleased and excited to be working with SMP Data Communications,” stated Rob
Rosenquist, Director of Sales and Channel Marketing for RHINO. “SMP is a leader
in connectivity components and RHINO label printers are a leader in marking and
identifying these components. It was a natural fit that we work together to
help installers accomplish this task faster, easier, and more
cost-efficiently.”
“With the
Rhino templates for SMP components, we are pleased to give installers a means
to have a complete standards compliant solution that includes meeting the TIA
606 labeling requirements,” stated Brad Everette, Vice President of Sales –
Western Region.
SMP Data
Communications, formerly Superior Modular Products, is a part of the Optical
Cable Corporation family. SMP is an international leader in the designing and
manufacturing of quality innovative copper and fiber connectivity components.
It provides superior structured cabling solutions for the data communications
market.
RHINO is
the industrial brand of DYMO and part of Newell Rubbermaid’s Technology
business unit. RHINO label printers are engineered with features that enable
installers to label datacom and other systems quickly and easily, such as
PC-connectivity, pre-programmed terms and symbols, built-in memory, instant
“Hot Key” label formatting, industrial-strength labels and more.
About
RHINO
RHINO is a
brand of DYMO, a Newell Rubbermaid technology company.
Newell
Rubbermaid’s innovative global technology solutions enable businesses,
educational institutions, and consumers to more efficiently share, manage and
organize information. Our global technology brands are organized around
four platforms: The Specialty Printing and Labeling Platform includes
DYMO® label/CD/DVD printers and file scanning software (www.dymo.com)
and RHINO Industrial Labeling Systems (www.rhinolabeling.com). The
Analog to Digital Platform includes CardScan® business card scanners and
contact management software featuring AtYourService™ (www.cardscan.com),
and DYMO File™, software that transforms paper documents into organized
archives of electronic files (www.dymofile.com). The Internet
Postage Platform includes endicia™ online shipping, mailing and customized
postage solutions (www.endicia.com)
and (www.pictureitpostage.com). The
Classroom Technology Platform includes mimio™ interactive whiteboards and
digital ink recorders (www.mimio.com). These
technology brands join a rich heritage of brands at Newell Rubbermaid including
Calphalon®, EXPO®, Goody®, Graco®, Irwin®, Lenox®, Paper Mate®, Parker®, Rolodex®,
Rubbermaid®, Sharpie® and Waterman®.
If you
would rather not receive future email messages from Optical Cable Corporation,
let us know by clicking here.
Optical Cable Corporation, 33
Superior Way, Swannanoa, NC 28778 United States
*********************************
Electrical
Contractor magazine Initiative Finds Decorations among Counterfeit Electrical
Products
Counterfeit Christmas lights -- including those with fake Underwriters
Laboratories, Inc. (UL) labels -- pose a threat to consumers for their
potential inability to meet electrical safety and fire codes. The traditional
holiday decorations are part of the rapidly growing crime of counterfeit
electrical products in the United States
-- 90+ percent of which are imported from China. Now reaching epic
proportions in a $130 billion industry, counterfeiting is a crime that
threatens the lives and safety of all U.S. citizens and electrical
workers.
"Underwriters
Laboratories Inc., like many other Intellectual Property Rights and Trademark
owners, has seen a dramatic increase in the amount of counterfeited products
and trademark labels on those products in the past, several years," said
Robert Crane, lead enforcement manager, Anti-Counterfeiting Operations, UL, Chapel Hill, N.C.
"For several decades, UL has integrated security features in many of its
labels."
Crane
participated in a panel discussion as part of the new Anti-Counterfeit Products
Initiative hosted by Electrical Contractor magazine, published by the National
Electrical Contractors Association (NECA), Bethesda,
Md. at http://www.ecmag.com, and The
Electrical Distributor (TED) magazine published by the National Association of
Electrical Distributors (NAED), St.
Louis. The new, joint industry initiative is endorsed
by NAED, NECA and the National Electrical Manufacturers Association (NEMA).
A few
warning signals for counterfeit lighting include surprisingly low prices,
unusual labeling or certification marks and a lack of sales tax on a receipt
since counterfeiters generally don't report their sales. Consumers should also
be aware of street vendors and unauthorized dealers.
Crane said
that holographic labels were developed to further thwart the piracy of UL
labels, with the first holograms introduced in 1993 for decorative lighting
strings and outfits. Since the holograms were so successful, he said that
additional categories for products manufactured in China also required holographic
labels and more requirements were added this year including the newest gold
holograms.
Published
by the National Electrical Contractors Association (NECA), Bethesda, Md.,
Electrical Contractor magazine delivers 85,300+ electrical contractors and more
than 68,000 electrical contracting locations, more than any other industry
publication. Telephone: (301) 657-3110. Web site: http://www.ecmag.com.
SOURCE
Electrical Contractor magazine
http://www.ecmag.com
*********************************
New SimpliFiber® Pro Optical Power Meter and Fiber
Test Kits Cut Manpower Requirements, Testing Time in Half
Fluke Networks’ new fiber test methods are optimized for
front-line installers and technicians, increasing productivity while lowering
equipment costs
Fluke Networks, provider of innovative Network SuperVision
Solutions™ for the testing, monitoring and analysis of enterprise and
telecommunications networks, announced today the new SimpliFiber® Pro Optical
Power Meter and Fiber Test Kits. These new fiber test products allow a
single technician to quickly perform tasks that previously required a
two-person team. Furthermore, the SimpliFiber Pro’s ability to perform
loss testing simultaneously at dual wavelengths – and save both measurements
into one record – increases efficiency by cutting test times in half. The
new SimpliFiber Pro Test Kits effectively double the productivity of network
technicians testing fiber links; equipment costs are minimized by including
value-added capabilities needed by front-line installers and technicians.
Users of the new SimpliFiber Pro Test Kits will benefit from the
first-of-its-kind FindFiber™ capability. By plugging the FindFiber
Remote ID sources into ports of a remote patch panel, an individual technician
can identify the physical location of cabling runs to ensure polarity and the
correct location on each fiber drop at a central panel. This time-saving
feature enables a single technician to quickly perform double-ended testing – a
job that formerly required multiple technicians and a talk set, one at each end
of the link.
Also new are the SimpliFiber Pro optical power meter and
sources. In addition to time-saving dual-wavelength testing, SimpliFiber
Pro offers users a new CheckActive™ capability to quickly test whether a fiber
is live. The SimpliFiber Pro power meter emits an audible tone and
displays and icon whenever a live fiber is detected. This is faster than
plugging into a port and setting up a complete power measurement.
The SimpliFiber Pro optical power meter also offers a new Min/Max
capability that automates the precise tracking of intermittent power
fluctuations. The new Min/Max function is considerably faster than legacy
trial and error methods, saving time and user frustration.
Product availability
SimpliFiber Pro, a replacement for the existing and widely used SimpliFiber
product line, is made up of four unique fiber platforms: the power meter, the
multimode source, the singlemode source, and the FindFiber Remote ID
sources. Each platform is available separately, or in a number of kit
configurations that also include passive optical or active video inspection
microscopes, a visual fault locator, fiber optic cleaning materials and
carrying cases. The new SimpliFiber® Pro Optical Power Meter and Fiber
Test Kits are available for immediate delivery from Fluke Networks sales
partners worldwide. For more details go to
www.flukenetworks.com/simplifiberpro.
About Fluke Networks
Fluke Networks provides innovative solutions for the installation and
certification, testing, monitoring and analysis of copper, fiber and wireless
networks used by enterprises and telecommunications carriers. The company's
comprehensive line of Network SuperVision™ Solutions provide network
installers, owners, and maintainers with superior vision, combining speed,
accuracy and ease of use to optimize network performance. Headquartered in Everett, Washington,
the company distributes its products in more than 50 countries. More
information can be found by visiting Fluke Networks’ Web site at
www.flukenetworks.com or by calling (800) 283-5853.
*********************************
GENERAL CABLE TO UNVEIL GenSPEED® 10 MTP™
FEATURING MOSAIC CROSSBLOCK™ AT 2009 WINTER BICSI
General
Cable (NYSE: BGC) will unveil its new GenSPEED®
10 MTP™ Category 6A 10 Gig cable, featuring the new
Mosaic Crossblock™ technology, at the 2009 Winter BICSI in Orlando,
Florida, January 18th through the 21st. Mosaic Twisted Pair (MTP) technology provides
an Unshielded Twisted Pair (UTP) cable that performs like a Shielded or Foiled
Twisted Pair (STP/FTP) cable.
“We are pleased to introduce a truly groundbreaking technology,” said Bob
Kenny, Vice President and General Manager, Datacom Products, General
Cable. “With standards for
10 Gigabit over copper now complete, the timing of this innovation could not be
better.” Kenny went on to
say, “End users will now have unprecedented headroom in a cable that has a
significantly reduced footprint. This
is a game changer within our market.”
If you are interested in
eliminating Alien Crosstalk in your 10 Gigabit application, stop
by General Cable's BICSI Booth
#712 and ask for more details.
General Cable
also manufactures a wide range of high performance GenSPEED®
copper data communications cables and NextGen® Brand fiber optic
cables. When visiting General Cable’s booth, also ask about our PanGen™
Structured Cabling Solutions which, in partnership with Panduit, provide
market-focused open-architecture network infrastructure solutions, as well as
our in-house armoring capabilities for datacom, fiber optic and electronic
cables. Visit us on the Web at www.generalcable.com.
General Cable … Delivering solutions that keep you connected.
General Cable (NYSE:BGC), headquartered in Highland Heights, Kentucky, is a
leader in the development, design, manufacture, marketing and distribution of
copper, aluminum and fiber optic wire and cable products for the energy,
industrial, specialty and communications markets. The Company offers
competitive strengths in such areas as breadth of product line, brand
recognition, distribution and logistics, sales and service and operating
efficiency. Energy cables include low-,
medium- and high-voltage power distribution and power transmission products.
The Industrial and Specialty segment is comprised of application-specific cables
for uses such as electrical power generation (traditional fuels, alternative
and renewable sources, and distributed generation), the oil, gas and
petrochemical industries, mining, industrial automation, marine, military and
aerospace applications, power applications in the telecommunications industry,
and other key industrial segments. Communications wire and cable products
transmit low-voltage signals for voice, data, video and control applications.
Visit our Web site at www.GeneralCable.com.
*********************************
Graybar, Milwaukee Electric Tool and Westex Sign Multi-Year Sponsorship Marketing Agreement with
NECA
The
National Electrical Contractors Association (NECA) announced today that Graybar,
Milwaukee Electric Tool Corporation and Westex, Inc. made multi-year
commitments to NECA’s new elite-level Premier Partner sponsorship
category.
“We deeply appreciate these new long-term commitments made to our members and
the electrical construction industry by Graybar, Milwaukee Electric Tool and
Westex, Inc., companies that were already substantially involved with
supporting the industry,” said NECA Chief Operating Officer Dan Walter.
“We welcome them to these new sponsorship positions with an enthusiastic sense
of partnership as we work together to add value for NECA members and further
advance the industry.”
The Premier Partner of NECA sponsorship category tops NECA’s new three-tier
industry sponsorship structure. It represents the most comprehensive
business-to-business marketing and sales opportunity ever presented to reach
the $130 billion electrical construction industry.
As Premier Partners of NECA, Graybar, Milwaukee Electric Tool and Westex, Inc.
will showcase their brands, products and services to the electrical
construction industry through hundreds of NECA events, publications and digital
platforms year-round, including the annual NECA Show, the industry’s premier
trade show and gathering. Financial terms of the transaction were not
disclosed.
With commitments secured from Graybar, Milwaukee Electric Tool and Westex,
Inc., the Premier Partner of NECA sponsorship category is now fully
subscribed. Comprehensive sponsorship opportunities are still available
within NECA’s Official Partner and Official Supplier sponsorship categories.
Graybar (Graybar.com), headquartered in Clayton, Mo., has specialized in supply
chain management services and the distribution of high-qualify components,
equipment and materials for the electrical and telecommunications industries
for more than 80 years. Graybar procures, warehouses and delivers
hundreds of thousands of electrical, communications and data products from
thousands of manufacturers. The company also offers Graybar ESP, an end-to-end
electrical contractor workflow solution that improves a contractor’s labor
efficiency, electrician safety and business productivity.
Milwaukee Electric Tool Co. (MilwaukeeTool.com), headquartered in Brookfield,
Wis., is focused on building, selling and servicing the best heavy-duty
electric power tools and accessories available to professional users with a
product line that includes more than 500 signature-red power tools and 3,500
accessories. Milwaukee Electric Tool sells its products and accessories worldwide
primarily through full-line tool authorized distributors, home centers and
hardware stores as well as through specialty suppliers, catalog companies and
web-based retail firms. The company was founded in 1924.
Westex, Inc. (Westexinc.com), established in 1919 and headquartered in Chicago, is the world’s
largest manufacturer of durable flame resistant cotton and cotton blend fabrics
for protective clothing. Westex’s INDURA® Ultra Soft® and INDURA® fabrics
are guaranteed flame resistant for the life of the garment with market-proven
performance for over 20 years. INDURA® Ultra Soft® is the premier
fabric in the global marketplace today, specified by thousands of end-users
with millions of garments in service worldwide for electric arc flash, flash
fire and ferrous metal exposures.
NECA is the voice of the $130 billion electrical construction industry
that brings power, light and communications technology to buildings and
communities across the United
States. NECA has 4,500 member
organizations and produces approximately 250 annual training, continuing
education and business-management events. NECA also has substantial
publishing interests, including ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR magazine, the leading
publication for the industry's decision-makers who account for 90 percent of
industry purchasing volume.
NECA’s sponsorship assets were valuated and packaged by its agency of record,
SponsorLogic, Inc. (SponsorLogic.com), a sponsorship marketing firm based in Charlotte, N.C.
SponsorLogic President Mel Poole is marketing and managing the sponsorship
assets of NECA.
*********************************
Harger’s
Ultraweld® SureShot
Harger
Lightning & Grounding proudly introduces their Ultraweld®
SureShot which is re-defining the exothermic process. SureShot utilizes a
copper container which is consumed along with the weld metal making for a
superior exothermic connection. SureShot utilizes an electronic ignition system
fired by a long lasting rechargeable battery controller. The unique ignition
system also allows the user to maintain a safe distance from the reaction.
Contact our Sales Department at 800-842-7437, email us at hargersales@harger.com or visit our
website at www.harger.com.
Harger
Lightning & Grounding is a leading manufacturer of lightning protection and
grounding equipment, as well as exothermic welding materials for the
communications and electrical industries.
Harger also provides design and engineering services and specializes in
offering total systems solutions for their customers.
*********************************
HCM Introduces Category 7 (Class F) Cable
Manchester, NH, December 12, 2008 – Hitachi Cable Manchester (HCM) continues to be a leader in
the development of new and innovative copper and fiber optic communication
cables.
HCM is
pleased to announce the launch of its new Category 7 (Class F) CMP cable.
Tested to
600 MHz, the Category 7 cable has a construction that consists of 4
individually shielded twisted pairs surrounded by an overall braid shield. This design permits the safe use of multiple
applications, such as VOIP, Ethernet and video over one cable. Currently available in a CMP construction, the
cable is UL safety listed for use in plenum environments.
About HCM
HCM,
located in Manchester, NH manufacturers a complete line of copper
and fiber optic cables for the communication industry. Over 3,300 different cable products are
manufactured at this facility. Products include
Category 6A UTP cables, shielded and outdoor Category 5e and 6 cables, armored
plenum-rated fiber optic cables as well as plenum-rated indoor/outdoor fiber
optic cables.
To learn
more about HCM products and where you can purchase them, please contact HCM
toll free at 800-772-0116 or visit the HCM website at www.hcm.hitachi.com.
*********************************
Ideal In The News
IDEAL Introduces Telco Version of
Popular BigFoot™ Ratcheting Cable Cutter
Building on
the success of its original BigFoot™ ratcheting cable cutter introduced last
year, IDEAL INDUSTRIES, INC. today introduced the new Telco BigFoot™ designed
to let data communications installers easily cut up to 2,700 pair telephone
cable and thick Stalpath® type communications cable with significantly less
stress on their hands and forearms.
Installers who routinely cut large cables will appreciate the Telco BigFoot as
a time and labor saving tool that reduces repetitive motion injuries. To use
the Telco BigFoot, the contractor simply plants its over molded boot on the
ground along with the cable being cut and then pushes down on the other handle,
using the tool’s mechanical leverage in place of muscular force.
The IDEAL Telco BigFoot offers an unmatched combination of:
Hardened
steel blades to achieve precision cuts and long-term durability
Rounded
blade with five-tooth ratchet action to hold cable tight for minimal distortion
Compact
dimensions for access into confined spaces
Quick
release action to ease blade back-out
Locking
mechanism to keep handles closed for safer storage
SmartGrip®
ergonomic, slip resistant handles for sure grip, even when wet.
For more information, contact Ideal Industries, Inc., Becker Place, Sycamore, Illinois 60178.
Or phone 1-800-435-0705, Fax: 1-800-533-4483. On the web,
www.idealindustries.com.
ABOUT IDEAL INDUSTRIES, INC.
IDEAL has been serving the electrical industry since 1916. IDEAL is one
of the world’s leading manufacturers of professional quality tools and supplies
serving installation professionals in the construction, maintenance, data
communications and original equipment manufacturing industries.
*********************************
IDEAL Expands
PowerPlug™ Luminaire Disconnect Line
Code Complaint 3-Wire
Disconnect Designed for Dimming & Switching
sycamore,
il, October 28, 2008 – According to the National Electrical
Code, non-residential fluorescent lighting fixtures must now have power disconnects
to safeguard electricians from contact with live voltage while replacing
ballasts.
In response to this code change (2008 National
Electrical Code 410.130 G), IDEAL last year developed the code compliant
PowerPlug™ disconnect. Once installed, this simple push in device allows
electricians to cut off hot and neutral ballast wiring prior to fixture
servicing, with the sought after benefit of preventing shock or electrocution.
To re-power the fixture, the technician simply snaps the disconnect back together.
NEW 3-WIRE
DISCONNECT
To better serve the varied needs of electricians,
IDEAL today launched an expanded, improved line of PowerPlugs. The latest
addition is a 3-wire model (3 Amp/120V) for switching and dimming, two popular
features in commercial lighting. Fitting easily through a 1/2 inch knockout,
the 3-wire disconnect is perfect for the required retrofitting of installed
fixtures, as well as for lighting OEMs seeking to design code compliance into
their fixtures.
Like all PowerPlug disconnects, the new 3-wire model
has IDEAL’s patented “push-in” locking technology, a benefit that directly
reduces manufacturing time, labor costs, and repetitive motion fatigue. It minimizes insertion force for faster,
easier terminations without twisting or the use of tools. What’s more, the simple male-female
construction passes UL1977 finger probe requirements, preventing the installer
from touching hot contacts.
Immediately available, the 3-wire PowerPlug comes in
contractor packages of 20, 50, 100 and 1,000.
For more information, contact Ideal Industries, Inc.,
Becker Place, Sycamore, Illinois 60178. Or phone 1-800-435-0705, Fax:
1-800-533-4483. On the web, www.idealindustries.com.
ABOUT IDEAL INDUSTRIES, INC.
Ideal has
been serving the electrical industry since 1916. IDEAL is one of the world’s
leading manufacturers of professional quality tools and supplies serving
installation professionals in the construction, maintenance, data
communications and original equipment manufacturing industries.
*********************************
IDEAL Announces Major Upgrade for
SecuriTEST™ CCTV/Security Tester
-- New SecuriTEST PRO adds Video,
Audio and Sync Testing, Additional PTZ Protocols, and New Lighter,
Easier-to-Carry Housing Powered By
High-Capacity Rechargeable Lithium Ion Battery --
The IDEAL
SecuriTEST™, the security industry’s most popular multi-functional CCTV tester,
has undergone a major upgrade, and now delivers to technicians an enhanced
feature set to satisfy their requirements whenever they are installing, testing
and maintaining analog camera systems.
Available
immediately with an MSRP of $849.00 (U.S.), the IDEAL SecuriTEST™ PRO offers
the multi-function testing platform of the original SecuriTEST introduced last
year, along with new IRE video level and sync testing, new sound level
assessment through an integrated speaker and on-screen display, and new
additional support for more PTZ camera protocols — all packaged in a lighter,
more portable design featuring a high-capacity lithium ion battery.
“We know
from talking to our customers that saving time and money is their number one
concern,” explained Dan Payerle, Product Manager, IDEAL. “For that reason, in
upgrading our SecuriTEST, we were focused on providing more productivity from a
single device. The new SecuriTEST PRO allows a technician to verify and
troubleshoot a complete CCTV system by himself or herself, significantly
reducing labor and overhead costs.”
CCTV
installers often need to carry a variety of testing tools to complete their
work. SecuriTEST PRO combines the most-needed tools in one easy-to-carry
package, eliminating the need to juggle several devices while on a ladder or
lift, making working conditions safer and increasing productivity. SecuriTEST
PRO empowers CCTV technicians to easily test video and sound, control PTZ
cameras, analyze over a dozen PTZ protocols, program PTZ and static cameras,
wire map UTP cables, generate video test patterns, and test electrical signals
with its built-in digital multimeter.
One of the
most anticipated new features of the SecuriTEST is its video and sync testing
which assures each camera is set to its correct video output level. Testing
determines the overall level of an NTSC video signal (30-150 IRE) and its
sync-to-white ratio (30-50 IRE). PAL video can also be measured from 200-1200mV
and sync ratio from 200-320mV. In addition, an audio input on the tester allows
it to be directly connected to a camera to sample audio though the tester’s
built-in speaker or on its 2.5-inch color LCD screen as a visible level scale.
The
SecuriTEST PRO kit comes with the tester, one lithium battery pack with 5.5
hours of operating time, an AC adapter/charger, 12V auto charger, 4-foot BNC
video cable, test
leads for
the digital multimeter, UTP cable terminator, a neck strap and a rugged carrying
pouch.
For more
information, contact IDEAL INDUSTRIES, INC., Becker Place, Sycamore, Illinois 60178.
Or phone 1-800-947-3614, Fax: 1-800-533-4483. On the web, www.idealindustries.com
ABOUT IDEAL INDUSTRIES, INC.
IDEAL
INDUSTRIES, INC. has been serving the electrical industry since 1916. IDEAL is
one of the world's leading manufacturers of professional quality tools and
supplies serving installation professionals in the construction, maintenance,
data communications and original equipment manufacturing industries.
###
©2008 IDEAL
INDUSTRIES, INC. All rights
reserved. All products and names
mentioned are the property of their respective owners. While IDEAL has made every effort at the time
of publication to ensure the accuracy of the information provided herein,
product specifications, configurations, prices, system/component/options
availability are all subject to change without notice.
PHOTO CAPTION: CCTV installers often need to carry
a variety of testing tools to complete their work. The IDEAL SecuriTEST Pro
combines the most-needed tools in one easy-to-carry package — a CCTV video
tester, PTZ camera controller, IRE video level and sync test, sound level
testing, Digital Multi-Meter, UTP cable tester, video test pattern generator,
PTZ protocol analyzer and camera programmer. Since all connections attach to a
single unit, it eliminates the need to juggle several devices while on a ladder
or lift, making working conditions safer and increasing productivity
*********************************
IDEAL Unveils Versatile Hand-Held Fiber
Optical Power Meter and Light Source Kit
-- New IDEAL FiberMASTER™ Lets
Technicians Make Simple, Accurate Measurements of Power Level and Fiber Signal
Loss Under Field Conditions on Multimode and Singlemode Fiber Optic Cabling --
SYCAMORE,
IL, June 10, 2008 – Designed to accommodate the expanding needs of datacom
technicians, the new IDEAL FiberMASTER™ five-wavelength fiber testing kit
offers a portable, all-in-one solution to measuring critical power and optical
signal loss on standard wavelength windows, as well as on FTTx applications.
At the
heart of the FiberMASTER is a five-wavelength power meter with calibration
function that stores reference power levels for quick dB loss measurements,
therefore eliminating the requirement to manually calculate loss. When joined
with the included 850nm “docking” light
source, the power meter measures fiber optic power in milliwatts (mW) and decibel-milliwatts
(dBm), as well as measure fiber signal loss (dB) at 850, 1300, 1310, 1490 and
1550nm wavelengths. The 850nm wavelength is encountered in most LAN,
residential, commercial and campus environments, while the 1490nm wavelength is
common in emerging FTTx applications such as single mode fiber to the home or
curb.
“Advanced
engineering allows the FiberMASTER to provide a stable platform for testing
fiber cables, connections and splices on multi- and single-mode systems to
identify faults that may impact network performance,” explained Dan Payerle,
Product Manager, IDEAL. “FiberMASTER is a powerful troubleshooting solution
that has only three buttons required for operation, making it perfect for field
use. Plus, it makes loss testing very simple thanks to the decibel calibration
feature.”
Pricing and Availability
Available
immediately, the IDEAL FiberMASTER (Part #33-928) is future-ready with high-end
capabilities, yet is low in cost. Trade price for the power meter with an 850nm
source is $749, and $995 for both 850nm and 1300nm sources.
As an added
value, FiberMASTER comes with universal (2.5mm) and FC adapters for the meter
interface, as well as free SC, ST and FC adapters for the light source, worth
$140, to suit virtually any cable plant. Test jumpers and a heavy-duty carrying
pouch are included in the package. FiberMASTER runs on AAA batteries.
For more
information, contact IDEAL INDUSTRIES, INC., Becker Place, Sycamore, Illinois 60178.
Or phone 1-800-947-3614, Fax: 1-800-533-4483. On the web,
www.idealindustries.com.
ABOUT IDEAL INDUSTRIES, INC.
IDEAL has
been serving the electrical industry since 1916. IDEAL is one of the world's
leading manufacturers of professional quality tools and supplies serving
installation professionals in the construction, maintenance, data communications
and original equipment manufacturing industries.
*********************************
Job Losses: 533,000 in November 2008
Recession
winds are blowing with gale force as U.S. employers shed 533,000 jobs in
November, pushing the unemployment rate to 6.7%. The Dec. 5 announcement by the
Bureau of Labor Statistics provided yet more evidence that the economy is
losing jobs at the fastest pace in more than three decades. "It's very
clear that the U.S.
is in a pretty deep recession. There really aren't any safe harbors in this
storm," says Adam York, an economic analyst at Wachovia (NYSE:WB
- News) in North Carolina.
The
November job cutting was dramatically worse than expected, with estimates by
economists ranging from 220,000 to 470,000, with a median forecast of 333,000
job cuts, according to a Bloomberg survey. The cuts last month came from a
variety of sectors -- manufacturing, construction, financials, retail, travel
and tourism. Only a few areas recorded employment gains, including education,
health care and government. The rate rose from 6.5% in October.
The
news comes one day after a slew of large companies such as AT&T (NYSE:T
- News), Credit Suisse (NYSE:CS
- News), and others announced major
layoffs. The Dec. 4 layoff announcements came from, among others, AT&T
(12,000 jobs), DuPont (NYSE:DD - News; 2,500), Avis Budget
(NYSE:CAR - News; 2,200), NBC
Universal, Honda Motor (NYSE:HMC - News), Viacom (NYSE:VIA
- News), and Windstream (NYSE:WIN
- News).
Companies
are cutting jobs to try to preserve profits -- or minimize losses -- at a time
when consumer demand is abruptly drying up and banks are tightening lending
standards. An all-out effort by the federal government to provide fiscal and
monetary stimulus should get gross domestic product growing again by the second
half of 2009, many economists believe. But even after GDP is growing, companies
are likely to keep shedding jobs. Wachovia predicts that the unemployment rate
will keep rising until mid-2010, topping out around 9%.
Drop In Shopping Impacts
The Jobs Numbers
How
bad are these numbers? Worse than in the 1990-91 recession, whose worst month
saw 306,000 lost jobs, or the 2001 recession, whose worst month was a loss of
325,000 jobs. The U.S.
economy lost 431,000 jobs in May 1980, which was the worst month of the
back-to-back recessions of 1980-82. If it's any comfort, though, November's
showing was better than the recession month of December 1974, when the economy
lost a staggering 602,000 jobs, according to the Bureau of Labor Statistics.
One
factor that's likely to account for a large portion of the winter 2008 job
losses is the tepid shopping season. The government's seasonal adjustment
attempts to filter out ups and downs in employment caused by seasonal factors
like holiday shopping. So when retailers ramp up employment less than they have
in the past, it shows up as an outright employment decline in the seasonally
adjusted data, notes Ellen Zentner, senior U.S.
economist for Bank of Tokyo-Mitsubishi UFJ in New York.
*********************************
Frogner Named Business Development Manager For
Leviton’s Expansion Into Europe
Leviton is
pleased to announce the appointment of Willy Frogner to lead the company’s
expansion into Europe. As Business Development
Manager for European Sales, headquartered in Oslo, Frogner will spearhead sales of the
company’s line of residential home networking and commercial voice and data
products throughout the European continent.
Frogner
brings to his new post with Leviton more than 25 years of experience
developing, marketing and selling electrical products. Prior to joining
Leviton, he worked for the CETgroup as a sales manager for their Norwegian
operations. He also held positions as a marketing manager for Schneider
Electric and as a Product Manager for Norwesco.
“Willy
brings an excellent background and track record of success in the industry to
his new position with Leviton, and we are delighted to have him on board
leading our expansion into Europe. His strong
ties with distributors and agents combined with his knowledge of the
marketplace are assets that bode well for our success in this exciting new
market for us,” said Bruno Filio, Leviton’s Vice President of International
Business Development.
Frogner’s
academic background includes studies in electrical, low-voltage and
communications systems in Oslo.
For more information, contact Leviton Manufacturing Co., 59-25 Little Neck
Parkway, Little Neck, NY 11362-2591, or visit our Web site at www.leviton.com.
*********************************
Switzer to Lead Development of Eco-Friendly,
Distributed Lighting Management Systems for Leviton
Leviton is
pleased to announce the appointment of Jerry Switzer to the position of Senior
Product Manager, Distributed Energy Management Systems for its Lighting
Management Systems business. Switzer brings to his new post 20 years of
experience in marketing, product management and business development with
industry-leading companies.
In his new role, Switzer will spearhead the development of eco-friendly
distributed lighting energy management systems that combine versatile solutions
for dimming, occupancy detection and daylighting control. These systems offer
efficient zone control in commercial environments that provide flexible,
PC-based control options for efficiently lighting an entire building, a single
floor or corridor, or a private work space.
Prior to
joining Leviton, Switzer worked at Hewlett-Packard, where he enjoyed a 17-year
long career in the area of business development, and at GE Security, where he
worked for 3 years in product and marketing management. At HP, he helped
develop innovative printing and bar coding technologies, as well as create a
market for the company’s industry-leading line of printers. As a Senior
Product Marketing Manager for GE Security, he developed and marketed residential
networking and security products.
“Jerry’s
background in design, consulting and project management combined with his
formidable experience introducing technology-based products both in the US and
abroad provide a strong foundation for his success in helping us launch our
distributed lighting control systems, “ said Tom Leonard, Director of Marketing
for Leviton Lighting Management Systems.
Switzer
holds a BS in Business from Oregon
State University
and an MBA in International Management and is currently pursuing a doctorate in
Marketing. He shares a patent for cellular technologies that was issued both in
the U.S. and in Europe, served in the US Navy as am Anti-Submarine Warfare
specialist, and has an impressive record of civic and community involvement.
Switzer
currently is Director of the West Linn Public Library Foundation and Chairman
of the Budget Committee of the City of West
Linn. He also served as a member of the Board of
Directors of the City of West Linn
Library and as Treasurer of the Board of Directors for
the HomePlug Association. www.leviton.com.
*********************************
MOHAWK ANNOUNCES THE ADDITION OF IRONWOOD ASSOCIATES
TO THEIR SALES FORCE
Leominster, MA, December 19, 2008:
Mohawk, a leading manufacturer of fiber optic and copper cable products, is
pleased to announce the appointment of Ironwood Associates to Mohawk’s field
sales force covering Arizona, Southern Nevada,
New Mexico and El Paso.
Founded in 2002 and headquartered in Carefree, AZ, Ironwood is a unique
manufacturer’s representative firm in designing and selling into the
infrastructure, data communications and security markets. The combination of
these elements allows Ironwood to cover the Southwestern marketplace with an
experienced sales force built on customer service and strong, long-term
relationships.
About
Mohawk
Mohawk, a division of Belden, is headquartered in Leominster, Massachusetts,
and has been providing fiber and copper cable innovations for over 50 years.
Their headquartered location dedicates 210,000 square feet to today’s most
advanced facilities for the design, development and production of copper, fiber
optic, and hybrid wire and cable. Mohawk, an ISO 9001 certified company, develops
products to meet and support TIA/EIA, ISO/IEC, ICEA and NEMA standards. As part
of the global Belden operations, Mohawk is supported with worldwide management,
financial resources, and distribution capabilities.
www.mohawk-cable.com
*********************************
NAED and TED Magazine stay on top of the latest news –
Cooper Plunges
Copper Headed Below $1.00/Pound?
“Copper
Is Vulnerable to Falling Further” read the headline on a Nov. 24 <I< Journal Street>article
(with the per-pound price at $1.57). “Upside to Copper’s Downside?” said
another WSJ headline, on Dec. 8, following a Friday, Dec. 5 close (for
copper futures) of $1.355/lb.
Fascinating fact: The Nov. 24 article included the information
(sourced to John Gross, publisher of the Copper Journal) that copper’s
price had averaged “about $1.33 for the period from January 1988 through this
October.”
Fascinating fact No. 2: The price of three-month copper futures fell
below $3,000 per ton on Dec. 5 “for the first time since May 2005.”
Fact No. 3: Copper last traded below $1/lb. in December 2003.
Where’s the bottom, from here?
From
Michael Widmer, analyst, BNP Paribas (quoted in the Nov. 24 article): In 1993,
1997, and 2001, copper’s price “bottomed around the production costs of the 75%
lowest-cost producers.” If form follows, he indicated, prices could bottom in
2009 at about $.91/lb.
From
Leon Westgate, analyst, Standard Bank (quoted in the Dec. 8 article): “The
metals have already priced in most of the worst-case scenario [and] we believe
significant downside to prices is limited.”
And
over on Bloomberg.com (Nov. 20), David Threlkeld,
president of Resolved (a trading firm), said on Bloomberg TV that he saw prices
falling below $1/lb. in 2009. Why? China is “sitting on a tremendous
unsold inventory.”
TedMag’s
Commodity Watch reports last week’s close at $1.44/pound. That’s the
unofficial final-trade price as reported on www.metalprices.com,
the website of the London Metal Exchange.
Reprinted
with permission from TED The Electrical Distributor Magazine On-Line Newsletter
www.naed.org www.tedmag.com.
*********************************
Category 6 Coupler Modules and Patch
Panel
PANDUIT® Mini-Com® Category 6 Coupler Modules and Patch
Panels are now available for installations which require modular, reliable,
high performing network connections. Fast and simple to install, the couplers
allow quick connection of RJ45 patch cords for faster installation. Couplers
are ideal for use in engineering/testing laboratories or temporary networks
during a system upgrade or maintenance, reducing costly network downtime. www.panduit.com/cat 22
*********************************
Siemens Settles Bribery Cases
BERLIN: Siemens, the biggest European engineering company, on Monday
agreed to pay $1.34 billion to settle U.S. and German bribery charges, ending
two-year inquiries into payments made to government officials worldwide.
Siemens
will pay €395 million to settle the German inquiry, according to a statement.
The Munich-based company also agreed to pay $800 million to end charges brought
by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission and pleaded guilty to violating U.S.
anti-corruption laws by falsely accounting for $1.36 billion in payments.
The
company appointed the former German finance minister Theo Waigel to monitor the
company's compliance with the terms of the U.S. legal settlement, Siemens said
in a statement.
The
deal with Munich
prosecutors closes inquiries against the company at the former Power
Transmission and Distribution, Power Generation, Medical Solutions, Transportation
Systems and IT Solutions and Services units. Siemens company has already paid
€201 million of the fine.
The
german agreement was announced shortly after a U.S. judge approved a settlement
between Siemens, the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission and the Justice
Department over related allegations.
Under
the U.S.
accord, Siemens will pay $800 million and submit to monitoring to ensure
compliance with anti- bribery laws.
The
U.S. District Court for the District
of Columbia accepted the Siemens settlements with the
U.S. Department of Justice and the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission on
charges it violated the Foreign Corrupt Practices Act through a lack of
internal controls and bookkeeping violations.
*********************************
Sony to cut 8000 jobs
4 percent of work force
`Back
at square one' -- Sony to cut 8,000 electronics jobs, close plants
Sony
Corp. is slashing 4 percent of its worldwide work force, reining in spending
and shutting plants as it tries to ride out a looming worldwide recession that
is battering Japan's
export-reliant manufacturers.
Tokyo-based
Sony, which is cutting 8,000 of its 185,000 jobs, said Tuesday it will shut
five or six plants -- about 10 percent of its 57 factories. Sony also plans to
reduce its electronics investments by about one-third by the end of March 2010,
although it did not give specific numbers.
The
job cuts are the most drastic here since the U.S. credit crunch hit over the
summer. They are a bad twist for Sony, which has been recovering from internal
problems in recent years under cost-cutting reforms led by Chief Executive
Howard Stringer.
"This
may mean that Sony is now back at square one," said Kazuharu Miura,
electronics analyst at Daiwa Institute of Research in Tokyo. "Japanese companies are all in
trouble because of this unexpected worldwide slowdown."
Miura
also warned that Sony's measures might not be enough to offset its sliding
profits.
Sony's
U.S.
shares were up 87 cents, 4.3 percent, at $20.91 in afternoon trading.
Sony
said a plant in Dax, France, which makes tapes and other
recording media will be among the plants to close, but it declined to list the
others. The moves will deliver more than 100 billion yen ($1.1 billion) in
savings a year by March 2010, the company said.
"Now
we are all facing a recession together," said Senior Vice President
Naofumi Hara. "It is impossible to predict how much longer the situation
will last."
Sony's
announcement comes amid similar news from other Japanese manufacturers, which
face plunging demand at home and abroad, as well as falling gadget prices and
unfavorable currency fluctuations.
Sony
is particularly vulnerable to the strong yen since about 80 percent of its
sales come from overseas. The dollar has dropped to about 93 yen from 117 yen
last year, eroding with it Sony's foreign income.
Hara
said the ways the job cuts will be carried out will vary by country, but he did
not provide a breakdown. Sony's electronics business employs about 160,000
workers. The company also has movie, video game and financial businesses.
Sony
has adjusted production and lowered inventories, but tough times demand more
drastic efforts, it contends. The cost-cutting plan includes postponing an
investment to boost production of liquid crystal display TVs in Slovakia
because of a plunge in European demand for flat-panel TVs.
Sony
will also trim spending in semiconductors, and will outsource a portion of the
production it had planned for image sensors for mobile phones.
Apart
from the 8,000 electronics job losses, Hara said Sony would cut at least 8,000
temporary jobs in the same sector by the end of March 2010. He said temporary
workers are not counted in the tally of Sony's global work force.
Sony
usually can count on the year-end holiday shopping season to rake in sales of
gadgets such as flat-panel TVs, Blu-ray disc players and game consoles. But
consumer sentiments have been dashed by the financial meltdown. Hara said U.S. sales were holding up relatively well, but
he acknowledged product prices may have to be cut, especially in Europe, which would diminish profit margins.
Sony
recently slashed its full-year earnings projection, citing weaker consumer
demand and a stronger yen. For the fiscal year through March 2009, it is
expecting a 150 billion yen ($1.5 billion) profit, down 59 percent from the
previous year.
Since
2005, Stringer, the first foreigner to lead Sony, has gradually turned the
company around, shedding money-losing operations and catching up in flat-panel
TVs and portable music players. Hara acknowledged Stringer was sending Sony
employees a sad message Tuesday.
"He
has told us that the efforts will entail pain. But unless we can get over this,
there is no future," he said. "We are taking a step toward the
future."
Copyright
© 2008 The Associated Press. All rights reserved. The information contained in
the AP News report may not be published, broadcast, rewritten, or redistributed
without the prior written authority of The Associated Press.
*********************************
Strategies
for Success in Optical Communications
Bandwidth
and Applications on the Rise: Will Profits Follow?
OSA
and Lightwave announce the first in a series of panels to be presented at the
2009 Executive
Forum, held in conjunction with OFC/NFOEC. This event, which
provides vital information about the optical communications industry attracts
C-level executives from over 100 companies
Panel I: Successful Strategies for Supporting Bandwidth-Intensive
Applications
Systems and carriers address the requirements to meet the growing demands of
bandwidth. The need to support bandwidth-intensive applications such as video
delivery and high-end computing is clear – but how can this be done in today’s
climate and maintain an adequate return on investment? A panel of carriers and
systems suppliers discusses the evolution of optical networks and equipment to
meet the challenge of expanding requirements. Panelists describe what role they
expect their suppliers to perform.
Panel
Speakers Include:
Stephen
Carlton,Vice President, Planning and Product Management, Fujitsu Network
Communications
Stuart
Elby, Vice President, Network Architecture, Verizon
Vik
Saxena, Senior Director, Network Architecture, Office of the CTO, Comcast Cable
For
full speaker biographies visit the program
section of the Executive Forum website.
For additional program information or to register visit www.osa.org/executiveforum.
Important
Deadlines:
Register
by March 5, 2009 for pre-registration savings!
Housing
Deadline: February 23, 2009
OSA
Corporate Members Recieve a 2-for-1 registration package.
Founded
in 1916, the Optical Society of America (OSA) was organized to increase and
diffuse the knowledge of optics, pure and applied; to promote the common
interests of investigators of optical problems, of designers and of users of
optical apparatus of all kinds; and to encourage cooperation among them. The
purposes of the Society are scientific, technical and educational.
The
Optical Society of America brings together optics and photonics scientists,
engineers, educators, technicians and business leaders. OSA's membership totals
more than 14,000 individuals from over 81 countries. Approximately 40% of the
Society's members reside outside the United States. Officers
of the Society are elected by the membership.
*********************************
Worthington Distribution Publishes the 2009 Training Calendar
Worthington
Distribution, known for their award winning product knowledge, industry
training and customer service, has published the 2009 Worthington University
Training Calendar. These trainings consist of full day and 4-day
trainings on popular product combinations from top industry companies including
HAI, Leviton, Russound, Philips, Centralite, Proficient, OnQ Legrand, Middle
Atlantic, Techniku and others. Topics include structured wiring, cameras, DVRs,
lighting control (UPB, Z-Wave, Zigbee), motorized window treatments,
distributed audio, temperature control, automation, touch screens, remote
controls, and home theater. The 4th day of University is
dedicated to running a small business, putting together proposals, and selling
home automation. The next 4-day hands-on Worthington
University session will be held in the
newly remodeled training room in Tafton,
PA on February 24-27. This
is followed by 3 additional sessions in Tafton, PA and a session in Las
Vegas, NV. In
addition, Worthington Distribution will be holding single day sessions
throughout the country and during industry trade shows. For more
information browse to www.worthingtonu.com.
About Worthington Distribution:
Worthington
Distribution, an award winning national distributor with offices in Pennsylvania and Nevada,
specializes in Home Automation, System Integration, Structured Wiring,
Distributed Audio, Lighting Control, and Security. Value-added services include
training, technical support, design consultation, and programming
assistance. www.worthingtondistribution.com
*********************************
Leviton
Introduces GreenPack™ Bulk Connector Packaging
Contractor-friendly,
recyclable packaging reduces jobsite waste
Leviton
today announced the release of its new GreenPack bulk connector packaging. The
new packaging was designed as a contractor- and earth-friendly solution to
speed large network infrastructure installations and reduce jobsite waste.
GreenPack
holds 24 connectors in individual, clear pockets. Connectors can be popped out
one at a time, with remaining inventory well organized and easily counted. In
addition, GreenPack offers an environmentally sound alternative to individually
packaged connectors. The cardboard and plastic packaging is 100% recyclable,
while the connectors are lead-free and RoHS-compliant.
GreenPack
packaging is available in 5e, 5e+ (component-rated), and 6 category ratings,
with white, ivory, blue, orange, or black connectors. Leviton’s connectors,
including those sold in the new GreenPack, are available through the company’s
reseller network.
About Leviton Network Solutions
Leviton
Network Solutions was created 20 years ago to meet the growing need for
telecommunications and high-speed data technologies. Today, the division is
dedicated to producing complete copper, fiber, and power network infrastructure
solutions for its enterprise, data center, service provider, developer, and
government customers. Category-rated connectors, cabling assemblies, and patch
panels; enclosures and splice trays; PDUs and surge strips; and much more are
engineered to exacting standards and offer guaranteed performance. www.leviton.com
*********************************
McCormick
Enables Contractors To Do Takeoffs On Screen
McCormick
Systems offers a unique new opportunity to electrical contractors:
No matter
how a set of electronic drawings ends up in your computer, you can do all your
takeoffs on screen – and move the results (automatically) to your McCormick
estimating system.
Up until
now, most contractors worked with drawings on paper. A significant exception –
for those using McCormick’s CAD Estimating software – pertained only to those
who could obtain CAD drawings electronically from architects and engineers.
Now, thanks
to McCormick’s interface with On Center Software Inc.’s On-Screen Takeoff product, estimates can be done on screen.
Quantities can then be automatically moved to the McCormick estimating system
(via a special link and database).
Additionally,
McCormick is now a re-seller of On-Screen
Takeoff. “Our contractors prefer to have a one-stop shop when they can get
it, and as a re-seller for On Center, we now offer that,” said Todd McCormick,
the company’s president. “We can get contractors the software and our exclusive
interface, in one bundle.”
Bottom-line:
Here’s another McCormick-created avenue to raise estimating productivity for
electrical contractors and their estimators.
Important notes:
a. This arrangement applies to drawings
that come to the contractor in virtually any electronic format --.tiff, .pdf,
.dwf, .dwg, .jpeg . . . and many others.
b. Exclusive to McCormick Systems.
c. On Center Software is no
Johnny-come-lately to construction software; the company in 2008 is celebrating
its 20th year.
d.
“Contractors
we’ve talked with about this seem to love it – and there’s a ‘green’ angle as
well,” said McCormick. “Contractors we have spoken with about this new
arrangement told us in addition, it would save a lot of trees!”
Typically,
several contractors each will obtain paper drawings for a specific project – to
submit a bid for the work. When the winner is determined, the others, quite
naturally, dispose of the paper. The McCormick-On Center Software interface
should help make that waste (of time, resources, and money) obsolete for the
savvy electrical contractor.
About On Center
Software, Inc.
Founded in
1988 by construction industry professionals, On Center Software’s products
eliminate the tedious task of creating takeoffs on paper plans and trying to
calculate accurate results for complicated figures with a calculator. See www.on-screentakeoff.com.
About McCormick
Systems
Privately
owned McCormick Systems (Chandler,
AZ) is the nation’s leader in
software used for electrical and ABS estimating and project management. The
company’s products enable contractors to quickly produce consistent, profitable
estimates for electrical and voice-data-video work, and more.
www.mccormicksys.com
*********************************
Megladon®
Manufacturing Group Hires Gil Perez as Business Development Manager
Gil Perez
has joined the Megladon® Manufacturing Group team as the Business Development
Manager. Gil recognized a golden
opportunity to work with a company who offers leading edge fiber product
technology to an industry with which he is already familiar.
Gil is
originally from Dallas, Texas
and graduated with a degree in Business Administration from the University of North Texas
in Denton.
Gil’s background has been concentrated in the Telecom industry specializing in
outside plant and central office networks, which makes him ideally suited for
his new position within the Megladon organization. Gil has previously held
positions with ADC Telecommunications, Tii Network Technologies, and Thomas
& Betts, focusing on the United
States and Latin American markets.
When asked
about his new position, Gil responds with favoring accolades, “I see Megladon
as one of the leading fiber optic technology manufacturing companies within the
communications industry. The product offerings of Megladon show our ability and
capability to develop and provide a leading edge solution for the
communications industry. My goal is to hit the ground running by expanding our
market share and increase company revenue.”
“Gil Perez
is known in the industry and has many long term relationships providing
excellent service and support” stated John M. Culbert, President of Megladon.
“There is fruit attached to his track record. We welcomed Gil into our
strategic planning circle because of his knowledge, experience and character.
We expect big things from him as we grow together.”
Megladon®
Manufacturing Group Ltd., a subsidiary of TyRex Group Ltd.®, is recognized as a
leader in the fiber optic marketplace. Founded in 1997, Megladon made it their
mission to provide customers with fiber optic products that far exceed industry
standards. As technology innovators, Megladon created the HLC® (Hardened Lens
Contact) termination, which has changed the market and taken it to the next
level. For additional information on Megladon and their patented processes
please visit the company’s website at www.megladonmfg.com.
ACUTA
ACUTA Calls on New
Congress, Administration to Make National Broadband Strategy a Priority
Citing
the importance of broadband communications networks to U.S. colleges and universities and
their students, ACUTA is urging the incoming Obama administration and Congress
to urgently develop and implement a comprehensive national broadband strategy.
ACUTA,
the Association for Information Communications Technology Professionals in
Higher Education, is calling on lawmakers, the Federal Communications
Commission, and others in Washington
to craft the policies and take the actions needed to achieve greater broadband
penetration and give every American high-speed access to the Internet.
ACUTA
is the only national association dedicated to serving the needs of higher
education information communications technology professionals, representing
some 2,000 individuals at 780 institutions. An ambitious national broadband
policy, ACUTA says, would enable a much greater degree of remote learning at
the university level, for example, extending higher education to all Americans,
no matter where they are located.
“Broadband
access is critical in today’s economy, and the federal government must lead the
way in strengthening our broadband infrastructure, just as it has led the way
in the development of highways and electrical power in the past,” said Jeri
Semer, executive director of ACUTA. “Without this access, American students run
the risk of falling behind, to the detriment of our educational and business
institutions.”
ACUTA
expressed its support for policies that would drive investment in high-speed
broadband as well as to stimulate its adoption and use. “The goal, as ACUTA
sees it, is to enable every American institution, business, and home to have
access to affordable high-speed broadband connections, with the assurance of
reasonable levels of competition and open access,” Semer said.
About
ACUTA
ACUTA, the Association for Information Communications
Technology Professionals in Higher Education, is an international
non-profit educational association serving colleges and universities. Its
core purpose is to support higher education information communications
technology professionals in contributing to the achievement of the strategic
mission of their institutions. ACUTA represents nearly 2000 individuals at some
780 institutions of higher education, with members ranging from small schools
and community colleges to the 50 largest U.S. institutions. ACUTA’s
Corporate Affiliate members represent all categories of communications
technology vendors serving the college/university market. www.acuta.org
BICSI
A Message from BICSI’s President
Still
deciding on whether to attend the 2009 BICSI Winter Conference?
In today’s
uncertain economic climate, many may be wondering what BICSI is doing to combat
the recession. We understand that many of you may be affected by the recent
economic status and we are continually working on new programs and ideas to
keep members involved and up-to-date.
At BICSI,
we are excited to announce the 2009 Winter Conference & Exhibition Early
Bird Registration Rate has been extended from December 5 to December 31. In
addition, the On-site Rate will be eliminated. The Regular Rate will begin on
January 1 and continue throughout the conference—including on-site
registrations! Additionally, make your hotel room reservation at the Rosen
Shingle Creek Resort before Wednesday, December 17, to receive a discounted
rate. Acting quickly can result in saving hundreds of dollars.
In tough
times, networking is an important way to learn about new business
opportunities. Furthermore, taking the time to attend training may open the
door to new projects that you were previously not qualified for. At BICSI, we
are proud to say that we are here for our members and will continue to be in
the future. As a BICSI member, you should feel confident and reassured that
BICSI is and will continue to be the leading supplier of ITS information,
education and knowledge assessment.
Now is the
time for BICSI to give back to its members by making this Winter Conference
more affordable. Take advantage of the discounted rate before the New Year.
Visit www.bicsi.org or call +1 813.979.1991
today.
Thank you
for your continued support of BICSI.
Sincerely,
Edward
Donelan, RCDD, NTS, TLT
BICSI
President
*********************************
Students
receive scholarship for Information Transport studies
Next Generation Scholarship
complements initiative of the BICSI NxtGEN Program
A program started
this year in the Canadian Region by Director Richard S. Smith, RCDD, NTS, OSP,
the Next Generation Scholarship is awarded to a deserving student in a
college-level IT program. It is part of BICSI’s NxtGEN Program, which is
working to modernize BICSI’s credentialing programs and make them more
consistent with how professionals are credentialed today.
Created as
a way to thank the technical schools that offer BICSI a place to conduct region
meetings, the scholarship represents the association’s focus to reach out to
the next generation of IT, engineering and other ITS professionals to help them
achieve their knowledge-based goals.
The first
one was awarded in June to Rebecca Bullock, a first-year student at Nova Scotia
Community College (NSCC) in Halifax.
She received it during an awards ceremony at Pier 21, Canada’s Immigration Museum.
Upon
receiving news of the scholarship, Bullock expressed her surprise. “I wasn't
expecting an award because I hadn't really applied for any,” she said. “I was
nominated by a few teachers at the college who felt that I had met all the
expectations to receive this award, and I feel extremely thankful and very
blessed.”
Bullock,
20, of Cole Harbour, Nova Scotia, studies in the IT program at NSCC with a
focus on the networking and systems administration concentration. She is also
involved in developing the college’s Web-based training program.
NSCC
Academic Chair Ian McLeod was one of the faculty members involved in nominating
Bullock for the award based on her academic standing. “Rebecca is a very strong
student,” McLeod said. “All of her marks rank in the honors category at the
school.” The scholarship, valued at $500, will cover the cost of all of
Bullock’s books for her second year at NSCC.
Smith
presented the second scholarship in October to Daniel Ferguson of Nepean, Ontario.
Based on his outstanding academic standing at Algonquin
College in Ottawa,
Ferguson was
selected for the award by faculty in the computer studies department.
“I thank
the faculty who nominated me for this award, and I thank BICSI for offering
it,” said Ferguson.
“This is a very generous gift in recognizing my achievements.”
Consistent
with feedback from faculty at the NSCC, the faculty at Algonquin College
were sincerely grateful of BICSI’s sense of community and support in offering
this token of recognition to a student at their college.
“The
faculties of the institutions we visit have been so appreciative of BICSI
offering the bursary, and it was an honor to make the presentations to these
deserving students,” said Smith, a manager for Bell Aliant Cabling Solutions in
Moncton, New
Brunswick. “I compliment them on their successes to
date, and I am sure they will do very well in whatever career opportunities
they choose,” said Smith,
The next
two schools that will award the scholarship are Algonquin
College in Ottawa,
Ontario, and Southern Alberta Institute of
Technology in Calgary, Alberta. www.bicsi.org
*********************************
BICSI News features 25 Changemakers in 25 Years
A celebration of ambition, drive and
follow-through
This year
marks the 25th anniversary of the RCDD® (Registered Communications
Distribution Designer) Program. Over the years, we have witnessed the
contributions of many influential individuals who, through their vision and
drive, have revolutionized the information transport systems (ITS) industry.
The group of Changemakers featured in this article are educators, mentors,
spokespeople and leaders who have left their footprint in a constantly evolving
world. You’ll read about individuals who revitalized cities by developing IT
Zones and updating water and power facilities. You’ll discover RCDDs who have
co-authored books on industry subjects never before addressed. You’ll learn
about folks who have initiated industry standards and educational events—even
those who helped introduce BICSI to areas outside of the United States.
In fact, you may even recognize some of the names on our Changemaker list!
BICSI pays tribute to these 25 exceptional individuals.
A little history
While
telephone giant AT&T was being dismantled following a government antitrust
suit in the early 1980s, Tampa, Florida-based BICSI, serving less than 480
members, was developing a credentialing designation for individuals in the
communications and building industries.
The idea
for an exam-based registration originated with a group of building industry
consultants (BICs) from Bell Canada. These BICs were familiar
with BICSI through the annual BICs (and later BICSI) conferences that took
place in Kentucky
in the early ‘70s. Prior to deregulation, BICs worked with building owners and
designers to ensure that new buildings were correctly designed to incorporated
telephone distribution systems. BICSI President Jim Alexander recognized the
need for a formal registration program that would educate and test individuals
in the proper design, integration and implementation of telecommunications and
their related infrastructure. He and Executive Secretary Larry Romig (later
named Executive Director) initiated the development of the RCDD Program. www.bicsi.org
The RCDD
registration was created in 1984 to promote economical, efficient and flexible
telecommunications in commercial and multi-family buildings. The program was
intended for architects, electrical engineers, interior designers and telecom
personnel from both the regulated and deregulated sectors. Today, the RCDD is
an internationally recognized credential for the telecommunications cabling
industry and has evolved to include voice, data, video, security and other
low-voltage systems. The RCDD credential is achieved by passing a rigorous exam
based on the Telecommunications
Distribution Methods Manual (TDMM), and is maintained by meeting continuing
education requirements and by frequent interaction with other members of the
ITS community.
Our Changemakers
Although
there are countless individuals to recognize as changemakers, the professionals
featured in this article have effectively helped to shape the course of the ITS
industry. This core group of individuals is empowering in their ability to
share what they’ve learned to make a difference. Check them out in the
January/February issue of BICSI News. www.bicsi.org
*********************************
Inspect Before You Connect
Best
practices for optical fiber inspection and cleaning ensure optimized network
performance.
By Matt
Brown
Fiber
connectors are widely known as the weakest and most problematic points in a
network. The more connections there are in a network, the greater the potential
for interruption caused by improper handling during installation, operation,
expansion and maintenance. The more information transferred per second, the
less loss the system can handle, requiring tighter budgets on all network
parameters. The more people served by a network, the greater the impact of a
poorly performing, or failed, optical channel.
All of
these factors make proper handling of the optical fiber connections more critical
than ever. The recognition of the negative potential of poor fiber handling on
network performance is bringing about the development and implementation of
best practices for optical fiber inspection and cleaning.
Three P’s
of Efficient Fiber Connections
Network
performance is optimized when the proper steps are taken to ensure low-loss
fiber connections. The three basic principles necessary to achieve efficient
fiber connections are:
1. Perfect core alignment.
2. Physical contact.
3. Pristine connector interface.
Today’s
connector design and production techniques have eliminated most of the
challenges to achieving principles one and two. Number three—pristine connector
interface—remains the biggest challenge to optimal network performance because it
cannot be controlled by the manufacturer. The full potential for a low-loss
connection is only realized when the technician ensures there is no
contamination prior to connecting.
Number One
Cause of Impaired Fiber Network Performance: End Face Contamination
Research
indicates that more than 75 percent of physical network troubleshooting is a
result of optical fiber connectors that are dirty or have been damaged by dirt.
Light cannot pass through dirt or damaged fiber, so network performance is
impaired. Figure 1 clearly shows the increase in loss resulting from core
contamination.
That dirt
impairs network performance was first discovered by high-bandwidth equipment
manufacturers, and later by information transport systems (ITS) teams, which
led to practical research within the industry by the International Electronics
Manufacturing Initiative (iNEMI). This research by iNEMI is now one pillar of a
pending international standard (IEC-61300-3-35) that will prescribe inspection
procedures and pass-fail criteria for manufacturers and operators of optical
fiber networks.
The iNEMI
team set out to discover the relationship between the amount of dirt and its
location and the resulting signal degradation it creates. Results of the
research determined that dirt on the core dramatically affected signal
performance, while dirt on the cladding had less predictable effects.
The
research also showed that large particles nearly anywhere in the innermost 200
microns were prone to breaking apart and spreading across the end face. As a
result, even when the core area is clean, if large particles exist on the
cladding or inner ferrule, that dirt can “migrate” to the core after successive
mating and affect signal performance.
This
understanding of contamination migration led to iNEMI recommendations that
large particles be eliminated within this entire area. See Table 1. A series of
tables, specific to the fiber type, giving pass-fail inspection criteria were
produced. Those tables are one of the essential components of the pending
international standard and are core to the successful deployment of modern
optical fiber cabling systems.
Optical
Fiber Connectors are Especially Vulnerable to Contamination
To
understand the potential negative effects of fiber contamination on network
performance, it helps to better understand optical fiber connector
architecture.
In an
optical fiber connector, the glass fiber strand is composed of an outer area,
or cladding, and an inner core area, each with a different refractive index.
See Figure 2. The glass cladding serves to trap the light within the core but
does not conduct light itself. The fiber is mounted within a round ceramic
ferrule, which is then captured by a plastic connector body. The connectors are
male; therefore, a female-to-female adapter joins them together.
When two
connectors are mated, these microscopic dirt particles get trapped, preventing
light from moving naturally down the fiber. The dirt blocks, scatters or
reflects a portion of the light back toward the source. Due to the force
exerted on the fiber during the mating process, some of the trapped dirt can
actually become permanently buried or embedded, requiring replacing or
repolishing the connector to restore it to optimal performance.
It is
important to note that the costs of troubleshooting, asset damage and network
downtime are exponentially higher when dirt is embedded in the fiber inside
expensive network equipment where replacing or repolishing the fiber is not an
option.
Proactive
Inspection Is Superior
to Reactive Inspection
It is
important to visually inspect fiber connectors at every stage of handling
before mating them. If you can catch contamination before mating (proactively)
you can almost always clean it and eliminate the contamination.
If you wait
to visually inspect fiber connectors during troubleshooting after a problem is
detected (reactive), connectors and other equipment may have suffered permanent
damage. This is because once mated, the dirt can embed in the fiber, making it
uncleanable and permanently damaged and potentially damaging connectors that
are mated to it.
Anyone who
has worked with the physical layer of a network can understand the potential
for connector contamination from dirt and the resulting need for inspection
during network operation and troubleshooting. Unfortunately, most connectors
are not inspected until problems are detected and damage has already occurred.
Damage
caused by initial contamination can be avoided through the implementation of
proactive inspection and cleaning processes. These practices are based on the
following factors:
• The potential for contamination is
always present, even in new components. Even the best clean manufacturing
practices cannot prevent microscopic particles from entering sealed bags and
under dust caps.
• Dirt particles on the core of the
fiber produce massive signal degradation.
• Large dirt particles away from the
core can break apart and end up on the core after successive mating.
• Dirt particles mated between
connectors can become permanently buried or embedded in the glass of the fiber,
making cleaning impossible.
These facts
support the practice of proactive inspection of fiber connectors using a
microscope designed specifically for this purpose at every stage of fiber
handling— from component manufacturing, receiving and quality control to
assembly, installation, system testing, troubleshooting and maintenance.
Indisputable
ROI of Proactive Inspection Practices
This
proactive approach to inspection adds time and costs to the network deployment
process. As a result, it has not been common practice among installers and IT
staff. However, the benefits clearly outweigh the costs, as evidenced by the
massive reduction in trouble-shooting and lower operating costs experienced by
the companies that have adopted proactive cleaning and inspection on a mass
scale.
These
operational benefits translate directly into business benefits. By reducing
troubleshooting and network downtime, proactive inspection reduces maintenance
costs and keeps the network active and users online. Because proactive
inspection ensures that network components operate at their highest level of
performance, signal and network performance is optimized. Finally, proactive
inspection prevents network damage and ensures longevity of costly network
equipment, protecting the technology investment.
Implementing
Proactive Inspection Practices
Even with
such clear benefits, systemwide change of this scale takes time to implement
and requires effective process development, equipment selection and training.
Process
Development
A
successful process development strategy should include a combination of
hands-on training, practical visual aids and detailed training guides.
Companies should look to sources of optical fiber inspection equipment for
guidance and assistance with proactive inspection process development.
Equipment
Selection
Selecting
equipment used in the inspection process can be confusing because of the
multiple sources available and the biases of each source. Successful users rely
on field trials or pilot implementations to put each potential solution through
its paces.
When selecting a microscope,
consider these factors:
• Microscope should be able to inspect
both male connectors and connectors located inside bulkhead adapters.
• Video-based microscopes provide
inherent laser safety and potential accessibility advantages.
• A specific tip for each connector type
encountered is required. Tips should be tried for ease of use (getting the
fiber on the screen and focusing easily), as well as accessibility. Multiple
tip availability does not ensure the microscope will work for every application. Consider
difficult-to-reach connectors first and choose a system that will work in your
worst-case applications.
• Different display options work best
for different workflows. Options exist for hand-held and PC-based displays.
• Automated software that provides
pass-fail grading of the image will greatly accelerate learning the process and
improve chances for a successful process implementation.
Training
Training
programs are a cornerstone of successful implementations. Contact the best
suppliers of the equipment for expertise in guiding operators through this
process. Comprehensive programs will include:
• Establishing a training plan, which
includes site identification and train-the-trainer opportunities.
• Developing and mastering presentation
materials, a course syllabus and practical visual aids for field use.
• Classes offering hands-on experience
for field technicians.
Inspection
Best Practices
Follow the
simple inspection process shown in Figure 3 to ensure fiber end faces are clean
prior to mating connectors:
Step 1
Inspect: Use a probe microscope to inspect the fiber. If the fiber is dirty, go
to step 2. If the fiber is clean, go to step 4.
Step 2
Clean: If the fiber is dirty, use a cleaning tool to clean the fiber end face.
Step 3
Inspect: Use a probe microscope to reinspect and confirm the fiber is clean. If
the fiber is still dirty, go back to step 2. If the fiber is clean, go to step
4.
Step 4
Connect: If the fiber is clean, it is ready to connect.
Be sure to
inspect both sides (patch cord “male” and bulkhead “female”) of the fiber
interconnect before connecting. Patch cords are easy to access and view
compared with the fiber inside the bulkhead, which is frequently overlooked.
The bulkhead side may only be half of the connection, but it is far more likely
to be dirty. Inspecting both sides of the connection is the only way to ensure
that it will be free of contamination and defects.
Cleaning
Options
Multiple
vendors claim the advantage when it comes to fiber cleaning equipment. Few
users can wade through the jargon.
It is
critical to understand that most real-world contamination is from airborne
particulates. When comparing cleaning techniques, resist the urge to use hand
and body oils to provide your baseline for contamination and cleaning
effectiveness. The following is a brief guide to several cleaning tool options:
Automated
Combination Inspection/Cleaning Systems
These
dual-purpose systems can be very valuable in high-volume installation as the
resulting lower operating expenses can definitely outweigh the initial high
cost of these systems. These systems work equally well for patch cords or
bulkhead cleaning and are unique in their ability to clean SFP/XFP
transceivers.
Bulkhead
Cleaning
For
cleaning connectors within bulkhead adapters, two categories of consumable
products are available. The first products are specialized swabs, which have a
low purchase price but are relatively expensive on a per-cleaning basis. These
must be thoroughly tested as they have a reputation for merely moving dirt and
not removing it or actually adding debris. More advanced bulkhead cleaners, now
offered by at least two vendors, use a tiny cleaning tape that advances across
the fiber. These are quickly gaining popularity due to their superior
performance, low per-cleaning cost and ability to clean both bulkhead
connectors and patch cords.
Patch Cord
Cleaning
For
cleaning uninstalled connectors, solutions range from individual wipes and
perforated wipes in small boxes to cassette cleaners. These should be tested
for ease of use but are generally quite effective. The tape-based bulkhead
cleaners shown above are also capable of cleaning patch cords.
Cleaning
Solvents
Many of the
wipes, swabs and bulkhead cleaners are offered with cleaning solvents to
improve cleaning performance. In general, when chosen carefully and used
properly, solvents are useful and positive elements in the cleaning process.
However, it is best to use solvents only when dry cleaning techniques have
failed. A common mistake is to saturate the bulkhead adapter when using a
solvent, which leads to recontamination of the connector as the solvent dries.
Ensure those used are fast drying and applied in small amounts. Dampen the
cleaning tool with solvent, but do not saturate it.
Summary
With more
people and locations to serve and more information to transfer at even greater
speeds, today’s networks require more fiber and fiber connectors than ever
before. Particulate contamination is the number one source of troubleshooting
in optical networks. Simple visual inspection of optical fiber connectors with
a microscope is the only way to determine if connectors are clean before they
are mated. To ensure optimal optical performance over the lifetime of the
network, both end faces of all optical fiber connections must be proactively
inspected, and cleaned if necessary, before mating at every stage of the
network development process. Proactive inspection is simple, and the
benefits—reduced downtime and troubleshooting, optimized signal performance and
prevention of network damage—are great.
www.bicsi.org
*********************************
The Elements of Fiber Cable Management
Proper
cable management strengthens network reliability, improves performance and
lowers operating costs.
By Kam
Patel
As
business, university and government network managers continue upgrading their
networks to transport high-bandwidth broadband services, an increase in fiber
usage is essential to meet both the bandwidth and cost requirements. But just
deploying this additional fiber is not enough. A successful, well-built network
also must be based on a strong fiber cable management system.
Proper
fiber management has a direct impact on the network’s reliability, performance
and cost. Additionally, it affects maintenance, expansion and moves, adds or
changes (MACs). The four primary elements of a strong fiber cable management
system are bend radius protection, cable routing paths, cable accessibility and
physical protection of the fiber network. Executing these concepts correctly
will enable the network to realize its full potential.
Introduction
With strong
demand steadily increasing for broadband services that will include several
bandwidth-hungry technologies like high-definition television (HDTV) and higher
Internet speeds for handling larger file sharing requirements, fiber is being
pushed closer and closer to the customer premises. This, in turn, creates a
need for additional fiber in the data center and backbone while active
equipment must be managed to accommodate future network growth.
Any new
broadband network infrastructure must have the inherent capability to easily
migrate to the next generation of technologies and services. As the amount of
fiber across the network increases, the importance of properly managing the
fiber cables becomes a more crucial issue.
The manner
in which fiber cables are connected, terminated, routed, spliced, stored and
handled will directly and substantially impact the network’s performance and,
more importantly, its cost of ownership. The four fundamental elements of fiber
cable management—bend radius protection, cable routing paths, accessibility and
physical protection—are reviewed, as well as new technologies and products that
have been developed in the past few years to improve these elements.
Bend Radius
Protection
Two types
of bends in fiber—microbends and macrobends—can affect the fiber network’s
long-term reliability and performance.
The
microbend is a small, microscopic bend that may be caused by the cabling
process itself, mechanical stress due to water in the cable during repeated
freeze and thaw cycles, packaging or installation. External forces are also a
source of microbends. An external force deforms the cabled jacket surrounding
the fiber but causes only a small bend in the fiber.
A microbend
typically changes the path that propagating modes take, resulting in loss from
increased attenuation as low-order modes become coupled with high-order modes
that are naturally lossy. A macrobend is a larger cable bend that can be seen
with the unaided eye and is often reversible. As the macrobend occurs, the
radius can become too small and allow light to escape the core and enter the
cladding. The result is insertion loss at best, and in worst cases, the signal
is decreased or completely lost. Through proper fiber handling and routing,
however, both microbends and macrobends can be reduced and even prevented.
The minimum
bend radius will vary depending on the specific fiber cable. In general, the
minimum bend radius of a fiber should not be less than 10 times its outer
diameter. Thus, a 3 millimeter (mm) cable should not have any bends less than
30 mm in radius. Telcordia recommends a minimum 38 mm bend radius for 3 mm
patch cords. If a tensile load is applied to a fiber cable, such as the weight
of a cable in a long vertical run or a cable pulled tightly between two points,
the minimum bend radius is increased due to the added stress.
The advent
of bend insensitive fiber is an example of how tech-nology has addressed the
bend radius issue. Whereas the minimum bend radius should not be less than 10
times the outer diameter of the fiber cable in typical fiber, bend insensitive
fiber provides more leeway.
However,
designers must understand that these new fibers do not diminish the need for
solid fiber cable management. On the contrary, the increase in the sheer number
of fibers being added to the system to accommodate broadband upgrades makes
bend radius protection as important as ever.
As fibers
are added on top of installed fibers, macrobends can be induced on the
installed fibers if they are routed over an unprotected bend. A fiber that had
been working fine for many years can suddenly have an increased level of
attenuation, as well as a potentially shorter service life. Although bend
insensitive fiber is an innovative breakthrough in addressing the issue of bend
radius protection, it may be some time before any network owner replaces
existing fibers with a bend insensitive variety of fiber. Meanwhile, the
importance of bend radius protection is critical to avoid operational problems
in the network.
Cable
Routing Paths
The second
element of fiber cable management is cable routing paths and is related to bend
radius protection because improper routing of fibers by technicians is one of
the major causes of bend radius violations. Wherever fiber is used, routing
paths must be clearly defined and easy to follow—to the point where the
technician has no other option than to route the cables properly. Leaving cable
routing to the technician’s imagination leads to a fiber network that is inconsistently
routed and difficult to manage.
The quality
of the cable routing paths, particularly within a fiber distribution frame
system, can be the difference between congested chaos and neatly placed, easily
accessible patch cords. It’s often said that the best teacher in fiber routing
techniques is the first technician to route it properly. Conversely, the worst
teacher is the first to use improper techniques since subsequent technicians
are likely to follow that lead.
Well-defined
routing paths therefore reduce the proficiency training time required for
technicians and increase the uniformity of the work done by ensuring and
maintaining bend radius requirements at all points to improve overall network
reliability. It is important to note that, again, the use of bend insensitive
fiber does not diminish the need for clear cable routing paths. There are
benefits that go beyond bend radius protection.
Defined
routing paths make accessing individual fibers easier, quicker and safer,
reducing the time required for reconfigurations. Fiber twists are reduced to
make tracing a particular fiber for rerouting much easier. Even with new
technologies, such as the use of light-emitting diodes (LEDs) at both ends of
patch cords for easy identification, well-defined cable routing paths still
greatly reduce the time required to route and reroute patch cords. All of this
directly affects network operating costs and the time required to turn up or
restore service.
Cable
Access
Cable
access is the third element to good fiber cable management and refers to the
accessibility of the installed fibers. As the number of fibers increases
dramatically in both the distribution frame and the active equipment, cable
access becomes an increasingly important issue. In the past, an active
equipment rack might have had about 50 fibers exiting, and managing those
fibers was much less of an issue. But as that same rack is fitted for next
generation broadband services, there may be many more fibers involved, making
proper management and accessibility vitally important matters.
With huge
amounts of data and critical business systems moving across those fibers, the
ability for technicians to have quick and easy access is critical. The last
thing any business wants is service interruptions caused by mishandling one
fiber to gain access to another. As previously mentioned, patch cords designed
with LEDs at both ends can help technicians identify particular cable runs with
no chance of error. These innovations can be implemented into a good cable
management system to help minimize problems caused by disconnecting the wrong
patch cord. There are many other tools and techniques for ensuring that every
fiber can be installed or removed without bending or disturbing an adjacent
fiber.
The
accessibility of the fibers in the fiber cable management system can mean the
difference between a network reconfiguration time of 20 minutes per fiber and
one of more than 90 minutes per fiber. Since accessibility is most critical
during network reconfiguration operations, proper cable access directly impacts
operational costs and network reliability.
Physical
Fiber Protection
The last
element of a fiber cable management system addresses the physical protection of
the installed fibers. Every fiber throughout the network must be protected
against accidental damage by technicians or equipment. Fibers traversing from
one piece of equipment to another must be routed with physical protection in
mind, such as using raceway systems that protect from outside disturbances. Without
proper physical protection, fibers are susceptible to damage that can
critically affect network reliability. The fiber cable management system should
always include ensuring that every fiber is protected from physical damage.
A Final
Word—Planning
Because
many businesses are upgrading their networks for delivering high-bandwidth
broad-band services, it is important to stress the need for planning in terms
of cable management. Today’s network is a living and growing entity.
What is
enough today will almost certainly be too little for tomorrow. Future-proofing
the network wherever possible should be a major consideration, and fiber cable
management is no different. Is the raceway system designed for growth in fiber
count without sacrificing accessibility? Is the fiber distribution frame sized
to accommodate growth in a centralized location without sacrificing protection
of fiber jumpers? It is far less expensive to plan and build for growth today
than a costly, time-consuming, service-affecting retrofit.
Ignoring
future growth, particularly in terms of fiber, will result in higher long-term
operational costs because of poor network performance or a requirement to
retrofit products that can no longer accommodate network demand.
Another
consideration in planning for good fiber cable management concerns the active
equipment rack. Most manufacturers have traditionally overlooked the need for
providing cable management within their equipment. Before purchasing, network
planners should insist that cable management is included within every piece of
active equipment to ensure it will operate efficiently over time.
Cable
management should address all four elements of fiber cable management—bend
radius protection, cable routing paths, cable access and physical protection—to
strengthen the network’s reliability and functionality while lowering costs and
ensuring smooth upgrades when necessary.
*********************************
Are You Playing in the Zone?
Cost, port
utilization, efficiency, and “green” make fiber to the enclosure and attractive
design alternative.
By Rodney
Casteel, RCDD, NTS
When
working with designers or engineers I often hear the phrase “because that is
the way I have always designed it” when they discuss their choice of network architecture.
Perhaps it is because some network designers are not aware that new standards
offer them alternative choices. Or maybe it is a case of “if it ain’t broke
don’t fix it.” However, understanding all the available options is critical
when looking for a network solution that will support convergence, intelligent
building systems, data center reliability, Internet protocol (IP) everywhere,
“green” buildings and more, all while saving money and improving efficiency.
This
article compares three different architectures addressed in the TIA-568
standards: hierarchical star, centralized cabling and fiber to the enclosure
(FTTE), also known as zone cabling. It evaluates how “playing in the zone” can
help address many emerging network issues, while simultaneously saving as much
as 50 percent or more when compared with the installed first costs of typical
hierarchical star deployments.
Hierarchical
Star:
The First
Structured Cabling Architecture
In 1991,
the ratification of ANSI/TIA/EIA-568, Commercial Building Telecommunications
Cabling Standard, laid the groundwork for a unified way for delivering
telecommunications services. Prior to this standard being developed,
proprietary systems ruled, and there were no standardized solutions or
practices. While the concept of a structured approach for premises cabling was
not immediately embraced, it certainly was needed to tackle the growing demand
for telecommunications connections for both voice and data. Today, standardized
solutions are the norm and have enabled the progression of increasingly complex
enterprise networks.
At the
heart of the ANSI/TIA/EIA-568 standard was the hierarchical star architecture.
In this network topology, all cables “home run” from the work area back to a
common space, then known as a “closet,” were connected via a backbone cable to
the main computer room. Utilizing this approach made it easier to accommodate
the myriad networking topologies of the day, including token ring, bus and
point-to-point.
The
specifications for the hierarchical star were based on the ability of the most
common media of the day, unshielded twisted-pair (UTP) copper cable. While
other media types were available—including optical fiber and coaxial cable—UTP
became the workhorse behind the ANSI/TIA/EIA-568 standard. Its limitations are
what set the stage not only for the hierarchical star architecture but also for
future topologies.
Centralized
Cabling
Offers a
Standards-Based Fiber Solution
In 1995,
growing demands for alternative ways to deploy networks led to the adoption of
the TIA Telecommunications Systems Bulletin (TSB)-72, which outlined the
requirements for deploying a centralized network. In 2001, TSB-72 was
incorporated into the ANSI/TIA/EIA-568-B.1 standard.
Centralized
cabling designs use the high-bandwidth, low-attenuation and extended distance
capability of multimode fiber to centralize local area network (LAN)
electronics in one telecommunications room (TR) within a building. The cabling
media extends from the main computer room all the way to the end user, without
the need for an intermediate TR for distances up to 90 meters (m [295 feet
(ft)]).
Ironically,
while this is the first architecture that leverages the properties of optical
fiber cable, it was designed with a copper mindset and was written around the
limitations of UTP. While copper cabling is limited to a 90 m (295 ft) link
length, fiber could easily support lengths of 300 m (984 ft). As a result, the
standard requires the implementation of a splice point or interconnect within a
TR for distances greater than 90 m (295 ft). The 90 m (295 ft) limitation was
included to ensure backwards compatibility; to protect end users in the event
that they chose to change their media from fiber back to UTP; and to guard
against potential future issues of restricted distance.
There are a number of important
benefits to centralizing electronics, including:
• Long-term cost savings.
• Improved port and chassis
utilization.
• Easier network rearrangements.
• Greater security.
• Centralized management.
• Fewer or smaller TRs.
By reducing
the size of the TRs, network managers can reclaim valuable floor space and
realize savings in the cost of powering and cooling the TRs.
However,
adoption of the architecture has been slow, primarily because computer and
telephone manufacturers still do not offer a fiber interface as a standard
option on peripheral devices such as laptops, desktops, workstations and voice
over IP (VoIP) telephones. This means fiber network interface cards (NICs) must
be purchased and deployed separately and deploying power over Ethernet (PoE)
becomes more difficult. This factor, along with the cost of electronics, means
that centralized cabling often requires the highest initial investment.
Fiber to
the Enclosure: Bringing the Benefits of Fiber Closer to the User
In 2004,
the FTTE standard was introduced to meet the needs of environments such as
airports, education, sports arenas, hotels, convention centers and industrial
buildings that have long cable runs and need to frequently reconfigure their
work areas.
FTTE was
ratified in the ANSI/TIA-568-B.1-5 and TIA-569-B documents. The 568-B.1-5
document explains the cabling aspect of the TE, also known as the mini TR; the
569-B document describes the enclosure and space utilized for this new
topology.
With this
topology, fiber is deployed from the main computer room out to the work area
and terminated inside of a telecommunications enclosure (TE) that can be
mounted in the ceiling, on the wall, under the floor or in a rack or cabinet. See Figure 1. Fiber links can extend up to 300 m
(984 ft). From the enclosure, a short length of UTP or fiber extends to the
user’s work area and terminates. The enclosure accommodates one or more small
to medium switches, patch panels and power for the equipment. This mini TR
functions much like a standard TR, but with less capacity and a few more
restrictions.
While the
benefits to deploying the FTTE architecture (described in the next section) are
significant, awareness and adoption of the standard are still low. Many users
simply are not aware that FTTE is supported by standards; others are concerned
about locating the TE in the work space, especially when it is mounted in the
ceiling. However, given the many benefits that the architecture offers, figuring
out where to store the ladder may be a worthwhile exercise.
The
Benefits of Deploying FTTE
FTTE is an
architecture that offers benefits in performance, flexibility and cost. To
begin with, the design frees up valuable real estate by eliminating the need
for traditional TRs. Along with the space that can be reallocated, the TEs are
less expensive to maintain because they require less power and little, if any,
dedicated cooling to maintain. Since the TEs only store a couple of small
workgroup switches, the amount of heat buildup is minimal, requiring only vents
or a small fan for heat dissipation. Even when utilizing PoE patch panels, many
of the TEs can handle the heat from two 48 port PoE switches simply by
utilizing a fan. In addition, the architecture allows network managers to shut
down zones that are not needed over the weekends or during holidays to help
conserve energy.
Serving
individual zones from TEs has other advantages too. Smaller zones can be easily
customized to accommodate moves, adds or changes (MACs), more closely
reflecting the needs of many companies. In addition, using smaller switches
helps increase port utilization by more closely matching switch deployment to
the actual number of users.
Finally,
this design potentially offers the highest throughput. One of the problems
associated with the hierarchical design is blocking. This occurs when larger
switches (with 24 or 48 ports) are connected back to the main computer room
with a single 1 gigabit per second (Gb/s) uplink. This introduces a data
bottleneck, where 1 Gb/s is supporting 2.4 or 4.8 Gb of information. In
comparison, low-density FTTE configurations are completely nonblocking, and
even medium-density systems offer more throughput than a standard hierarchical
star architecture.
Minimizing
the amount of cabling deployed and reducing cooling and environmental costs
also means that FTTE improves the environmental efficiency of a building. In a
typical hierarchical star network, the addition of multiple rooms for network
equipment and applications invariably leads to inefficiencies in cooling,
power, redundancy and materials. With the zone implementation, the amount of
cabling being deployed is significantly reduced, which helps to minimize the
NEC requirement for the removal of unused or abandoned cable.
While the
performance, space and environmental benefits offered by the zone concept are
encouraging, the most attractive aspect of the FTTE architecture is the cost
savings. According to the TIA Fiber Optics LAN Section (FOLS) cost model,
available as a free download at www.fols.org, FTTE implementation can save
network designers 50 percent or more over hierarchical star deployments,
depending on the number and types of variables being addressed.
Additional
Drivers for FTTE
It was
mentioned above that FTTE architectures are ideal for office buildings or
applications that need long cable runs and frequent reconfigurations. Two other
areas where FTTE makes sense are in simplifying a building automation system
(BAS) and in the data center.
The
ANSI/TIA/EIA-862 standard, which deals with the BAS, recommends a zone approach
for integrating all the various building subsystems such as fire-life-safety,
heating, ventilating and air conditioning (HVAC) controls, access controls and
lighting controls into a common infrastructure. Implementing this concept
reduces the amount of cabling and pathways and spaces used, which reduces waste
and energy and improves efficiencies.
This
section looks at how data centers can be configured. The ANSI/TIA/EIA-942 data
center standard, like the 568-B standard, addresses three topologies. The first
is distributed, or a hierarchical star approach, where all the server cabinets
contain access switches that connect back to the core switches housed in the main
distribution area. See Figure 3. In this design, the cabling is limited mainly
to intracabinet links with only the backbone cables going back to the main
distribution area. This is an efficient use of cabling but a very inefficient
use of network switch ports.
When every
server cabinet has its own access switch, a lot of switches are spread
throughout the data center, making it harder to manage and maintain each
switch, especially in large data centers. If the average switch utilizes only
60 to 70 percent of available ports, it leads to a lot of wasted power, extra
heat to cool and wasted cost for electronics.
The second
approach for the access layer is to use centralized cabling. See Figure 4. In
this design, all the switches are located in the computer room, with the cables
from each server cabinet home run back to the main distribution area. The
result is better port utilization, greater security, less heat generated in the
server racks and a reduction in the amount of equipment being used.
The limitation
for centralized cabling in the data center is the amount of cables coming from
each server cabinet. These bundles of cables (copper, fiber or both) require
more pathways and spaces for routing. The centralized approach works well in
smaller data centers where the number of server cabinets is limited and only a
small amount of growth is expected.
The third
architecture is FTTE, or zone. See Figure 5. This design creates a zone of a
given size that is replicated over and over throughout the data center.
In the zone
deployment, each row of servers is connected to the appropriate number of
switch ports. Those switches may be located in a server cabinet or in a
stand-alone cabinet at the ends of the rows. This configuration keeps most of
the connections within the row and the cabling mostly within the zone, so it
does not require a significant amount of pathways and space. The zone switches
are connected back to the main distribution area via a backbone link.
Utilizing
the zone concept in data centers has the same advantages as in other
environments:
• Saves money
• Reduces cabling
• Improves port utilization
• Limits the number of active
electronics in the data center space
• Minimizes added heat within the server rows
• Is easier to plan, maintain and grow
With the
right planning, zone utilization within the data center can be the most
efficient architecture for current and future applications.
FTTE Offers
a Solution to Build On
In today’s
economy, people are challenged every day to look for better ways to live their
lives and perform their jobs in ways that reduce cost and help to minimize
negative effects on the environment.
The trend
is clear: As network speeds continue to increase, electronics will continue to
consume more power and produce more heat. This in turn will require more backup
power and air conditioning to maintain the expected performance of the network.
While the hierarchical star has been a cornerstone for our industry, it was
adopted at a time when speeds were slow, power consumption and heat were
minimal, the number of connections was low, enterprise data centers were few
and small and convergence was just a thought in the minds of visionaries.
According to the proverbial saying, “If a hammer is the only tool you have, then
every problem will look like a nail,” but is this the way to address every
network design?
With the
standardization of centralized and FTTE architectures comes the responsibility
of network designers to evaluate their situation and think outside the box. Progress is an active term. With the passing
of time, the technological progress in our industry will require creativity and
new solutions for solving the current and future challenges facing our network
designers.
The bottom
line? No single architecture will address every network’s requirements, so the
network designer needs to prioritize the issues most important for the
environment and choose the architectures that will best meet those needs.
However, if cost, port utilization, efficiency and green are the priorities,
then FTTE or zone architecture is the best choice. www.bicsi.org
FOA
The Fiber Optic Association, Inc. Newsletter Monthly
News From The FOA December 2008
The
December 2008 issue of the FOA Newsletter is now online.
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
In This Issue
FOA Expands
Online Fiber Optic Reference
New "Premises Cabling" Section
New "Google Custom Search"
40 to 100G
Ethernet-Who Wants It?
Special
Offer: Report on Government Contracting For Fiber Optics
Good
Question! Comments on Last Month's Tech Questions And A New One On Attenuators
Jobs:
Looking for work? Sales and field tech jobs available this month - immediate
needs!
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
What are people saying about the new
FOA Online Fiber Optic Reference website?
"I have found that the fiber optics
website is extremely useful. It gives very in depth and detailed information to
educate yourself in fiber optics. I like how it uses the history of fiber
optics to explain and compare the advantages of fiber optics to copper
wire! Overall I will continue to use
this website to further educate myself to become a very knowledgeable and
efficient installer. I would recommend this site to beginner and experienced
installers alike just to keep up with the ever-changing telecommunication
industry."
The FOA
Online Fiber Optic Reference Guide is available free to everyone - another FOA
contribution to the fiber optic community.
Read the introduction and check out the current Table of Contents - then
peruse the materials. Try the CFOT Study Guide too.
The FOA
reference website is online at www.thefoa.org/tech/ref/index.html.
Be sure to
tell everybody about the new FOA Online Fiber Optic Reference Website!
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
Renew Your
FOA Membership and Certifications Online And Get a Extra Month Free
You can now
renew your FOA membership and certifications online at the new FOA eCommerce
site.
As a bonus,
if you renew before your membership expires, you get an extra month's membershp
free!
Here are
the full directions on how to do it.
Quick
Links...
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
FOA
Website: www.thefoa.org
FOA Online
Newsletter
FOA Online
Fiber Optic Reference Guide
Tech
Bulletins
Contact
Information
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
phone:
760-451-3655
FOA
Website: www.thefoa.org
*********************************
Submit Links to Your Online Fiber Optic Technical
Materials For Listing On The FOA Online Fiber Optic Reference Website
The new
FOA Online Fiber Optic Reference Website (http://www.thefoa.org/tech/ref/)
is now available for use by everyone. While it’s a work in progress” with new
information being added continuously, it already become a major source of
information on fiber optics. The FOA is now seeking the assistance of others
with technical materials on fiber optics to expand the scope of this already
enormous website.
According
to FOA President Jim Hayes who is also editor of the site, “We created the FOA
Online Fiber Optic Reference Website as a comprehensive “textbook” on fiber optics to complement our printed
textbooks and Tech Topics website. It is designed for use as a teaching tool
for our hundreds of FOA-approved schools and their thousands of students taking
CFOT certification classes each year. It’s designed as a technical reference
site for the 25,000+ FOA CFOTs certified since 1995 who want to keep up with
the technology. And it’s made available free to anyone interested in fiber
optics looking for a single source of comprehensive technical information and
lesson plans for self-study on fiber optic topics. Traffic and feedback in the
first month indicates it’s going to be a very popular site!”
The FOA
recognizes that many fiber optic vendors and other organizations have created
lots of technical reference materials that are valuable to those working in the
industry or studying to become part of it.
The problem is making sure those interested can find that material! The FOA
thinks we may have a solution.
The FOA
will create an “Information Links” section on our Fiber Optic Reference website
that will link to a special page on the contributor’s website. Contributors are
free to promote white papers, technical application notes, product literature,
or anything they think will be of interest to our audience.
If you are
interested in participating, see the request for submissions posted at http://www.thefoa.org/tech/ref/links/index.html
or contact Jim Hayes at the FOA <jim@thefoa.org>
or 760-451-3655.
Have you
seen the FOA Fiber Optic Reference
website?
Take a
look for yourself if you have not yet seen it: http://www.thefoa.org/tech/ref/
and peruse the contents page http://www.thefoa.org/tech/ref/contents.html
to see the extent of its content already. Are
we already the largest "library" of fiber optic information on the
web? That's what we're being told!
What are
people saying about the FOA Fiber Optic Reference website?
“I have found that the fiber
optics website is extremely useful. It gives very in depth and detailed
information to educate yourself in fiber optics. I like how it uses the history
of fiber optics to explain and compare the advantages of fiber optics to copper
wire! Overall I will continue to use
this website to further educate myself to become a very knowledgeable and
efficient installer. I would recommend this site to beginner and experienced
installers alike just to keep up with the ever-changing telecommunication
industry. Thanks for providing me with this reference guide.“ MH
NAED
Registration is Open for the 2009 NAED South Central
Region Conference in Orlando, Florida,
February 25-28
World's Foremost Authority on Fraud and Identity Theft Frank Abagnale to
Give Keynote Presentation
The National Association of Electrical Distributors (NAED) announces that
registration is open for the 2009 South Central Region Conference. The
conference will take place February 25-28, at the Omni Orlando Resort at
ChampionsGate in Orlando, Fla. The theme for this conference is
“Expanding Our Horizons.”
NAED’s education sessions will include:
- New Market Opportunities in
Energy Efficiency by Jerry Yudelson – Principle, Yudelson Associates
- Positioning for Renewable
Energy Markets by Fred Paris – Independent Contractor
- How to Limit Your Value-Added
Service Liability Exposure by Bernd Heinz, ESQ. – Sequent Insurance Group, LLC
- The Evolving Sales Force by Michael Marks – Partner, Indian River Consulting Group
- Panel: Reaping the Rewards of
NAED’s Supply Chain Scorecard moderated by Bethany Sullivan – President,
Profitability Analytics Unlimited
- Protecting Profits and
Eliminating Mistakes Using IDEA by Bob Gaylord –President, IDEA
To ensure that NAED members are getting the value they should out of their
membership, there will be a special session entitled Are You Maximizing
Your NAED Benefits? by Wes Morgenthaler, LMS administrator, NAED Education
& Research Foundation. The conference also will include a Women in Industry
networking luncheon featuring Dale Carnegie’s Public Speaking Skills
Training and numerous opportunities to build your professional network.
Visit http://www.naed.org/meetings/southcentral/index.htm
to register. The early bird registration deadline is January 7, 2009. For more
information, contact the NAED Conference Department at (888) 791-2512.
NAED
is the trade association for the $70+ billion electrical distribution industry.
Through networking, education, research, and benchmarking, NAED helps
electrical distributors increase profitability and improve the channel. NAED’s
membership operates in approximately 4,400 locations internationally.
*********************************
NAED Co-Sponsors
University of Industrial Distribution
(UID)
Premier “Sell-Out” Training Event Offers 36 Courses Tailored to Industrial
Distribution
The National Association of Electrical Distributors (NAED) is joining with over
30 other distribution trade associations to sponsor the 2009 University of
Industrial Distribution (UID), March 8-11 in Indianapolis. This popular four-day workshop
has sold out weeks prior to the early bird registration deadline for the past
five years.
UID is a concentrated educational program focused on the unique needs of the
industrial wholesale distribution industry. The 2009 UID offers a catalog of 36
courses taught by 23 faculty members who are recognized leaders in their
fields. Topics covered include profitability, sales, marketing, management,
inventory, branch operations, and much more.
UID is held in cooperation with Indiana
University and Purdue University.
Attendees who complete the four-day program will receive three continuing
education units (CEUs), which can be applied toward the Professional
Certificate in Industrial Distribution from Purdue.
Some of the 2009 UID courses being offered at the March program are:
- Differentiating Your
Distribution Company – A Winning Strategy by William R. McCleave, Jr., Ph.D.
- Leadership and Delegation for
Distribution Managers by Peter A. Land
- Creating Competitive Advantage
Through Total Cost Savings by Tim
Underhill
- How to Make Technology Pay Off
in the Sales Arena with Steve Epner
Three instructors familiar to NAED members return for 2009:
- Al Bates, Ph.D., president of the Profit
Planning Group and administrator of NAED’s Performance Analysis Report
(PAR). His UID sessions include: Profit Myths In Wholesale Distribution
and Improving the Distributor’s Bottom Line.
- J. Michael Marks, principal with the Indian
River Consulting Group, and author of the NAED Education & Research
Foundation study on the residential construction market. His UID sessions
include: Marketing Strategies, Pricing Strategies, Creating Channel
Alignment, and New Product Development and Product Introduction
Strategies.
- Kathryne A. Newton, Ph.D., Associate Professor of
Industrial Technology at Purdue
University. Newton helped author
NAED’s “Maximize Your Profit Power” course and is frequently published in
academic and trade journals. Her UID session is: Personnel Productivity
Improvement.
Since 1993, the UID has trained more than 5,900 distributor and manufacturing
professionals. The program is ideal for a wide range of employees, from branch
managers to purchasing, inventory, sales, and operations personnel.
To learn more about the March UID or to register, go to www.univid.org.
The UID has sold out before the registration deadline in each of the last five
years. NAED members are encouraged to register as soon as possible to assure a
reservation. The session can accommodate 550 attendees.
Members should mention their affiliation with NAED to receive a discounted
registration fee. Contact John Kiso, NAED educational program manager, for
additional information at (888) 791-2512 or via e-mail at jkiso@naed.org.
NAED
is the trade association for the $70+ billion electrical distribution industry.
Through networking, education, research, and benchmarking, NAED helps
electrical distributors increase profitability and improve the channel. NAED’s
membership operates in approximately 4,400 locations internationally.
###
Click
here to download a pdf of this release.
Click
here to download a pdf of the March 2009 UID Brochure.
*********************************
NAED
Commissions Two Energy Research Studies for 2009
Studies will present the opportunities and challenges of “going green” and help members take advantage of emerging markets
The National Association of Electrical Distributors (NAED) recently commissioned
two new research projects: Corporate Sustainability: Why You Need it and How
to Get There; and Selling Energy Management Solutions. Earlier this
month, NAED selected and funded these research studies to provide members with
tangible, actionable information, as well as strategies and tools to take
advantage of emerging markets. Major findings of these studies will be
available in May 2009.
The studies will be conducted by Jerry Yudelson of Yudelson Associates, a
green-building consulting firm headquartered in Tucson, Arizona.
Following are further details on both studies:
- Corporate Sustainability: Internal and external
stakeholders are pressing many companies to develop corporate
sustainability plans. Yet, most companies in the electrical distribution
industry have not attempted such initiatives due to lack of information
about how to proceed and the resulting business benefits of doing so. The
purpose of this study is to address the unique challenges and
opportunities associated with corporate sustainability and outline the
business case for sustainability planning.
- Selling Energy Management
Solutions: The
interest level for more energy efficient buildings and alternative sources
of energy is growing. This study seeks to define key segments within
energy management solutions where the largest opportunities exist for the
electrical distribution channel to serve their customers and grow
revenues. The overall goal is to provide a “toolbox” to use and take
advantage of identified opportunities.
The task force for both projects convenes by teleconference on a monthly basis
throughout the duration of the project to provide guidance, discuss project
resources, and review project outputs and overall findings.
The task force consists of the following members:
- Steven Anixter, Advance
Electrical Supply Co., Inc.
- Steve Bellwoar, Colonial
Electric Supply Co., Inc.
- Glenn Goedecke, Mayer Electric
Supply Co., Inc.
- Ray Greenhalgh, United Electric
Supply Co., Inc.
- Melanie Hardy, Hagemeyer North America
- Joseph Howley, GE Consumer
& Industrial
- Joe Huffman, Consolidated
Electrical Distributors
- Michael Jouaneh, Lutron
Electronics Co., Inc.
- Ronald Lim, Griffith Electric
Supply Co., Inc.
- Ryan Marlborough, United
Electric Supply Co., Inc.
- Robert Murphy, Hubbell
Incorporated
- Mark Rizzetto, Crescent
Electric Supply
- Richard Schmid, Crescent
Electric Supply
NAED is
looking for distributors and manufacturers to participate in telephone
interviews (about an hour in duration), online surveys, focus groups at the
NAED Western and South Central Region Conferences, and case studies to talk
about their company’s level of commitment/investment in corporate
sustainability planning and/or selling energy management solutions.
If your company is interested in or already employs business practices aligned
with the principles of sustainability and/or in positioning itself to customers
with varying levels of green commitment, send an e-mail to Alexis Mead at amead@naed.org.
Distributors and manufacturers interested in participating in online interviews
are invited to click here
to participate in the Selling Energy Management Solutions survey and here
to participate in the Corporate Sustainability survey.
Funding for this project is provided by the NAED Education & Research
Foundation through the Channel Advantage Partnership endowment. More than 46
electrical distributors and manufacturers have pledged more than $7.9 million
since the endowment’s creation in 2003. The NAED Foundation supports projects
and programs that strengthen the electrical distribution channel.
NAED
is the trade association for the $70+ billion electrical distribution industry.
Through networking, education, research, and benchmarking, NAED helps
electrical distributors increase profitability and improve the channel. NAED’s
membership operates in approximately 4,400 locations internationally.
*********************************
NAED Education & Research Foundation Announces
Annual Contribution Campaign
Industry Contributions Support New Education, Training Tools
The NAED Education & Research Foundation announces the launch of its
2008-2009 Annual Contribution Campaign, which runs through June 2009. The
campaign funds NAED’s industry-specific education and training programs and is
led by Foundation Chair-Elect James Etheredge, Sr. VP & CFO of Crescent
Electric Supply Company.
“We are excited to kick off the 2008-2009 Annual Contribution Campaign,” said
Etheredge. “The NAED Education & Research Foundation plays a key role in
providing valuable information and innovative products to our members and
growing the electrical distribution industry as a whole. I encourage both
distributor and manufacturer members to make a commitment to support NAED’s
Education & Research Foundation. Thank you in advance for your contribution
in any amount.”
The Foundation works to help companies develop a knowledgeable and skilled
workforce through the delivery of convenient, effective, and targeted education
and training. Last year’s campaign received donations from 155 distributor and
manufacturer member companies. As a result of the industry’s support, NAED’s
Foundation is able to focus on helping members implement training in the coming
year.
With a 2009 goal of $150,000, the Annual Contribution Campaign will fund
comprehensive and innovative research, training and education. The Foundation’s
goals for the next year include:
- Increase number of NAED Learning Center
users from 10,000 to 11,900
- Give Certified Electrical
Professional exam to 60 people in June 2009
- Complete two research projects
on Corporate Sustainability and Selling Energy Management Solutions (findings
available on NLC and in Webinar series)
- Increase EPEC graduation rates
for Gold, Silver, and Bronze levels
All
contributions to the NAED Education & Research Foundation are
tax-deductible. Donors to the Annual Campaign receive a certificate, ribbon acknowledgment
at all NAED regional conferences and the National Electrical Leadership Summit,
and a listing in TED Magazine.
Members should watch their e-mail inboxes for the Foundation’s e-Annual
Report/Campaign Kickoff. Visit www.naed.org
to download the Voluntary Invoice form or to make a contribution online (click
on the Foundation/Annual Campaign link). For more information contact the NAED
Education & Research Foundation at (888) 791-2512.
NAED is the trade association for the $70+ billion electrical distribution
industry. Through networking, education, research, and benchmarking, NAED helps
electrical distributors increase profitability and improve the channel. NAED’s
membership operates in approximately 4,400 locations internationally.
*********************************
NAED Introduces Selling Green 101
New
course series offers a starting point for distributors interested in selling
green solutions
The National Association of Electrical Distributors (NAED) announces the launch
of the first course in a series of Web-based, narrated presentations created
for distributors serious about getting into the growing market for green
products and services. This training series—Selling Green 101—is based
on research commissioned by the NAED Channel Advantage Partnership. The
research study, titled Green Goes Mainstream: How to Profit from Green
Market Opportunities, was conducted by Yudelson Associates.
Following is the complete list of Selling Green 101 course titles:
Course 1: What Does Green Mean?
Course 2: Go With the Flow
Course 3: The Value Proposition for Green Solutions
Course 4: Lighting Retrofit
Course 5: Emerging Lighting Trends
Course 6: Integrated Building Controls
Course 7: Variable Speed Drives and Motors
Course 8: Renewable Energy
“It is critical to our industry’s growth, to seek out new spaces in which to
sell our products,” said Dick Waterman, NAED board chair and senior advisor for
International Electric Supply Corporation. “Energy efficiency offers a
tremendous opportunity for expansion. These courses offer NAED members the key
information they need to know to capture this valuable growing market.”
What Does Green Mean? is currently available on the NAED Learning
Center at an introductory
price of $29.95 per student. To order, contact NAED Customer Service at (888)
791-2512 or customerservice@naed.org. For
additional information, visit online at www.naedlearningcenter.org.
NAED
is the trade association for the $70+ billion electrical distribution industry.
Through networking, education, research, and benchmarking, NAED helps
electrical distributors increase profitability and improve the channel. NAED’s
membership operates in approximately 4,400 locations internationally.
Click
here for a pdf version of this release.
*********************************
NAED Releases White Paper on Service Liability
Exposure
Study examines potential liability issues associated with the provision of
value-added services
The
National Association of Electrical Distributors (NAED) recently made available
the white paper, “Service Liability Exposure: Navigating the Legal Risks
and Protections” which addresses some of the most common services NAED
members offer their customers, the potential for liability arising from the
provision of such services, and recommendations on how to limit liability
exposure.
This paper is the second installment in NAED’s liability series, the first
focused on product liability exposures. “Service Liability Exposure:
Navigating the Legal Risks and Protections” specifically discusses how to
quantify, consider, and manage contingent liabilities to allow top line growth
while simultaneously affording asset protection.
“The products liability research demonstrated our members’ need for information
about how to protect themselves from legal issues surrounding defective or
counterfeit product,” said Ed Orlet, director of development, NAED Education
& Research Foundation. “When some of our member companies expressed
concerns about the additional liability they were incurring when providing
services, we felt the service liability study was a natural extension of the
products liability project.”
Bernd G. Heinze, Esq., president and CEO of the Heinze Group, LLC in King of Prussia, Pa.,
conducted the research for and wrote this white paper. In addition, he is
sharing his findings via education sessions at NAED’s upcoming Western and
South Central Region Conferences. A practicing trial lawyer since 1983, Heinze
has represented numerous electrical distributors, utilities, and retailers. He
also wrote the first white paper on product liability exposures.
“Our survey of the electrical distribution marketplace provided a solid
foundation on which to evaluate the current state of exposure liabilities and
provide recommendations on minimizing those risks while maximizing service
opportunities to customers,” Heinze said. “Many distributors, manufacturers,
retail customers and others we interviewed during the research phase were
unaware of the numerous risk contingencies and potential claims and lawsuits
surrounding traditional services like conducting electrical audits, training,
kitting and engineering support, among others,” Heinze added. The white paper
addresses each of the conventional services found during the research phase
together with recommendations on proper risk management.
In addition to the main report content, the Appendix to this white paper,
available at naed.org
(click the Foundation link and select Research) contains a detailed discussion
of the legal framework governing the imposition of liability for providing
services. Monthly webinars are also being offered, breaking down several of the
more important issues and recommendations for NAED members.
Members of the Service Liability task force convened by teleconference on a
monthly basis throughout the duration of the project to provide guidance,
discuss project resources, and review project outputs and overall findings.
They include:
- Dan Baker - Mayer Electric Supply Co.,
Inc.
- Maureen Barsema - BJ Electric Supply, Inc.
- Brian Becker - Border States Electric Supply
- Jim Besikof - B & K Electric Wholesale
- Tim Gibson - McNaughton-McKay Electric
Company
- Alice Lehnhoff - Graybar Electric Company,
Inc.
- John Spoor - State Electric Supply Co.
“I joined this task force to gain a better understanding of the risks
associated with the old and new services our company offers. Distributors need
to know the real exposure in offering these services and how to protect their
own company. Managing risk is how one runs a successful business,” said Maureen
Barsema, vice president and CFO, BJ Electric Supply, Inc. “The service
liability white paper is an invaluable tool that identifies ways to minimize
exposure and limit liability. Our industry finally has access to a resource
that answers so many questions that were left unanswered in the past. One would
be remiss without taking advantage of this extremely thorough, inestimable
information.”
Funding for this project was provided by the NAED Education & Research
Foundation through the Channel Advantage Partnership endowment. More than 46
electrical distributors and manufacturers have pledged more than $7.9 million
since the endowment’s creation in 2003. The NAED Foundation supports projects
and programs that strengthen the electrical distribution channel.
This research is available to NAED members free-of-charge. The delegate of each
member company will receive by mail a free hard copy of the full report. In
addition, the full report can be downloaded from the NAED
Learning Center. To obtain an additional hard copy of the full report for
$20, contact NAED Customer Service by e-mail at customerservice@naed.org
or by phone at 888-791-2515.
NAED
is the trade association for the $70+ billion electrical distribution industry.
Through networking, education, research, and benchmarking, NAED helps
electrical distributors increase profitability and improve the channel. NAED’s
membership operates in approximately 4,400 locations internationally.
NEMA
NEMA Reaffirms Industrial Control and System Standards
ICS 1 and ICS 2.3
The National Electrical Manufacturers Association
(NEMA) has reaffirmed ICS 1 Industrial
Control and Systems: General Requirements and ICS 2.3 Industrial Control and Systems: Instructions for the Handling,
Installation, Operation, and Maintenance of Motor Control
Center s Rated Not More than 600 Volts.
ICS 1-2000 (R2005, R2008) provides practical general
information concerning ratings, construction, testing, performance, and
manufacture of industrial control and systems equipment and terminal blocks.
This publication is strongly recommended for use in conjunction with other NEMA
ICS publications. ICS 2.3-1995 (R2002, R2008) provides guidelines
to facilitate movement, handling, installation, and maintenance of motor
control centers at the job site and to help avoid personal injury and equipment
damage during these processes.
ICS 1-2000 (R2005, R2008) may be downloaded at no charge,
and a hard copy or electronic copy purchased for $112, by visiting NEMA’s
website at http://www.nema.org/stds/ics1.cfm; ICS
2.3-1995 (R2002, R2008) may be downloaded at no charge, and a hard copy or
electronic copy purchased for $52, by visiting NEMA’s Web site at www.nema.org/stds/ics2-3.cfm. Standards may also be purchased by
contacting IHS at 800-854-7179 (within the U.S.), 303-397-7956
(international), or 303-397-2740 (fax).
NEMA is the trade association of choice for the
electrical manufacturing industry. Founded in 1926 and headquartered near Washington, D.C.,
its approximately 450 member companies manufacture products used in the
generation, transmission and distribution, control, and end-use of electricity.
These products are used in utility, medical imaging, industrial, commercial,
institutional, and residential applications. Domestic production of electrical
products sold worldwide exceeds $120 billion. In addition to its headquarters
in Rosslyn, Virginia,
NEMA also has an office in Mexico City.
*********************************
NEMA Applauds Decision to Support Use of Carbon
Monoxide Alarms
On December
19, the Board of Directors of the International Code Council (ICC) rebuffed a
challenge to and affirmed new carbon monoxide (CO) detection requirements
incorporated into the 2009 edition of the International Residential Code (IRC).
The new requirements, which were adopted by ICC members at its Final Action
Hearing in Minneapolis
on September 21, 2008, mandate the installation of CO alarms in all new one-
and two-family dwellings and townhouses.
“I am
pleased that the ICC Board stood behind the decision of its members to
incorporate carbon monoxide requirements into the IRC,” NEMA President and CEO
Evan R. Gaddis said. “By rejecting an appeal to overturn the results of the
Final Action Hearing, the ICC affirmed the life-saving value of carbon monoxide
alarms and demonstrated once again its commitment to model building codes which
promote the safety of residents.”
Carbon
monoxide poisoning is the leading cause of accidental poisoning death in the United States.
High concentrations of CO—a colorless, odorless gas that is produced when
fossil fuel is incompletely burned—can cause cognitive impairment, loss of
consciousness, coma and often death. In
fact, the U.S. Centers for Disease Control and Prevention reports that “every
year, more than 500 people die in the U.S. from accidental CO poisoning”
and estimates that approximately 15,000 Americans seek medical attention every
year due to carbon monoxide. In
addition, thousands more citizens suffer from undiagnosed heart problems,
headache, flu-like symptoms, and other illnesses attributable to CO exposure.
The most
effective way to reduce the incidence of CO poisoning is to ensure that
effective carbon monoxide sensing, detection, and notification devices are
installed in residential and other places where people sleep. Carbon monoxide
alarms and detectors can be purchased at minimal cost and are available at
retail, hardware and home improvement stores nationwide.
NEMA is the
trade association of choice for the electrical manufacturing industry. Founded
in 1926 and headquartered near Washington,
D.C., its approximately 450
member companies manufacture products used in the generation, transmission and
distribution, control, and end-use of electricity. These products are used in
utility, medical imaging, industrial, commercial, institutional, and
residential applications. Domestic production of electrical products sold
worldwide exceeds $120 billion. In addition to its headquarters in Rosslyn, Virginia, NEMA
also has offices in Beijing and Mexico City.
www.nema.org
*********************************
NEMA Leads Coalition in Advocating Safety in OSHA
Product-Approval Process
The
National Electrical Manufacturers Association (NEMA), in conjunction with 17
other organizations, has submitted a letter to Thomas M. Stohler, Acting
Assistant Secretary for Occupational Safety and Health, expressing concerns
regarding the Occupational Safety and Health Administration’s (OSHA) consideration
of a proposal to adopt Supplier’s Declaration of Conformity (SDoC) as an
alternative to third-party certification of electrical products used in
American workplaces.
At the
request of European Commission, OSHA in October 2008 published in the Federal
Register a Request for Information on a proposal to permit the use of an SDoC
as an alternative to the nationally recognized testing laboratories (NRTLs)
product-approval process. In their response to Acting Assistant Secretary
Stohler, NEMA and its coalition allies stressed the safety benefits of using
third-party certification for electrical products and commended OSHA’s NRTL
program as a cost-effective and efficient avenue for ensuring the safety of
American workers.
“We are
hopeful that OSHA will not be influenced by false claims that international
trade priorities necessitate replacing the well-established NRTL program with
SDoC,” NEMA President and CEO Evan R. Gaddis said. “It would be unwise to
compromise the most successful electrical safety system in the world.”
“The U.S.
electrical safety system, which is principally based on third-party
certification, is regarded as one of the most effective systems in the world
for successfully ensuring workplace safety, while at the same time allowing for
free and open market access for products and services, with minimal cost to the
taxpayer,” the coalition letter states. “Indeed, those who now wish to
institutionalize SDoC must accept that the checks-and-balances of our current
system have played a fundamental role in driving U.S. electrical products to be the
safest in the world.” To view a copy of the letter and a complete list of
coalition members, please click here
or visit http://www.nema.org/SDOCs_Letter_to_OSHA.
NEMA will
be submitting detailed comments on specific issues raised in OSHA’s Request for
Information by the January 20, 2009 deadline.
NEMA is the
trade association of choice for the electrical manufacturing industry. Founded
in 1926 and headquartered near Washington,
D.C., its approximately 450
member companies manufacture products used in the generation, transmission and
distribution, control, and end-use of electricity. These products are used in
utility, medical imaging, industrial, commercial, institutional, and
residential applications. Domestic production of electrical products sold
worldwide exceeds $120 billion. In addition to its headquarters in Rosslyn, Virginia, NEMA
also has an office in Mexico City.
www.nema.org
*********************************
NEMA Names Ilyse Schuman to Lead MITA
The
National Electrical Manufacturers Association (NEMA) has named Ilyse Schuman to
lead its Medical Imaging and Technology Alliance (MITA), the collective voice
of medical imaging equipment manufacturers, innovators, and product developers.
Schuman;
the former minority staff director and chief counsel of the U.S. Senate
Committee on Health, Education, Labor, and Pensions (HELP); has joined as
managing director of MITA and vice president of NEMA. Since 2001 she has served
on the HELP Committee as counsel to the former chairman and now ranking member,
Senator Michael Enzi (R-WY).
“Knowledge
of healthcare policy is integral to the medical imaging industry’s future of
improving medicine and Ilyse has the deep substantive expertise, government
leadership experience and credentials to successfully lead MITA,” said NEMA
President and CEO Evan R. Gaddis. “MITA will be strengthened with Ilyse’s
leadership.”
While
serving on the Senate HELP Committee, Schuman oversaw legislative and
communications activity, which included the Genetic Information
Nondiscrimination Act, the Food and Drug Administration (FDA) Amendments Act,
and health information technology legislation. As staff director and counsel to
the chair of the committee, she successfully managed major legislative
initiatives including the FDA Drug Safety Reform, Pension Protection Act,
Pandemic and All-Hazards Preparedness Act, College Cost Reduction and Access
Act, Head Start reauthorization, and Patient Safety bill through Congress with
a proven ability to work in a bipartisan manner.
Prior to
the Senate, Schuman was senior counsel at Navistar International Corporation,
and, before that, an associate at the law firm Skadden, Arps, Slate, Meagher
and Flom.
Schuman
graduated cum laude from Tufts
University with a B.A.
and M.A. in Political Science. She
earned her J.D. with honors from Georgetown
University Law
Center. Her recognitions include selection as the
John C. Stennis Congressional Staff Fellow of the 109th Congress.
NEMA is the
trade association of choice for the electrical manufacturing industry. Founded
in 1926 and headquartered near Washington,
D.C., its approximately 450
member companies manufacture products used in the generation, transmission and
distribution, control, and end-use of electricity. These products are used in
utility, medical imaging, industrial, commercial, institutional, and
residential applications. Domestic production of electrical products sold worldwide
exceeds $120 billion. In addition to its headquarters in Rosslyn,
Virginia, NEMA also has an office in Mexico City. Visit our
website at www.nema.org.
*********************************
NEMA
Offers Electroindustry Recommendations to President-elect Obama
In an open
letter to President-elect Barack Obama on behalf of the National Electrical
Manufacturers Association, NEMA President and CEO Evan Gaddis has offered the
association as a resource for addressing unprecedented challenges facing the U.S.
economy. A copy of the letter and its 28 recommendations is available at
HTTP://www.nema.org/BarackObama.
“NEMA is
the nation’s largest association representing 430 companies that manufacture electrical
and medical imaging equipment. Our members serve a domestic market in excess of
$100 billion annually, export $20 billion in goods, and represent about 350,000
U.S.
jobs,” Gaddis said in announcing the availability of the letter and its
recommendations.
According
to Gaddis, NEMA maintains a leadership role in creating a more energy-efficient
society and its efforts to develop a modernized “smart” electrical grid for the
country. Deployment of energy-efficient technologies and products must be incented
in climate change legislation, along with funding for advanced technologies to
reduce greenhouse gas emissions.
On the
energy supply side, he recommends support for a long-term production tax
credit, research for renewable supply sources (wind, solar, geothermal, and
ocean), expanded nuclear energy use, accelerating clean coal technology
development, and ending the moratorium on oil and gas exploration in the outer
continental shelf. On the transmission grid side, he calls for funding of Smart
Grid provisions in the Energy Independence and Security Act of 2007, enactment
of a 10-year accelerated depreciation for distribution equipment purchases, and
changes to the rate recovery formula for transmission facilities to include
power electronics and high-voltage direct current technologies.
The letter
also calls for resources at the Department of Energy (DOE) to ensure
promulgation of product energy-efficiency rules, incentives for states to adopt
and enforce energy building codes, funding for the High Performance Green
Building and Commercial Building Initiative, and increased funding for DOE
research on advanced solid-state (LED and OLED) lighting technologies. On the
environmental front, he notes the industry initiative to reduce and eliminate
certain hazardous substances from electrical products and urges the
administration to support legislation that would codify the industry’s
commitments by establishing a national standard in specified electrical
products.
“Rising
health care costs are one of the biggest challenges facing manufacturers,”
Gaddis said. “A comprehensive approach to healthcare reform is vital to our
long-term economic progress and future job growth. The Medical Imaging and
Technology Alliance (MITA), a division of NEMA, represents manufacturers of
medical imaging technologies that play a critical role in early diagnosis of
disease, improvement in patient care and outcome, and keeping people healthy
and productive.”
On the
international trade front, Gaddis identifies the important role trade
agreements have played in opening markets to manufactured goods and removing
barriers to export. He recommends that the President seek renewal of expired
trade promotion authority, enhance the effectiveness of the Trade Adjustment
Assistance programs, and pursue all avenues (bilateral, regional, or
multinational) for advancing free trade in electrical and medical imaging
goods.
Gaddis
further stated that counterfeit electrical equipment is a growing problem and
represents a serious threat to public safety. Public policy must be one of zero
tolerance for those who manufacture and traffic in counterfeit products. NEMA’s
recommendations focus on prompt implementation of the Intellectual Property
Rights Act of 2008, including the naming of a White House Intellectual Property
Enforcement Coordinator and providing sufficient resources to protect national
borders.
In the
areas of consumer and workplace safety, Gaddis calls for full funding and
staffing of the Consumer Product Safety Commission, in line with the Consumer
Product Safety Improvements Act of 2008, and for the Occupational Safety and
Health Administration to reaffirm the current U.S. approach to electrical
safety by maintaining the nationally recognized testing laboratory (NRTL)
program and rejecting EU effort to change our system of safety.
On border
and homeland security issues, Gaddis urges the administration to fully fund and
support the standards development of Digital Imaging and Communication in
Security (DICOS) and to promote the adoption of DICOS for baggage screening in
airports, with further expansion to ports and mass transit.
“NEMA will
work with the new administration and the 111th Congress,” Gaddis pledged, “to
enact a pro-growth, pro-competitive agenda that addresses energy policy, the
environment, health care, taxation, consumer safety, work force issues, and
international trade.”
NEMA is the
trade association of choice for the electrical manufacturing industry. Founded
in 1926 and headquartered near Washington,
D.C., its approximately 450
member companies manufacture products used in the generation, transmission and
distribution, control, and end-use of electricity. These products are used in
utility, medical imaging, industrial, commercial, institutional, and residential
applications. Domestic production of electrical products sold worldwide exceeds
$120 billion. In addition to its headquarters in Rosslyn,
Virginia, NEMA also has an office in Mexico City.
www.nema.org
*********************************
NEMA Publishes Errata To ICS 5-2000 Industrial Control
and Systems: Control Circuit and Pilot Devices
The
National Electrical Manufacturers Association (NEMA) has published errata to
ICS 5-2000 Industrial Control and Systems: Control Circuit and Pilot
Devices. In the current publication,
Figure 1-8-3 on Page 1-19 contains incorrect dimensions. It has been altered to
reflect dimensions specified in Section 8.2.7.1.
A complete
copy of ICS 5-2000, including the corrected figure, may be downloaded at no
charge or a hard copy purchased for $158 at http://www.nema.org/stds/ics5.cfm,
or by contacting IHS at 800-854-7179 (within the U.S.), 303-397-7956
(international), 303-397-2740 (fax), or on the Web at global.ihs.com.
NEMA is the
trade association of choice for the electrical manufacturing industry. Founded
in 1926 and headquartered near Washington,
D.C., its approximately 450
member companies manufacture products used in the generation, transmission and
distribution, control, and end-use of electricity. These products are used in
utility, medical imaging, industrial, commercial, institutional, and
residential applications. Domestic production of electrical products sold
worldwide exceeds $120 billion. In addition to its headquarters in Rosslyn, Virginia, NEMA
also has an office in Mexico City.
SCTE
SCTE Seeks Nominees For Its 2009 Board Election
The Society
of Cable Telecommunications Engineers (SCTE) is now accepting candidate
nominations for the seven seats on its board of directors that are up for
election in 2009.
Any member
of the Society can nominate a candidate by submitting the online nomination
form located at www.scte.org. Nominators can click on the website’s Member
Services section and then select National Leadership to access details and the
form.
The
nomination deadline is Monday, Feb. 2, 2009.
All board
members are elected to a two-year term. The seven positions up for nominations
are:
· Region 1
Director representing CA, HI, NV
· Region 2
Director representing AZ, CO, NM, UT, WY
· Region 6
Director representing MN, ND, SD, WI
· Region 9
Director representing FL, GA, SC, PR
· Region 11
Director representing DE, MD, NJ, PA
·
Director-At-Large representing the entire SCTE membership
·
Director-At-Large representing the entire SCTE membership
Eligible
candidates must be active SCTE members who have been members for at least the
last three years and reside within the Region they will represent. According to
SCTE’s bylaws, no more than four employees from one company will be allowed to
sit on the board during the same year.
The SCTE
Nominations Committee will consider all nominations and select a slate of
qualified candidates that it will recommend to the SCTE Board of Directors for
the board’s approval. The board-approved candidate slate will be announced
April 9, 2009.
The time
period for SCTE members to cast their votes will be May 15–July 31, 2009. In
keeping with SCTE’s resolve to be economically and ecologically prudent,
starting with the 2009 election, voting will be conducted electronically
through an impartial election company’s secure website, and paper election
materials including the paper ballot will no longer be automatically mailed to
all SCTE members. Members who are unable to vote online must request paper
materials to cast their ballot.
SCTE
members can make those paper materials requests by calling 610-594-7300 or
e-mailing elections@scte.org prior to April 24, 2009.
Candidates
elected to the board in the 2009 election will take office on Tuesday, Oct. 27,
2009, in Denver
at SCTE Cable-Tec Expo®.
Questions
may be directed to SCTE’s Cheryl Taylor at 610-594-7308 or elections@scte.org.
####
The Society
of Cable Telecommunications Engineers (SCTE) is a non-profit professional
association that provides technical leadership for the telecommunications
industry and serves its members through professional development, standards,
certification and information. SCTE currently has more than 14,000 members from
the U.S.
and 70 countries worldwide and offers a variety of programs and services for
the industry's educational benefit. SCTE has 68 chapters and meeting groups and
more than 3,000 employees of the cable telecommunications industry hold SCTE
technical certifications. SCTE is an ANSI-accredited standards development
organization. Visit SCTE online at www.scte.org.
*********************************
Productive SCTE Standards Program Reaccredited,
Improves ANSI Rank
The Society of Cable
Telecommunications Engineers (SCTE) is proud to announce today that the
American National Standards Institute (ANSI) recently reaccredited the
flourishing SCTE Standards Program, which also has moved up to 13th in the
ranking of ANSI’s 219 accredited standards developers.
Both its reaccreditation
and improved rank are a testament to the SCTE program’s strength and increasing
popularity. SCTE’s program was first accredited by ANSI in 1995.
The prolific SCTE
program was ranked 15th in September 2007. The program has come a long way from
its 79th place ANSI ranking in 1998. ASTM International holds ANSI’s top
ranking.
The SCTE Standards
Program also recently achieved the significant milestone of 200 ANSI-approved
SCTE technical standards. The count has since risen to 203, with a dozen or so
more technical standards due for ANSI approval early in 2009. By comparison,
when ranked 15th with ANSI in September 2007, SCTE had 175 ANSI-approved
standards.
ANSI facilitates the
development of American National Standards (ANS) by accrediting the procedures
of Standards Developing Organizations (SDOs) like SCTE. These groups work
cooperatively to develop voluntary national consensus standards. Accreditation
by ANSI signifies that the procedures used by the standards body in connection
with the development of American National Standards meet the institute’s
essential requirements for openness, balance, consensus, and due process.
The SCTE Standards
Program maintains a vigorous commitment to establishing much-needed standards
to help the fast-paced cable telecommunications industry prosper. To satisfy a
wide range of industry needs, the SCTE program’s member organizations develop
standards covering everything from F-connectors to hot-topic, here-and-now
issues such as protocols for high-speed data access over cable and digital
program insertion.
SCTE’s accreditation
with ANSI and its increasingly strong position within that organization lend
vital credibility to the ongoing efforts of the SCTE program’s many member
volunteers.
Any organization or individual
interested in participating in the SCTE Standards Program is invited to access
complete information about the program at www.scte.org. Program sponsorships
are also available by contacting SCTE’s Debra Swann at 610-594-7313 or Heather
Gosciniak at 610-594-7306.
*********************************
SCTE Foundation Provides Major Grant To OLA EKUNDARE
The SCTE
Foundation is pleased to announce today that it recently awarded a major grant
to Society of Cable Telecommunications Engineers (SCTE) member Olakunle (Ola)
Ekundare of Comcast Cable Communications.
Ekundare,
of Philadelphia,
is manager, procurement with Comcast. He will apply the major grant toward
completing his executive MBA from Drexel
University. Ekundare has
been an SCTE member since 2002. His SCTE involvement includes serving as a
board member of the SCTE Delaware Valley Appalachian Chapter (DVAC).
The SCTE
Foundation was established by the SCTE Board of Directors in 2005 and began
issuing grants in 2006. The Foundation has helped numerous SCTE members by
distributing grants totaling approximately $95,000.
All of the
financial assistance that the SCTE Foundation provides to SCTE members is made
possible through donations from generous individuals and organizations within
the cable telecommunications industry. Many have contributed to the SCTE
Foundation’s 2008 Giving Campaign, “Fueling Cable’s Future,” which is going on
now through Dec. 31. The campaign, chaired by Marwan Fawaz of Charter
Communications, seeks to raise $15,000.
One of the
SCTE Foundation’s purposes is to provide expanded educational opportunities for
SCTE members to assist them in accomplishing their professional development
goals and dreams. SCTE members have applied their grants to a variety of
professional development opportunities including SCTE Virtual Classroom online
courses, Jones/NCTI™ courses, college degrees in business management and
telecommunications engineering technology, and attendance at industry events
like SCTE Cable-Tec Expo®.
The SCTE
Foundation Board of Directors recently approved Ekundare’s application for a
major grant following preliminary approvals by the Foundation’s Major Grants
Subcommittee and the Foundation’s Awards Committee.
The grant
and scholarship application and complete information about the SCTE Foundation
are available at http://foundation.scte.org.
The SCTE
Foundation was established by the SCTE Board of Directors in 2005. The
Foundation’s three-part mission is to assist in innovation and education within
the industry, to further research and information, and to maintain a history
and awareness of the cable and telecommunications industry, all for the benefit
of future generations. The SCTE Foundation is a 501(c)(3) charitable
organization. Visit the SCTE Foundation website at http://foundation.scte.org.
The Society
of Cable Telecommunications Engineers (SCTE) is a non-profit professional
association that provides technical leadership for the telecommunications
industry and serves its members through professional development, standards,
certification and information. SCTE currently has more than 14,000 members from
the U.S.
and 70 countries worldwide and offers a variety of programs and services for
the industry's educational benefit. SCTE has 68 chapters and meeting groups and
more than 3,000 employees of the cable telecommunications industry hold SCTE
technical certifications. SCTE is an ANSI-accredited standards development
organization. Visit SCTE online at www.scte.org.
*********************************
SCTE NAMES MARK L. DZUBAN AS ITS NEW PRESIDENT/CEO
The Society
of Cable Telecommunications Engineers (SCTE) is pleased to announce today that
it has named Mark L. Dzuban as its new president/CEO. Dzuban’s first day on the
job will be Monday, Feb. 2.
A 41-year
cable industry veteran, Dzuban comes to SCTE from Cedar Point Communications,
where he served as vice chairman and as executive vice president, strategic
accounts. Dzuban began at Cedar Point in August 2001. He also served as the
first chairman of the organization’s technical advisory board. At Cedar Point,
Dzuban pioneered the development of cable telephony switching technology from
concept to nearly 5 million lines deployed.
Dzuban’s
hiring ends an exhaustive six-month search comprising nearly 100 candidates to
succeed John Clark, who was SCTE’s president/CEO from 1998 until July of last
year. SCTE Vice President, Professional Development Marv Nelson has been
serving as SCTE’s interim president/CEO.
Like SCTE,
Dzuban has amassed four decades of service to the cable telecommunications
industry, starting in 1968 as a design engineer for Vikoa and advancing to
executive leadership positions in which he constructed and operated networks in
the United States
and abroad.
Dzuban took
his cable background to AT&T in 1991 and worked there until 2000. His first
role at AT&T was as a member of the Bell Labs Technical Staff. He was the
Bell Labs representative to CableLabs® from 1992 to 1997. He was
promoted to senior vice president of AT&T Broadband Telephony Operations
and Engineering. While with AT&T, Dzuban played a key role in bringing the
vision of cable telephony deployment to fruition. He helped drive the AT&T
strategy to reconstitute local access capability by partnering or acquiring
cable television networks and operators, forming the foundation of AT&T
Broadband.
Dzuban’s
cable longevity mirrors that of the organization he will now run. SCTE this
year is celebrating its milestone 40th Anniversary around the theme, “The Best
Is Yet to Be.” The new president/CEO brings a focus on the business of
engineering and will seek to create a legacy of educating the next generation of
technical leaders for the cable telecommunications industry.
Dzuban
describes his approach as SMART Engineering, which is engineering skills
combined with good business tools and awareness of total cost of ownership and
operations efficiency. His background is working for start-up ventures to build
new or realign existing networks to compete in the marketplace.
“Mark owns
a vision for taking SCTE to the forefront of engineering and technology for the
cable industry,” said SCTE Board of Directors Chairman Tom Gorman. “He is
resolved to address the needs of all levels of engineering—from installer to
switched digital video engineer and from plant manager to Internet engineer. He
is a great fit for his new position and will get SCTE well on its way to another
successful 40-plus years of service.”
####
The Society
of Cable Telecommunications Engineers (SCTE) is a non-profit professional
association that provides technical leadership for the telecommunications
industry and serves its members through professional development, standards,
certification and information. SCTE currently has more than 14,000 members from
the U.S.
and 70 countries worldwide and offers a variety of programs and services for
the industry's educational benefit. SCTE has 68 chapters and meeting groups and
more than 3,000 employees of the cable telecommunications industry hold SCTE
technical certifications. SCTE is an ANSI-accredited standards development
organization. Visit SCTE online at www.scte.org.
TIA
Telecommunications
Industry Association (TIA) Recommends Specific Broadband Incentives for
Economic Stimulus Plan
Investment
in Digital Infrastructure Would Create Jobs, Boost Productivity and Improve
Healthcare, Public Safety, Education and More, Congressional Leaders Told
The
Telecommunications Industry Association (TIA), the leader in advocacy,
standards development, business development and intelligence for the
information and communications technology (ICT) industry, today urged
congressional leaders to adopt specific broadband deployment and adoption
incentives in the economic stimulus bill Congress is planning to consider at
the start of the 111th Congress. TIA’s proposal encompasses
targeted incentives that will stimulate investment across all broadband
platforms, including wireless and fixed broadband, and represents a unified
package for the ICT community.
In a letter
to House and Senate leaders, TIA President Grant Seiffert highlighted the
benefits that broadband technology brings to Americans: “Broadband networks
directly impact the productivity of our industries and our economy, and
pivotally affect public safety, education, health care, and countless other
functions in Americans’ daily lives. Like any other infrastructure
project, the deployment and use of broadband will significantly increase and
maintain job growth well beyond the initial investment in the infrastructure,
laptops and computing devices themselves. Broadband incentives are a necessary
component of a 21st century stimulus package.”
TIA’s
letter commended and built upon a proposal by the Communications Workers of
America (CWA) that would create 97,500 direct jobs and 2.5 million jobs
throughout the economy in the near-term with every $5 billion investment,
according to CWA estimates. Adding to the CWA proposal, TIA suggests
including new tiers of tax incentives for a comprehensive approach that would
include the full spectrum of broadband platforms. The TIA proposal outlines
specific recommendations for tiers of service and tax benefits. TIA’s
approach recognizes that a
ubiquitous broadband infrastructure has four critical and
complementary components: fixed broadband, wireless broadband, satellite
broadband and broadband core and backbone transport.
In
developing a direct grant program for rural broadband deployments, also
included in the CWA proposal, TIA urges lawmakers to consider a $25 billion
grant program for deployment of broadband infrastructure in unserved
areas. TIA asks Congress to also consider stimulus for broadband demand
through measures such as: vouchers for low-income Americans (including both
adults and students) so that they may purchase laptops, mobile handsets and
other computing devices; a tax credit for small- and medium-sized businesses
that purchase/upgrade their PCs, laptops, mobile handsets, broadband equipment,
services, and software; and allowing consumers eligible for Lifeline and
Link-Up to use discounts for broadband services and devices as well as telephony.
TIA’s
letter to congressional leaders is available on the Capitol
Hill filings page at tiaonline.org.
For more
information, please contact Danielle Coffey at (202) 346-3243 or dcoffey@tiaonline.org.
Sign up for
TIA RSS
news feeds on government affairs and other TIA news.
About
TIA
The
Telecommunications Industry Association (TIA) represents the global information
and communications technology (ICT) industry through standards development,
advocacy, tradeshows, business opportunities, market intelligence and
world-wide environmental regulatory analysis. With roots dating back to 1924,
TIA enhances the business environment for broadband, mobile wireless,
information technology, networks, cable, satellite and unified communications.
Members’ products and services empower communications in every industry and market,
including healthcare, education, security, public safety, transportation,
government, the military, the environment and entertainment. TIA co-owns the SUPERCOMM®
tradeshow and is accredited by the American National Standards Institute (ANSI).
Visit tiaonline.org.
TIA’s Board of Directors includes senior-level
executives from ACS, ADC, ADTRAN, Alcatel-Lucent, ANDA Networks, ArrayComm,
AttivaCorp, Avaya, Bechtel Communications, Inc., Cam Communications, Cisco
Systems, Corning Incorporated, Ericsson, Inc., GENBAND, Inc., Graybar, Henkels &
McCoy, ILS Technology, Intel Corporation, LGE, Microsoft, Motorola, Nokia
Siemens Networks, Nortel, OneChip Photonics Inc., Panasonic Computer Solutions
Co., Qualcomm, Research In Motion, Sumitomo Electric Lightwave Corporation,
Tellabs, Tyco Electronics, Ulticom, Inc., and Verari Systems. Advisors to
the Board include FAL Associates, Orca Systems and Telcordia Technologies.
*********************************
GENBAND CEO Joins the Telecommunications Industry
Association (TIA) Board of Directors
President and CEO of GENBAND, Inc.,
Charles D. Vogt Elected to Board; John Marinho Is New Board Member Representing
Alcatel-Lucent
At its
November meeting, the Board of Directors of the Telecommunications Industry
Association (TIA), the leader in advocacy, standards development, business
development and intelligence for the information and communications technology
(ICT) industry, unanimously confirmed two new board members:
·
Charles D. Vogt, President and CEO of GENBAND, Inc.
·
John Marinho,
Vice President Americas Region, Global Government and Public Affairs, of
Alcatel-Lucent
John
Giere, formerly
with Alcatel-Lucent, remains on the board as CEO of Giere & Associates.
“We welcome
GENBAND’s Charles D. Vogt and Alcatel-Lucent’s John Marinho to the board as we focus
on leading the ICT industry through challenging economic times,” said TIA
President Grant Seiffert. “We left the meeting confident that we’re doing
what’s necessary to move forward, continuing on a path of growth and
stability.”
Vogt is a
telecommunications industry veteran who, in a few short years, has led GENBAND
to a leading position atop the IP gateway market and the distinction of one of
the fastest-growing private companies in the United States. Recently named
Ernst & Young’s Regional Entrepreneur of the Year in the technology
category, Vogt has been instrumental in the operational and financial growth of
five standard-setting start-ups that either became public companies or were
acquired.
Marinho has
held various strategy, business, policy and technical positions in the
telecommunications industry. In his current position, he is responsible for
public policy, legislative and regulatory areas for Alcatel-Lucent’s Americas
Region. Marinho is the retired Chairman of TIA’s TR-45 Mobile and Personal
Communications Systems Standards Engineering Committee responsible for 3G and
ANSI-41 Standards. In his role as Chairman, Marinho was responsible for
the establishment of the 3GPP2 global standards body.
At the
meeting, the Board heard two keynote addresses:
·
John Donovan,
Chief Technology Officer, AT&T, spoke about his views on differentiation,
integration and problem solving as part of his vision of the future of the ICT
industry.
·
Brian R. Mefford, Chairman and CEO of Connected Nation, Inc., gave board members his
outlook on the continuing efforts to deploy broadband to rural areas of the United States.
About
TIA
The
Telecommunications Industry Association (TIA) represents the global information
and communications technology (ICT) industry through standards development,
advocacy, tradeshows, business opportunities, market intelligence and
world-wide environmental regulatory analysis. With roots dating back to 1924,
TIA enhances the business environment for broadband, mobile wireless,
information technology, networks, cable, satellite and unified communications.
Members’ products and services empower communications in every industry and
market, including healthcare, education, security, public safety,
transportation, government, the military, the environment and entertainment.
TIA co-owns the SUPERCOMM® tradeshow and is accredited
by the American
National Standards Institute (ANSI). Visit tiaonline.org.
TIA’s
Board of Directors
includes senior-level executives from ACS, ADC, ADTRAN, Alcatel-Lucent, ANDA
Networks, ArrayComm, AttivaCorp, Avaya, Bechtel Communications, Inc., Cam
Communications, Cisco Systems, Corning Incorporated, Ericsson, Inc., GENBAND,
Inc., Graybar, Henkels & McCoy, ILS Technology, Intel Corporation, LGE,
Microsoft, Motorola, Nokia Siemens Networks, Nortel, OneChip Photonics Inc.,
Panasonic Computer Solutions Co., Qualcomm, Research In Motion, Sumitomo
Electric Lightwave Corporation, Tellabs, Tyco Electronics, Ulticom, Inc.,
and Verari Systems. Advisors to the Board include FAL Associates, Orca Systems
and Telcordia Technologies.
About
GENBAND
GENBAND is
a global leader and innovator of next generation IP media, session border and
fixed mobile convergence security solutions deployed in over half of the
world’s 100 largest service providers. These high-performance gateway solutions
are at the core of fixed and mobile networks around the world - evolving,
securing and enhancing communications networks. Headquartered in Plano, Texas, GENBAND has
Centers of Excellence in Brazil,
China, Maryland,
Massachusetts and Texas, and serves customers and partners in
more than 80 countries. Additional information is available at www.genband.com.
About
Alcatel-Lucent
Alcatel-Lucent (Euronext Paris and NYSE: ALU) is the trusted partner of service
providers, enterprises and governments worldwide, providing solutions that
deliver voice, data and video communication services to end-users. A leader in
fixed, mobile and converged broadband networking, IP technologies, applications
and services, Alcatel-Lucent leverages the unrivalled technical and scientific
expertise of Bell Labs, one of the largest innovation powerhouses in the
communications industry. With operations in more than 130 countries and the
most experienced global services organization in the industry, Alcatel-Lucent
is a local partner with a global reach. Alcatel-Lucent achieved revenues of
Euro 17.8 billion in 2007 and is incorporated in France,
with executive offices located in Paris.
For more information, visit Alcatel-Lucent on the Internet: http://www.alcatel-lucent.com
*********************************
India Environmental Report Released on TIA’s EIATRACK,
the Global Benchmark in Environmental Regulatory Tracking
India Is the Latest Jurisdiction Added to
Service Covering Energy Efficiency, Battery
Regulations, Hazardous Waste, Recycling, Product Take Back, WEEE, RoHS and More
At the time
most of the existing environmental laws in India were formulated, the concept
of product stewardship was little known or understood. The Indian legal
framework calls upon every stakeholder to jointly protect and improve the
natural environment, and EIATRACK, which tracks environmental regulations for
electronics manufacturing industries, is now assisting by tracking India’s
environmental regulations. As one of the largest and fastest-growing markets in
the Asia/Pacific region, India
represents an area of growth and development for many electronics companies
around the world.
The latest
EIATRACK special report provides a detailed description of the Indian
regulatory regime governing environmental issues, including the regulatory
mechanisms embodying product stewardship aspects for the electronics industry,
the key authorities and their respective roles and responsibilities, and recent
developments and initiatives associated with the environmentally sound
management of electronic products.
“Recognizing
the difficulties companies are having in this economy and with increased
environmental regulations affecting their businesses worldwide, TIA has mounted
an energetic campaign to increase EIATRACK coverage to include fast-developing
countries such as India,”
said TIA President Grant Seiffert. “Global acceptance of product stewardship –
the demand for it – will continue to grow. TIA is committed to giving our
industry the tools to meet this demand.”
To read the
special report, visit the Overview of India page. Soon, a range
of subject reports for India
will be published on EIATRACK. The reports will include discussions of various
legal and policy instruments as well as certain relevant judicial
pronouncements on various issues. The topic areas currently being
developed for India
include:
·
Energy
efficiency
·
Battery regulations
·
Domestic
management and trans-boundary movement of hazardous substances/wastes
·
Waste
disposal and recycling
·
Product
take back
“India is just
the first of several new jurisdictions we plan to roll out by the end of the
year,” said TIA Environmental Program Manager Ellen Farmer.
EIATRACK is
a subscription-based web service that delivers information on product-oriented
environmental compliance for the electronics sector in more than 100 global jurisdictions,
including each of the United
States. The EIATRACK team is made up of
legal and technical partners
that cut across the disciplines of law, environmental policy and science.
Compliance issues are tracked through subject
updates and reports across jurisdictions. EIATRACK is owned by the
Telecommunications Industry Association (TIA), the leader in advocacy,
standards development, business development and intelligence for the ICT
industry. Information about free demos and trials and subscribing to the
service can be obtained by contacting Ellen Farmer at +1.703.907.7582 or at efarmer@tiaonline.org.
About
TIA
The
Telecommunications Industry Association (TIA) represents the global information
and communications technology (ICT) industry through standards development,
advocacy, tradeshows, business opportunities, market intelligence and
world-wide environmental regulatory analysis. With roots dating back to 1924, TIA
enhances the business environment for broadband, mobile wireless, information
technology, networks, cable, satellite and unified communications. Members’
products and services empower communications in every industry and market,
including healthcare, education, security, public safety, transportation,
government, the military, the environment and entertainment. TIA co-owns the SUPERCOMM®
tradeshow and is accredited by the American National Standards Institute (ANSI).
Visit tiaonline.org.
TIA’s
Board of Directors
includes senior-level executives from ACS, ADC, ADTRAN, Alcatel-Lucent, ANDA
Networks, ArrayComm, AttivaCorp, Avaya, Bechtel Communications, Inc., Cam
Communications, Cisco Systems, Corning Incorporated, Ericsson, Inc., GENBAND,
Inc., Graybar, Henkels & McCoy, ILS Technology, Intel Corporation, LGE,
Microsoft, Motorola, Nokia Siemens Networks, Nortel, OneChip Photonics Inc.,
Panasonic Computer Solutions Co., Qualcomm, Research In Motion, Sumitomo
Electric Lightwave Corporation, Tellabs, Tyco Electronics, Ulticom, Inc., and
Verari Systems. Advisors to the Board include FAL Associates, Orca Systems and
Telcordia Technologies.
*********************************
Telecommunications
Industry Association (TIA) Urges the FCC to Oppose RTG’s Proposal for Spectrum
Cap
Reinstating a Spectrum Cap Would
Reverse Current Policies and Severely Harm the Mobile and Wireless Broadband Product Market,
Says TIA
The
Telecommunications Industry Association (TIA), the leader in advocacy,
standards development, business development and intelligence for the information
and communications technology (ICT) industry, today urged the Federal
Communications Commission (FCC) to reject the Rural Telecommunications Group,
Inc.’s (RTG) Petition for Rulemaking to mandate a 110-MHz
county-by-county spectrum cap on all commercial terrestrial wireless spectrum
below 2.3 GHz.
TIA stated
in Comments that reinstating a spectrum cap would reverse the Commission’s
current spectrum policies and severely harm the mobile and wireless broadband
product market.
“We agree
with the Commission’s findings that wireless broadband technologies are vital
components of the FCC’s effort to deploy broadband services to rural and other
underserved areas,” said Danielle Coffey, TIA Vice President for Government
Affairs. “The Commission’s existing spectrum policy complements this
policy goal by addressing competition issues on a market-by-market basis,” she
added.
“However,
in its Petition, RTG attempts to resurrect a failed, arbitrary, and
innovation-stifling spectrum cap that has been summarily discarded by the
Commission,” Coffey continued. “The Commission has replaced this arcane
policy with a flexible spectrum screen method to review competition issues on a
market-by-market basis. Such a review affords the Commission a fuller
understanding of market competitiveness. RTG has not in any way
established that a reversal of the current policy is necessary to protect
consumers or that the discarded policy is any more viable now than it was prior
to its elimination in 2003.”
“The
Commission should also acknowledge in any future policy that innovative
wireless broadband networks will be built on blocks of spectrum ranging from
1.25 MHz to 20 MHz or more,” Coffey stated. “These evolving networks
should not be regulated with an antiquated spectrum cap policy that disregards
the spectrum needed for deployment of wireless broadband service.
Additionally, the Commission should implement spectrum policies that ensure
that wireless carriers can migrate their spectrum to broadband uses.”
TIA’s
comments are available on the FCC filings
page at tiaonline.org.
For more
information, please contact Patrick Sullivan at 202-346-3244 or psullivan@tiaonline.org.
Sign up for
TIA RSS
news feeds on government affairs and other TIA news.
About
TIA
The
Telecommunications Industry Association (TIA) represents the global information
and communications technology (ICT) industry through standards development,
advocacy, tradeshows, business opportunities, market intelligence and
world-wide environmental regulatory analysis. With roots dating back to 1924,
TIA enhances the business environment for broadband, mobile wireless,
information technology, networks, cable, satellite and unified communications.
Members’ products and services empower communications in every industry and
market, including healthcare, education, security, public safety,
transportation, government, the military, the environment and entertainment.
TIA co-owns the SUPERCOMM® tradeshow and is accredited
by the American
National Standards Institute (ANSI). Visit tiaonline.org.
TIA’s
Board of Directors
includes senior-level executives from ACS, ADC, ADTRAN, Alcatel-Lucent, ANDA
Networks, ArrayComm, AttivaCorp, Avaya, Bechtel Communications, Inc., Cam
Communications, Cisco Systems, Corning Incorporated, Ericsson, Inc., GENBAND,
Inc., Graybar, Henkels & McCoy, ILS Technology, Intel Corporation, LGE,
Microsoft, Motorola, Nokia Siemens Networks, Nortel, OneChip Photonics Inc.,
Panasonic Computer Solutions Co., Qualcomm, Research In Motion, Sumitomo
Electric Lightwave Corporation, Tellabs, Tyco Electronics, Ulticom, Inc.,
and Verari Systems. Advisors to the Board include FAL Associates, Orca Systems
and Telcordia Technologies.
*********************************
Telecommunications
Industry Association (TIA) Issues Standard for cdma2000® Application
on UICC for Spread Spectrum
New
Standard Defines CSIM Application to Ensure Interoperability With Mobile Devices, Regardless of Manufacturer, Card Issuer
or Operator
The
Telecommunications Industry Association (TIA), the leader in advocacy,
standards development, business development and intelligence for the
information and communications technology (ICT) industry, recently issued TIA-1080
cdma2000® Application on UICC for Spread Spectrum Systems.
TIA-1080 defines the cdma2000 Subscriber
Identify Module (CSIM) application that resides on the Universal
Integrated Circuit Card (UICC),
an Integrated Circuit (IC) card specified in TIA-1058, UICC-Terminal
interface Physical and Logical Characteristics for cdma2000 Spread Spectrum
Systems. In particular, TIA-1058 specifies the
application-independent properties of the UICC/terminal interface such as the
physical characteristics and the logical structure.
TIA-1080 defines the cdma2000 application
for cdma2000 network operation, specifying the following to ensure
interoperability between a CSIM and a Mobile Equipment (ME) device
independently of the respective manufacturer, card issuer or operator:
·
Command
parameters;
·
File
structures;
·
Security
functions;
·
Interworking
with other applications (IP Multimedia Services Identity Module [ISIM], Universal
Subscriber Identity Module [USIM], etc.) on UICC;
·
Application
protocol to be used on the interface between UICC (cdma2000 application) and
ME.
The new
standard does not define any aspects related to the administrative management
phase of the cdma2000 application. Any internal technical realization of either
the cdma2000 application or the ME is only specified where these are reflected
over the interface. TIA-1080 does not specify any of the security
algorithms that may be used. The document considers only changes from the
existing Removable User Identity Module (R-UIM) specification in TIA-820-C
Removable User Identity Module for Spread Spectrum Systems to adapt to UICC
platform.
TIA-1080 was formulated under the cognizance
of TIA Engineering Committee TR-45
Mobile & Personal Communications Systems, TR-45.5 Subcommittee on Spread
Spectrum Digital Technology.
To obtain
copies of the document, contact IHS International at +1.800.854.7179 (United States and Canada); +1.303.397.7796
(international) or visit global.ihs.com.
For
technical information, please contact Peter Bogard at pbogard@tiaonline.org.
For media inquiries, please contact Mike Snyder: msnyder@tiaonline.org.
Sign up for
TIA RSS
news feeds on standards and other TIA news.
TR-45
member companies
include: Aeroflex; Agilent Technologies, Inc.; AirCell, LLC; Airvana, Inc.;
Alcatel-Lucent; ALLTEL Communications, Inc.; Apple; AT&T; Bell Canada;
Bridgewater Systems Inc.; Camiant; CDMA Development Group; Cingular Wireless;
Cisco Systems, Inc.; CML Microcircuits (USA) Inc.; CommFlow Resources Inc.; CSI
Telecommunications; Defense Information Systems Agency; DoCoMo Communications
Lab USA, Inc.; Dolby Laboratories Inc.; Ericsson Inc.; ETI Connect; FBI;
FTR&D LLC; Fujitsu Network Communications, Inc.; Gemalto INC; Hitachi Telecom
(USA) Inc.; Huawei Technologies USA; Hughes Network Systems, LLC; I'M
Technologies Ltd.; Intel Corporation; Intellon; Intrado; IP Fabrics; Kyocera
Sanyo Telecom, Inc.; LG InfoComm U.S.A., Inc.; Lockheed Martin Corporation;
Marketing Information Technologies, Inc. (MIT); Maz-Sky Canadian International
Group, Inc.; Motorola, Inc.; Movius Interactive Corporation; National
Communications System; NeuStar Inc.; Nokia Siemens Networks; Nokia, Inc.;
Nortel Networks; ORCA SYSTEMS, INC.; Panasonic Computer Solutions Company;
Prysmian Cables and Systems; QUALCOMM; Research In Motion Corporation; Rogers
Wireless; Rohde & Schwarz, Inc.; RTKL Associates Inc.; Samsung Electronics;
Samsung Telecom America; Sharp Laboratories of America; Sierra Wireless
America, Inc.; Sigma Delta Communications, Inc.; Space Data Corporation;
Spirent Communications; Sprint Nextel; SS8 Networks, Inc.; Starent Networks
Corporation; Tatara Systems; Telcordia Technologies; TeleCommunication Systems,
Inc.; Telus Mobility; Texas Instruments, Inc.; US Cellular; UTStarcom, Inc.;
Verizon Wireless; VIA Telecom; ZTE USA, Inc.
About
TIA
The
Telecommunications Industry Association (TIA) represents the global information
and communications technology (ICT) industry through standards development,
advocacy, tradeshows, business opportunities, market intelligence and
world-wide environmental regulatory analysis. With roots dating back to 1924,
TIA enhances the business environment for broadband, mobile wireless,
information technology, networks, cable, satellite and unified communications.
Members’ products and services empower communications in every industry and
market, including healthcare, education, security, public safety,
transportation, government, the military, the environment and entertainment.
TIA co-owns the SUPERCOMM® tradeshow and is accredited
by the American
National Standards Institute (ANSI). Visit tiaonline.org.
TIA’s
Board of Directors
includes senior-level executives from ACS, ADC, ADTRAN, Alcatel-Lucent, ANDA
Networks, ArrayComm, AttivaCorp, Avaya, Bechtel Communications, Inc., Cam
Communications, Cisco Systems, Corning Incorporated, Ericsson, Inc., GENBAND,
Inc., Graybar, Henkels & McCoy, ILS Technology, Intel Corporation, LGE,
Microsoft, Motorola, Nokia Siemens Networks, Nortel, OneChip Photonics Inc.,
Panasonic Computer Solutions Co., Qualcomm, Research In Motion, Sumitomo
Electric Lightwave Corporation, Tellabs, Tyco Electronics, Ulticom, Inc., and
Verari Systems. Advisors to the Board include FAL Associates, Orca Systems and
Telcordia Technologies.
USGBC
USGBC In The NEWS
Green building goes high tech (Video)
CNN, December 3, 2008
This year's Greenbuild
conference in Boston
showed off the latest innovations in sustainable construction.
View the video.
Green Expo Opens with Big Crowd
Boston Globe, November 20, 2008
More than
26,000 people packed the Boston
Convention & Exhibition Center yesterday for the first day of
the Greenbuild International Conference and Expo, according to organizers.
The trade show, which ends tomorrow, is sponsored by the nonprofit US Green
Building Council and highlights environmentally friendly businesses and
services.
"We maxed out the conference hall, and with how big the BCEC is that shows
something, and that is that people are getting it," said Kimberly Lewis,
the council's vice president of events.More than 800 companies are represented
at the show, she said.
Lewis said the Greenbuild conference began in Texas in 2002 with about 4,000 people
attending. Last year's show in Chicago
attracted more than 22,000.
Read more.
Greenbuild For All
GOOD, November 25, 2008
At the very
moment that many critics are writing off the green building movement as a
casualty of today's economic crisis, the industry is proving that it will
likely weather the financial maelstrom. At the U.S. Green Building Council's
(USGBC) annual Greenbuild International Conference & Expo last week in Boston, the message was
clear: the effort is more relevant than ever.
"When
people ask if the green building movement is going to survive the recession,
you'll say 'We are how the economy will get back on track - with green jobs,
green energy and green innovation," proclaimed Rick Fedrizzi, USGBC
president, CEO, and founding chairman. His assertion becomes more on point with
every passing week-and every "fireside" web chat-as it seems
increasingly likely that the backbone of any imminent economic stimulus plan
will be job creation, specifically "green collar" job creation.
This year's
gathering, titled "Revolutionary Green," was both a nod to the
historic host city and a reference to USGBC's new ambitions. Barely a month
earlier, the Council added a new, so-called "guiding principle" to
its mission: "for the human community, in the broadest sense, to benefit
from green built environments, regardless of income, race or any other social
factor." Fedrizzi, speaking on the final day of the conference emphasized
the weight of this shift. "We finally connected the dots about how
integral the values of social equity are with what we do," he said. Read more.
NYC's Green Skyscraper
CBS News "The Early Show", October 21, 2008
The new
Bank of America building in New York
City uses sustainable and recycled materials. It also
generates two-thirds of its own energy, reports Bianca Solorzano. View the video.
*********************************
The Green Building Certification Institute Names New
Leader
Longtime USGBC Exec Peter Templeton
Appointed as President
The Green
Building Certification Institute (GBCI) announced that Peter Templeton will
assume the new role of President of GBCI. In his leadership role at the U.S.
Green Building Council (USGBC), Templeton was vital to the early development of
the LEED green building certification system, the launch of the LEED Accredited
Professional (LEEP AP) program, the expansion of USGBC’s educational
programming, and the successful spin-off of GBCI earlier this year.
“Peter’s long history of exceptional leadership within the green building
movement makes him the ideal President of GBCI,” said Rick Fedrizzi, President,
CEO and Founding Chair, USGBC. “Peter has been integrally involved in both
USGBC's biggest milestones and its day-to-day achievements, and he will bring
the same commitment to the integrity of the work to his new role.”
Templeton added, “I am honored to join the founding team of GBCI. Our mission
is to administer the certification and credentialing programs related to green
building practice in a way that is scalable to meet the ever increasing
capacity and demand, while also maintaining the highest levels of quality and
integrity.”
Most recently, Templeton has served as Senior Vice President of Education &
Research for the U.S. Green Building Council, where he led the annual
Greenbuild International Conference & Expo, LEED training and professional
certification programs, and green building research initiatives. He joined
USGBC as its second employee in 2000 immediately following the launch of the
LEED® Green Building Rating System™ and served as Director of LEED &
International Programs until July 2005. Over the course of his eight-year
tenure with the organization, USGBC trained more than 110,000 professionals in
green building practices and welcomed nearly 100,000 attendees to Greenbuild.
Prior to joining USGBC, Peter worked as a project manager and environmental
planner directing sustainable development, environmental education and land-use
management programs in the United
States and abroad. . He has a Masters Degree
in Urban and Environmental Planning from the University of Virginia School of
Architecture and a Bachelor of Arts degree from Vanderbilt University.
About GBCI
GBCI was created to administer certification and credentialing programs related
to green building practice and to ensure that the LEED Accredited Professional
(LEED AP) program continues to be developed in accordance with best practices
for credentialing programs. To underscore this commitment, GBCI will undergo
the American National Standards Institute (ANSI) accreditation process for
personnel certification agencies complying with International Organization for
Standardization (ISO) Standard 17024. Beginning in 2009, GBCI will begin
administering the LEED certification process for buildings. For more
information, please visit www.GBCI.org.
CARLINI
Next Bailout: Overhauling Education; Must Make New
Assessment First
Published
on 12/3/2008 at www.MidwestBusiness.com where you always read REAL perspectives
Carlini’s
Comments, MidwestBusiness.com’s oldest column, runs every Wednesday. Its
mission is to offer the common man’s view on business and technology issues while
questioning the leadership and visions of “pseudo” experts.
Giving
education more money without fixing its strategic direction is like spending
more money to build another Titanic after the first one sank.
Public
schools will be the next institutions to want more money to fix crumbling
buildings, patch bloated budgets, buy more buses and perpetuate stagnated
objectives. In reality, they need to reinvent education to take wholesale
advantage of proven technologies from sophisticated software and broadband
connectivity to distance learning and interactive video capabilities.
For the
most part, public schools are an anachronism. They were designed in the
Industrial Age to assimilate an agrarian society into a work force for the
Industrial Age.
When the
Industrial Age surged into the Information Age a good 40 years ago, we didn’t
do much to change the framework of education. If anything, we bloated it with
multiple assistant superintendents, curriculum advisors, crisis counselors and
a dozen more positions that were unheard of 20 years ago.
We are now
well past the Information Age and are in what some would call a Mobile Internet
Age. We need to embrace a whole new set of educational concepts and discard
those that include teaching obsolete skills, protecting deadwood teachers and
adhering to schedules that reflect the harvesting of crops.
The Three ‘R’s
The three
“R”s you grew up with in public schools weren’t reading, writing and
arithmetic. They were rote (memorization), repetition and routine. After 12
years, they added up to regimentation. This framework developed a work force of
people who could assimilate into Industrial Age jobs.
It’s too
bad we advanced from the Industrial Age.
Most
organizations are tied to procedures and policies that reflect routine. For no
other reason, it is because that’s what most people are comfortable with doing.
Unfortunately, most jobs require being flexible, adaptable and creative within
the current global economy. They also require a solid set of adaptive
technology skills. New initiatives or management styles are often met with
obstacles at work.
Classic
early technology examples include organizations that went from keyboard to
mouse applications or DOS to Windows-based applications. Do you remember how
some people couldn’t use a mouse? Something we look back at now as being such a
nominal change or such a natural progression was a huge impact to the routines
of what people used “back in the day”.
Did you
know there are still some people who use DOS applications in financial
applications? They still can’t get into a Windows-based environment due to
technical and financial resistance of not wanting to spend the money to upgrade
into new technology. These are the people who are making financial decisions
for some large institutions and pensions, too.
Just as
someone older would frown upon a stock broker trying to figure out return rates
using a slide rule someone younger would go into shock if their financial
portfolio was being monitored by someone using a DOS-based application.
Routine, Regimentation Build Up
Resistance
No matter
what organization you go to, you will find some resistance to change. With most
organizations looking to improve services, the need to overcome resistance is
critical. As resistance is always present (whether you’re in manufacturing,
finance or education), you must plan for it.
There are
several types of resistance to change. These can include political resistance,
technical resistance, financial resistance, individual resistance and
combinations of them. This isn’t just a syndrome with “older workers”. Younger
workers often fall into the “routine trap” as well. They went to that same
public school of rote, repetition and routine, too.
There are
structured methodologies to apply for organizations to improve and focus on
quality initiatives. No matter which one they select, though, it’s only as good
as the level of acceptance the organization attains.
No matter
which quality methodology they select (Six Sigma, TQM, Kaizen, etc.), chances
are the first step is to perform an assessment of the current environment.
Before any improvement can occur, you should set a baseline to where you’re
starting (i.e. the current environment from which to measure progress).
What should
organizations assess? Most focus on people, procedures, policies and the
current state of assets and liabilities. More progressive organizations also
focus on the culture of the organization to determine what other influences are
present that would impact change.
Before more
bailout money is spent in the wrong direction for any institution or industry,
a complete assessment should be done to understand what’s worth funding and
what should be discarded. There should be performance objectives and other
restrictions tied to any bailout package no matter what industry it’s going to
fund.
If we are
to be globally competitive, we can’t perpetuate corporate or institutional
frameworks that were built to work within an earlier era. While breaking an old
routine is difficult, that’s what is needed in many areas.
Carlinism:
Agents of change are not well liked. They disrupt routine.
Check out
Carlini’s blog at CarlinisComments.com.
James
Carlini is an adjunct professor at Northwestern
University. He is also
president of Carlini & Associates. Carlini can be reached at james.carlini@sbcglobal.net
or 773-370-1888.
Click here
for Carlini’s full biography.
To be
removed from this mailing list, please contact the sender
Copyright
2008 Jim Carlini
*********************************
Customer Service in a Bad Economy: The New Oxymoron
Published
on 12/17/2008 at www.MidwestBusiness.com where you always read REAL
perspectives
Carlini’s
Comments, MidwestBusiness.com’s oldest column, runs every Wednesday. Its
mission is to offer the common man’s view on business and technology issues
while questioning the leadership and visions of “pseudo” experts.
CHICAGO – No matter where you go, good
customer service is beginning to be as common as a nickel beer.
How many
companies have you recently dealt with where customer service is the latest
oxymoron? While everyone wants more for their product or service, they want to
provide less and less when it comes to giving good service.
Though many
companies talk about their customer service programs, evidently their
executives don’t utilize their own services to check to see if they’re really
living up to their commercials. In the past, we have focused on the decline of
United Airlines with their “nickel and dime the customer” strategy on meals and
charging for baggage.
They’re not
the only ones that have lost sight of good customer service.
There are
many other large companies vying for that “clueless customer service” award.
Some new companies in the running include banks, plumbing supply stores and
other places where somehow their management and their lemming employees have
made a negative difference in the perception from customers of their
organization.
Bank of America: We Make Change
The Bank of
America executive who determined that they should get rid of change-counting
machines at every branch doesn’t know the banking business. People come in with
cups, boxes and coffee cans of change all the time to turn it into paper money.
The bank
tellers take the change and dump it into the machines, the machines count it
and customers are given back paper money immediately. That is what is done at a
bank. Not providing that traditional service at each branch should translate
into less or no transaction fees.
The new
Bank of America approach is to put your money in a big plastic bag, tag it and
give you a receipt of the bag (not the amount; just the bag). The teller had to
ask another teller how to do all this as she never did it since they put in the
new process. It looked very time consuming compared to just dumping the money
into a machine to get a total.
From a
security standpoint, how do you know how much you just gave them? What about
the other end of the transaction in the counting room or wherever they have the
“master change machine”?
How do you
know someone isn’t taking a couple quarters out of every bag? Where are the
safeguards? Is anyone watching the person handling the change? If each branch
sends in a bag a day, that could be more than 1,000 bags. Just taking out one
quarter a bag would net $250 a day. Who would know? Is your money safe with
Bank of America?
If you
don’t think grabbing a quarter out of each bag is beyond the realm of
possibility, you are sadly mistaken. It’s like going to a bakery and asking for
a pound of cookies and the clerk telling you to wait as he or she steps in the
back to “weigh your purchase” out of your visual sight. Did they get you a full
pound? How do you really know?
You want
that visual confirmation that they just gave you a pound of whatever in
exchange for your cash. That’s the same visual confirmation you want when they
throw in all that change to get counted up. Bring back the change-counting
machines at branch offices and make sure the clueless executive is one of the
35,000 people that Bank of America is laying off.
Cost-cutting
measures, which seem to provide a career for some clueless executives, have to
be compared to the impact of high-quality customer service. Many companies that
thought sending call centers overseas started bringing them back after too many
customer complaints and the actual shifting of accounts.
That was
pointed out a couple years ago in this very column.
Where are
those executives who thought that offshoring their call centers was a great
cost-cutting idea? They never looked at the impact to customer service. There
should be a panel discussion about the problems of offshore call centers. We
should get some of those great thinkers together on the panel with those of us
who questioned that move years ago.
In contrast
to the poorly run call centers, the call center for the Tire Rack is one of the
best out there. The people know their tire products, they know their
applications on different cars and most important they treat all customers with
a high level of service as they input all your information into a database. The
next time you call, all your car information is known.
Correlation of Cluelessness, Wanting
Bailouts
Companies
with poor customer service also seem to be the ones looking for bailouts and
other crutches to keep afloat. After years of turning out inferior cars and
giving their executives big bonuses, Detroit
is finally feeling the crunch of 20-year low sales. Why do you think that
is?
It’s not
just the extra $1,500 a car for health care costs to employees. That’s the
excuse they always say to justify their non-competitiveness in the marketplace.
The reality is there are many shortcomings from executive overpay to poor-quality
cars as compared to what a consumer can get from a dealer across the
street.
The
automotive industry needs a big overhaul. Jobs will be lost in any approach.
Unions have to adjust and so do the executives. If they want the unions to be
more competitive, the executive pay should also reflect the pay structure of
their competitors. Anyone who thinks differently doesn’t take into account all
the issues.
The Best Comeback For Poor Customer
Service
When it
comes to restaurants, there’s no better barometer of the quality of service
than the individuals serving you at your table. The place you may go to may
only be a cheap restaurant or an inexpensive chain location, but in many of
them, their highest symbol of customer service is their great servers.
At one Chicago suburban
restaurant where I went for breakfast, I specifically asked for my potatoes to
be extra well done. After waiting a long time, the breakfast came and I sent
the potatoes back. After waiting longer, they came back again and were still
what I call raw. I told the server and she said: “That’s the best we can do on
Sundays.”
I ate the
breakfast and left the potatoes along with a quarter tip. As I left, I said:
“That’s the best I can do on Sundays.” I never went there again.
How does
this relate to large companies and their customer service? Take away enough
service from your customer and you will see your profits drop if not totally
disappear.
Carlinism:
Anyone can have a failure. It’s what they do after to correct it that
differentiates the good companies from the bad.
Check out
Carlini’s blog at CarlinisComments.com.
James
Carlini is an adjunct professor at Northwestern
University. He is also
president of Carlini & Associates. Carlini can be reached at
james.carlini@sbcglobal.net or 773-370-1888.
Click here
for Carlini’s full biography.
Copyright
2008 Jim Carlini
*********************************
Network
Infrastructure: Why the United
States Should Cut Copper
Published on 12/10/2008 at www.MidwestBusiness.com
where you always read REAL perspectives
Carlini’s
Comments, MidwestBusiness.com’s
oldest column, runs every Wednesday. Its mission is to offer the common man’s
view on business and technology issues while questioning the leadership and
visions of “pseudo” experts.
CHICAGO –
Copper is still a major part of the network infrastructure in this country.
It has
become a liability as more people try to steal it. A new FBI
report has been published that focuses on the rise of thefts on copper
cable and other valuable components of both the power and communications
industries.
Copper
thieves are threatening U.S.
critical infrastructure by targeting electrical substations, cellular towers,
telephone landlines, railroads, water wells, construction sites and vacant
homes for lucrative profits.
The theft
of copper from these targets disrupts the flow of electricity,
telecommunications, transportation, water supply, heating, security and
emergency services. It presents a risk to both public safety and national
security.
Over the
years, I have advocated upgrading to fiber optics. This would provide a
leading-edge framework for broadband connectivity. It also seems like a safer
bet as the backbone component for our network infrastructure.
What’s
needed today is an upgraded platform for commerce that includes a network
infrastructure that can support multiple-gigabit speeds. With the increased
value in copper as a raw material, pieces of the network have become targets
for those trying to cash in material that’s readily available and easily hacked
off.
Now’s
the Time to Replace Copper
When the
telephone network was initially built, it was built with copper wiring more
than a century ago. The copper served the purpose well. From an engineering
standpoint, it was a great vehicle for cost-effective voice communications.
We are in a
new century and the demands for network communications have changed and
expanded. Subscribers and network carriers have found out that voice
communications can be readily handled by wireless means and the heavy uses for
a wired infrastructure have evolved to high-speed data and broadband video.
With so
many organizations spending money on countermeasures and security measures, you
have to ask the question: “Why not spend that money to just replace the copper
with fiber optics?” The FBI report also observed:
Industry
officials have taken some countermeasures to address the copper theft problem.
These include the installment of physical and technological security measures,
increased collaboration among the various industry sectors and the development
of law-enforcement partnerships.
Many states
are also taking countermeasures by enacting or enhancing legislation regulating
the scrap industry to include increased recordkeeping and penalties for copper
theft and non-compliant scrap dealers.
However,
there are limited resources available to enforce these laws. A very small
percentage of perpetrators are arrested and convicted. As copper thefts are
typically addressed as misdemeanors, those individuals convicted pay relatively
low fines and serve short prison terms.
When will
all the “experts” figure out that upgrading to fiber for the network
infrastructure is long overdue? Why do people want to protect an antique
infrastructure? Take all the money you would spend on security measures and
recycling the copper itself and a part of the upgrade to fiber would be
covered.
Stagecoaches
Are Obsolete in Today’s NASCAR World
As I’ve
said before, we must stop running our stagecoach-era network infrastructure in
a competitive NASCAR world.
Speed is
king and the king of speed is not the United States. As I’ve said before,
putting DSL on copper is like putting a vinyl top on a stagecoach in the era of
the space shuttle. While it’s far from being enough to compete in the global
economy, so many have bought off on the hype.
Perhaps the
catalyst to upgrade the network won’t come from educated and demanding
consumers but more from the acceleration of criminals hauling off pieces of the
network. Will crime become the catalyst for network upgrades to fiber? Soon you
will be seeing bumper stickers that read: “If you are running at gigabit
speeds, thank organized crime.”
Maybe
organized crime has done more in the last year to focus on the need to upgrade
to fiber than most state legislatures. Now that’s the real crime.
Carlinism: Leading-edge countries do not
maintain their position with trailing-edge infrastructures.
Check
out Carlini’s blog at CarlinisComments.com.
James
Carlini is an adjunct professor at Northwestern University.
He is also president of Carlini & Associates. Carlini can be
reached at james.carlini@sbcglobal.net or
773-370-1888.
Click here for
Carlini’s full biography.
To be
removed from this mailing list, please contact the sender.
Copyright
2008 Jim Carlini
Cabling Installation &
Maintenance
Looking back and ahead at the cabling marketplace
The future
is murky, but is the past crystal clear?
PATRICK McLAUGHLIN is chief editor of Cabling Installation & Maintenance.
He can be reached at: patrick@pennwell.com
Fifteen
years ago, this magazine was closing out its first year of publication. We have
taken the liberty in this, the final printed issue of our 15th-anniversary
year, to self-congratulate a little bit on our front cover. According to modern
convention, the 15th anniversary is considered the “crystal” anniversary. So,
we have had a little fun with words too, in the subheadline to this article.
If you will
indulge me for the next couple of pages, I’d like to offer some personal
reflections on the 11 years I have spent with Cabling Installation & Maintenance. As for the publication’s
first four years, well, as usual, I’ll pretty much make that part up and
pretend like I know what I’m talking about.
In 1993,
the cabling industry could almost be defined by a single phrase: Cat 5.
Category 5 unshielded twisted-pair cabling was the wonder drug. It capably
handled the 100Base-T protocol, and within a short period of time both the
protocol and the medium were nearly ubiquitous. Significant space in our last
issue was devoted to the history and future of the twisted-pair interface (see
“Twisted-pair connectors continue technological evolution,” November 2008, page
15), so I won’t simply re-hash that all here. But as a point of historical
reference, Category 5 reigned supreme when this title came into existence more
than 15 years ago.
Wowed by GbE
By the time
I arrived on the scene in 1997, the Category 5 situation had gotten less
cut-and-dry than it had been a few years earlier. At the first BICSI conference
(www.bicsi.org) I attended in June 1997, attendees were glued to their seats
for a presentation on the coming protocol Gigabit Ethernet. Now I have to
admit, the audience’s palpable interest level was what I remember most about
that presentation because I had not the vaguest idea what Geoff Thompson, chair
of the 802.3ab Task Force, was talking about. In fact, my supervisor noticed that
during several of the presentations made that day, I was not taking notes. He
asked me why I wasn’t and I had to be honest. “I was waiting to hear some words
I understood, and I would write those down,” was my answer. Consequently, my
notebook included the following words and phrases: the, difficult, closet, patch cord. At least I knew what a patch
cord was.
The real
point, though, is that even at that time I understood Gigabit Ethernet would be
a tectonic shift for the industry. In retrospect, I still hold the opinion that
it has been the single biggest technological development, with the farthest and
deepest implications, of the last 15 years (and perhaps longer). From a
technology standpoint, Gigabit Ethernet put twisted-pair copper cabling and
multimode fiber-optic cabling through the proverbial wringer. Ultimately, we
learned that some but not all installed Category 5 cabling systems would
support GbE, and that 50-µm multimode fiber would support the protocol for
greater distances than would 62.5-µm multimode.
Those
conclusions shifted user preferences for media, and more significantly in my
eyes, allowed standards makers within the Telecommunications Industry
Association (TIA; www.tiaonline.org) to put a stake in the ground concerning
what can actually be called a Category 5e cable. Originally a marketing term,
Category 5e (which sometimes had a capital “E”) became a bona fide set of
performance specifications for twisted-pair cabling systems. Today, it is the
minimum performance grade recognized by TIA standards, with the once-ubiquitous
Category 5 now relegated to “annex” status.
Skip ahead
several years (which we must when we have only two pages to play with), and the
development of 10-Gigabit Ethernet similarly stressed twisted-pair cabling
systems. As 2008 comes to a close, we are in the midst of the results of that
stress. Specifically, Category 6A cabling is now a standardized set of
performance specifications, likely someday to unseat its predecessor Category 6
as the twisted-pair medium of choice for users who foresee ultra-high-speed
communication systems in their futures. As for whether that Category 6A system
is unshielded, foiled/unshielded, foiled/shielded, or some other construction,
well, I guess that’s the type of question that may keep us reporting for the
next 15 years.
For
multimode fiber systems, 10-GbE’s development had relatively little fallout
compared to what 1-GbE brought. Users today must be familiar with the “OM” nomenclature of multimode optical fiber.
Specifically, OM3 fiber is the ideal medium for carrying 10-GbE to distances
that can support an enterprise/campus-type environment. But the path from
Gigabit to 10-Gigabit was a smoother one for optical than it was for
copper-based transmission systems.
Bandwidth debate looms
The
technological path to 100-GbE might prove to be a different story. Over the
past few issues of Cabling Installation
& Maintenance (and let me warn you, it will happen for several of the
upcoming issues as well), technical arguments have been made about the
qualities of an optical fiber necessary to support 100-GbE. To me, these
discussions are reminiscent of the 1-GbE situation more than a decade ago.
Then, we heard about phenomena such as differential mode delay for the first
time. Now, expect to hear much debate about the importance of effective modal
bandwidth—and, I have to think, a few other head-scratching terms that will
make me feel like I’m once again listening to Geoff Thompson and understanding
very little.
Also, in
the near-term future, it will be interesting to see some early adopters of
Category 6A systems who also will be early adopters of 10GBase-T put those
pre-standard cabling systems to the test. It’s likely that immediately,
10GBase-T links will largely be physically separated from each other and,
therefore, not tempt the sleeping giant of alien crosstalk. But as 10GBase-T
connections become more common and, therefore, closer in proximity to one
another, those systems will prove their true value.
So, there’s
my brief and oversimplified take on cabling technology’s recent past and
immediate future. If you have gotten this far, thanks. Now, please email me to
let me know how wrong I have gotten it.
Reprinted
with full permission of Cabling Installation & Maintenance www.cablinginstall.com
*********************************
Draka begins North American production of
bend-insensitive optical fiber
In response to growing FTTx deployments by major carriers, Draka Communications
(www.drakaamericas.com) says it will begin production of its bend-insensitive
optical fiber, BendBright-XS, at its Claremont,
NC manufacturing facility.
Draka says the decision to manufacture the FTTx fiber at its flagship
optical-fiber production facility is intended to best serve the growing demand
for bend-insensitive fibers in North America.
Recently,
Draka announced that world sales of BendBright-XS exceeded the 250,000 km mark,
and demand for BendBright-XS in North America
has been driven mainly by large-scale deployments of FTTH access networks by
major telecommunications providers. With access networks extending to
single family homes and, more recently, multi-dwelling units (MDUs), Draka says
there was significant need for “a robust, easy-to-install optical fiber that
can endure the rigors of traditional copper cable
installations.” BendBright-XS is designed to avoid splicing and
connectorization problems associated with other bend-insensitive fibers.
“Since we
first introduced BendBright-XS at the FTTH Conference in 2006, the demand for
this industry-leading fiber has grown by leaps and bounds”, says Ryan Chappell,
Draka’s North American fiber business manager. Adds Steve Linden, Draka
director of operations for North America, “In 2008, the volumes of BendBright-XS
have become so significant that it only makes sense to have local production of
the product to best serve the North American market.”
BendBright-XS,
which has been commercially available for over two years, uses a
“trench-assisted” index profile to achieve what Draka claims is the highest
level of bend performance on the market and meets the stringent ITU-T G.657.B
standard for bend-insensitive fiber. The fiber is designed for
approximately 100x microbending and 100x macrobending performance improvement
over standard singlemode fiber, and is especially suited for access networks
where cables and fibers are subjected to tight bends and harsh installation
techniques (such as the stapling of cables).
Draka
claims that BendBright-XS is the only commercially available all-glass fiber
that not only exceeds ITU-T G.657.B bending requirements, but maintains
backwards compatibility with existing singlemode fibers, meeting ITU-T
G.652.D.
Draka
Communications introduced the first generation bend-insensitive fiber,
BendBright, in 2002. Updated in 2005 to conform to low water peak
standards, G.652.D, BendBright is a G.657.A fiber, designed for approximately
10x bending improvement over standard singlemode fiber. The second
generation bend-insensitive fiber--BendBright-XS, a G.657.B fiber designed for
approximately 100x bending improvement over standard singlemode fiber--was
introduced in 2006.
Reprinted
with full permission of Cabling Installation & Maintenance www.cablinginstall.com
*********************************
Be the leader you need
One of the
books I most recently read on the topic of organizational change is Our Iceberg Is Melting. Subtitled
“Changing and succeeding under any conditions,” the fable, which is now about
four years old, is praised by some for being as insightful as it is simplistic.
I have heard others criticize it for its simplistic portrayal of the chaotic
upheaval that usually marks a change in corporate culture. Authors John Kotter
and Holger Rathgeber take the reader through an eight-step process that they
say facilitates successful change.
Other than
identifying which of the book’s characters most resembled me, what I paid
specific attention to in the book was which characters emerged as the group’s
leaders, working to drive the necessary culture change.
That got me
thinking about an even older book I read, and that still sits on my file
cabinet because I refer to it with some frequency. Rudy Giuliani’s book, Leadership, tells his firsthand account
of his time as New York City’s
mayor. The ironic thing is he had a draft of the book completed before
September 11, 2001. Needless to say, that day’s events and their aftermath
required him to alter the book significantly from that early draft.
The final
version of Leadership included
multiple examples of Mayor Giuliani implementing a given policy throughout his
administration, and then also effectively administering it on or immediately
after 9/11. The point was clear to this reader: Giuliani’s time-tested
leadership qualities guided him, the city, and in many ways the country,
through the 9/11 tragedy. On many other occasions however, he had no precedent
as the basis for his decision-making. The world changed that day, and there
wasn’t a single person on the planet who could have given the mayor any advice
that would have come from meaningful experience. He had to make many of his own
calls.
While none
of us are dealing with crises or decisions of the magnitude that Rudy Giuliani
faced in September 2001, many nonetheless are dealing with situations that are
extremely challenging and unprecedented for us. There is no oracle for us to
consult. In times like these, I’ll dust off Giuliani’s book, admire his
courage, and strive to follow his example of filling the leadership vacuum by
being the leader who’s needed.
If you have
some time as the year winds to a close, you might find a good use of that time
to be reading Leadership or Our Iceberg Is Melting. Or both. If you
can’t find either one, email me. I have a copy of each I’d be happy to loan
you.
PATRICK McLAUGHLIN
Chief
Editor
patrick@pennwell.com
Reprinted
with full permission of Cabling Installation & Maintenance www.cablinginstall.com
*********************************
What 802.11n means for wired networks
Examining
the potential for high-speed, mobile connections anywhere across the LAN.
DAVID VENESKI is marketing manager for Fluke
Networks’ copper and fiber certification products (www.flukenetworks.com).
[OPEN WITH FIGURE 1]
Businesses
and consumers have grown excited about 802.11n wireless local area network
(WLAN) technology. 802.11n is a set of draft standard specifications from the Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers
(IEEE; www.ieee.org) used for designing products that deliver wireless
networking data rates four to six times faster than current 802.11a/g networks.
This new
wireless technology also promises much greater range than previous-generation
versions. The protocol achieves these transmission enhancements by combining
several radio-frequency (RF) and networking techniques--using multiple transmit
and receive antennas, spatial multiplexing, channel-bonded 40-MHz operation,
and frame aggregation.
Early
802.11n products typically deliver peak data-connect rates of 300 Mbits/sec and
at least 100 Mbits/sec of actual throughput. This opens the possibility of
all-wireless LAN access networks, in which users are truly mobile and have no
permanent wired connection. Such networks are likely to emerge first in
organizations with highly mobile user populations that run bandwidth-intensive
streaming and interactive multimedia applications.
Though the
final IEEE 802.11n standard will not be formally ratified until year-end 2009,
many consumer- and enterprise-class products are available as “pre-standard”
devices. These products comply with Draft 2.0 of the emerging standard, and
vendors are banking on that specification not changing significantly. The 802.11n
standard may change before it is finalized, but hardware vendors will resist
modifications that make shipping products difficult to upgrade. Right or wrong,
this is stabilizing 802.11n and diminishing the risk of deploying it.
11n’s value and risk
Why will
network owners adopt 802.11n? The first reason is speed. At the data rates
mentioned above, 802.11n is about four times the speed of 802.11g wireless. And
if higher data rates are achieved—802.11n has an upper limit of 600
Mbits/sec—so much the better.
Another
reason to adopt 802.11n is the better coverage. 802.11n access points (APs)
offer greater range and promise to reduce the number and size of dead zones.
This translates to better aggregate coverage and simpler management.
Finally,
802.11n highlights two advantages inherent to all WLANs--flexibility and cost.
If users roam to change work areas frequently, then it is easiest to support
them with a WLAN. Equally compelling is cost. The price of copper has doubled
since early 2005 and tripled since early 2004, and reflected in the cost of
twisted-pair cable.
But for all
these benefits, 802.11n is not a cure-all. As with any new technology,
opportunity is accompanied by new challenges. Among the pitfalls that might
arise in early deployments are:
• The capacity of existing wired LANs must be sufficient to
support aggregate 802.l1n traffic volumes;
• Placement of APs and other RF management considerations
will change, requiring adjustments for increased power output, multipath signal
propagation, and “smart” antenna designs;
• Some 802.11n APs require greater power than today’s
standard Power over Ethernet (PoE) equipment supplies to operate at their
maximum potential;
• New security considerations come into play associated with
802.11n’s extended coverage range and new frame formats.
Impact on the wired world
802.11n
hyperbole and rapid technology change have created confusion about 802.11n data
rates. A clear understanding of the facts is needed.
While the
IEEE 802.11n standard stipulates a top data rate of 600 Mbits/sec, most vendors
claim data rates between 200 and 300 Mbits/sec. More skeptical observers
believe that 100 Mbits/sec is a more reasonable expectation for the maximum
data rate, and that average rates will be less. The reason is that many 802.11n
networks will use the 2.4-GHz band for 802.11b/g compatibility. When this is
the case, the 802.11n AP downshifts to slower data rates that are compatible
with legacy wireless clients.
Even though
the foreseeable future offers speeds in the range of 100 to 200 Mbits/sec, a
network planner might shiver at the magnitude of the potential traffic being
added to an existing LAN. 802.11n uses multiple transmitting and receiving
antennas working in parallel, called multiple input, multiple output, or MIMO.
The phrase “NxN” is used to describe the number of antennas at each end of the
802.11n transmission. The minimum configuration required by the emerging IEEE
standard is 2x2: two transmitting and two receiving antennas operating
concurrently.
A 2x2 MIMO
can overload existing infrastructure. Many enterprises have 10/100-Mbit/sec
switches installed in their wiring rooms. They have been adequate to aggregate
traffic from 802.11a/b/g networks, which support actual throughput of up to
about 22 Mbits/sec; however, aggregating traffic from dual-radio APs that
support about 200 Mbits/sec per client (100 Mbits/sec per radio) requires
faster upstream connections so as not to create a performance bottleneck. In
fact, many 802.11n APs support 1-Gbit/sec wired uplinks. As the 802.11n network
begins to crank at full capacity, 10/100-Mbit/sec switches will likely need an
upgrade to 1-Gbit/sec speeds.
[INSERT PHOTO 1]
Cable is
also a “must” consideration. The Category 5 cabling standard predates the IEEE
1000Base-T standard, so Category 5 was not defined to support 1 Gbit Ethernet.
But before retiring it and investing in new cabling, a certification test for
compliance to TIA Telecommunications Systems Bulletin TSB-95, or to the
Category 5e standard, will indicate if 1-Gbit support is possible. Many quality
Category 5 links will pass certification tests to TSB-95 or even the
TIA/EIA-568-B Category 5e performance level. The latter assures a better
performance that translates to better margins for 1000Base-T support. If the
installed links pass either of these performance levels, they will support
802.11n APs.
Newer
Category 5e and Category 6 cabling systems should easily support the backhaul
demands of an 802.11n network. If the network owner has documentation that the
twisted-pair copper was certified to Category 5e, Category 6, or even Category
6A, the network is suitable for 802.11n APs. If documentation does not exist,
testing is the recommended solution.
Access point and RF management
The
extended range offered by 802.11n brings the possibility of fewer APs being
required to effectively cover a given area. This is fortunate, given that new
802.11n APs are currently about 2 to 3 times the price of 802.11 a/b/g APs.
(Most are in the $1,300 range.) Ultimately, the number and deployment of
802.11n APs should follow the recommendations of the manufacturer and the
requirements of the applications that will run on the network.
The current
generation of WLAN simulation and site-survey tools can be valuable in both
planning and managing the placement of 802.11n APs. The point of a site survey
is to figure out how many APs to install and where to place them to provide a
minimum throughput rate with adequate coverage throughout the building.
Extremely sophisticated tools are emerging that allow enterprises to perform
site surveys electronically by feeding application information about the layout
of the building and its construction materials, and then programming in the
desired coverage, minimum data rate, and received signal strength information
(RSSI). Note, though, that it is not uncommon that there might be environmental
conditions unaccounted for in the building’s blueprints that require an
occasional visit to a physical site.
Unlike its
predecessors, 802.11n relies on multipath—the combination of an original
transmitted signal plus duplicates created from reflection off obstacles during
transmission—to enhance performance. The effects of multipath, however, will
change the optimum layout of APs.
And what
about making use of both the 2.4-GHz and 5-GHz bands? Using both while
transitioning from earlier WLAN can mitigate the performance impact of legacy
802.11 networks on the 802.11n infrastructure. One option is to run 802.11n
traffic and 802.11b/g traffic in different bands. Most vendors sell dual-radio
APs with one 2.4-GHz radio and one 5-GHz radio. Assigning all 802.11n traffic
to the 5-GHz channel and 802.11b/g traffic to the 2.4-GHz channels (the only
spectrum in which 11b and g operate) helps maximize the 11n infrastructure’s
performance while continuing to serve 802.11b/g clients as usual.
In
installations with 802.11a clients, which run in the 5-GHz band, the 11a
clients will communicate with 11n APs at 11a speeds, or 54 Mbits/sec, but
again, this impacts the speed of 11n clients.
Power implications
Deriving
maximum performance from some 802.11n systems requires upgrading the existing
power infrastructure. Today’s IEEE standard for delivering Power over Ethernet
(PoE) cabling--802.3af--specifies power output of 15.4 watts, sustainable at
12.95 watts over 100 meters. Some 802.11n APs, however, require greater wattage
to run both 2.4-GHz and 5-GHz radios for maximum performance. The IEEE is
working on a 30-watt upgrade to PoE, called 802.3at, which might be ratified as
early as next year.
[INSERT FIGURE 2 NEARBY]
In the
meantime, there are some options. One is to install APs with a single 802.11n
radio in them, as single-radio devices are likely to operate within the power
budget, and forfeit some capacity. Enterprises seeking a dual-radio
implementation, with 802.11n capabilities in both the 2.4- and 5-GHz bands,
should be sure to investigate the vendors claiming they can “do it all” with an
803.2af power infrastructure. Some may automatically disable some AP services,
require two ports on a PoE switch and/or two cables, or sacrifice range to stay
within the power budget and maintain performance. These tradeoffs might be
perfectly acceptable, as long as the enterprise is aware that it is making
them.
Another
option is to use a power injector compatible with pre-standard 802.3at
specifications, becoming available by a number of sources. Local powering of an
802.11n AP is an option, too, if a power source is available.
Security issues
802.11n
systems require the use of industry-standard 802.11i security authentication
and encryption. As such, they can be deemed inherently more secure than their
predecessors, some of which used weak encryption methods, such as Wired
Equivalent Privacy (WEP), or even no security at all.
Still, there
are new risks of which users should be aware. 802.11n is capable of
transmitting twice the distance of earlier WLANs. This means its tendency to
leak RF signals outside a building is potentially greater. If 802.11i is
accurately deployed and the internal wired network is properly secured, leaked
signals shouldn’t be a problem. But if even one AP has been misconfigured, it
could be vulnerable to outside rogue devices operating in promiscuous mode,
which can passively listen to all network packets passing by--regardless of
destination address--which is a greater threat when signals travel outside the
corporate perimeter where hackers might go undetected.
Users of
promiscuous devices can gather sensitive information, such as user credentials
or credit-card information, if the data hasn’t been properly encrypted. The
listening WLAN devices do this without emitting any signal of their own, so
they are undetectable to wireless intrusion detection/prevention systems
(WIPS). This is why regular audits that check security configurations are
important.
Driver
vulnerabilities make a system open to administrative access by a hacker, and
the WLAN industry’s rush to get 802.11n technology to market has resulted in
some vulnerable code. Tools are becoming available, however, that use a
database of known wireless vulnerabilities to assess the versions of installed
drivers and identify systems and specific drivers that are at risk to wireless
driver exploit tactics.
Finally,
IEEE 802.11n introduces a mechanism to acknowledge a block of packets, instead
of individual packets, identified by a beginning and ending sequence identifier
to improve network efficiency. At the time of this writing, the block ACK
mechanism is not protected; an attacker can spoof one of these messages and
create an enormous window within which frames can be sent with no ACK. In this
way, they could potentially create an 802.11n denial-of-service (DoS) attack.
High-performance potential
802.11n
offers many advantages for the wireless portion of enterprise networks. Before
those advantages can be realized, however, the wired infrastructure needs
comprehensive evaluation. 802.11n APs might require new cabling; some or all of
the existing infrastructure may require upgrading to support this new wireless
technology. When it doubt, test it.
Access-point
placement, RF management, power consumption, and security assessments also
change with 802.11n. All these new challenges have solutions, and the promise
of a high-speed wide-range all-wireless network is here for system integrators,
installers, and network owners who are ready to work with this new technology.
[CAPTIONS]
0812CIMinstallFIG1
The
combined traffic from multiple wireless clients using 802.11n will require
cable links capable of supporting gigabit speeds.
0812CIMinstallFIG2
Wireless
access points (WAP) often use Power over Ethernet. To gain the most performance
from 802.11n access points, power levels over network cabling will increase to
30 watts.
0812CIMinstallPIC1
If
documentation is not available for cable links supporting 802.11n, the
recommended approach is to test and document the links.
Reprinted
with full permission of Cabling Installation & Maintenance www.cablinginstall.com
*********************************
Focusing energy on heightened security
How a South Carolina public
utility leverages its IT backbone to improve multi-facility surveillance.
FREDRIK NILSSON is general manager of Axis
Communications (www.axis.com).
Post 9/11,
regulations regarding the safety and security of key contributors to the
nation’s energy grid have grown ever more stringent. To stay ahead of the
curve, SCANA (www.scana.com), a Columbia, SC-based Fortune 500 energy-based
holding company, has been gradually migrating from older analog coax-based
technology to a more flexible, leading edge IP-based video system.
The new
technology enables SCANA to integrate its video surveillance solution with its
other information technology activity through a common IT backbone shared
across all its facilities. In addition to simplifying the deployment of network
security cameras in new facilities, the new technology allows SCANA to retrofit
existing analog investments to more cost-effectively stream video over the company’s
wide area network.
While the
push from Homeland Security to enhance production plant security was certainly
a major impetus in the decision to migrate from analog to IP-based
surveillance, SCANA also felt the newer convergent technology would strengthen
the company’s business continuity efforts, making it easier to manage the
protection of its corporate facilities as well as its storage sites and
industrial plants. Because the cameras are networked, security staff can
monitor locations remotely, which will help reduce overhead without
compromising coverage at high-risk locations.
And with no
need to run expensive coax cables, the network cameras can be deployed quickly
to provide vital assistance in deterring industrial theft of equipment, such as
valuable copper wire from lay-down yards.
Bringing analog into IP
Working
with Honeywell Building Solutions, SCANA selected a variety of pan/tilt/zoom,
fixed dome and fixed IP-based network cameras and video encoders from Axis
Communications to meet its surveillance needs. While SCANA is committed to
deploying network cameras for its new installations, it already possesses a
vast array of analog cameras monitoring its numerous facilities across North
and South Carolina.
Rather than
wholesale discarding those existing analog cameras, SCANA and Honeywell
extended their life by linking the technology to Axis video encoders, which
digitize and compress the video from the analog cameras so it can be routed
over the IP network and stored on the PC servers for viewing by authorized
personnel. This hybrid strategy has proven to be a simple, cost-efficient way
to integrate the company’s current analog assets into the network video system
until such time that the company can justify their eventual replacement.
According
to Luca Mazzei, vice president of global marketing for Honeywell Building
Solutions, “The Honeywell/Axis solution allows companies like SCANA to extract
the maximum value from their IT infrastructures by providing a bridge between
legacy systems and emerging network surveillance technology.”
With the
introduction of network cameras, dependence shifts from proprietary digital
video recording (DVR) technology to standard PC server hardware, which delivers
a more reliable degree of business continuity. If a server fails, the video
streaming can be switched out or moved to another server.
By tying
the analog and network cameras into a single surveillance system, SCANA is able
to manage and oversee day-to-day operations of the system without additional manpower.
The electric utility deployed Honeywell’s Digital Video Manager, a digital CCTV
surveillance system, to make it easy for authorized staff to manage and monitor
video from any camera in the system from any secure location.
Optimizing network bandwidth
Because the
surveillance system shares the network with other IT activity, SCANA needed to
factor in a number of criteria when designing its network video solution to
avoid degrading LAN performance. With new facilities, this is a matter of
calculating the bandwidth requirements for specific frame rates and image size,
and then installing the appropriate Category 5 and 6 cable and switches to
handle the load.
In
retrofitting existing facilities, SCANA also calculates the capacity of
switches and routers to accommodate a greater concentration of network cameras
in specific locations. The IT security and network technicians work closely
together to help business units strike the right balance between image quality,
frame rates, and number of cameras deployed to the site. And sometimes, the
solution is to invest in more storage space to house the video needing to be
recorded.
While SCANA
has high connectivity across most of its service territory, Brennen Cully, a
supervisor over physical security IT for SCANA’s corporate security and claims
department, feels that IP video is economically feasible even for companies
using leased lines. For remote facilities, he recommends recording and storing
the video locally and just streaming a few frames a second over the wide area
network when an alarm triggers.
“You don’t
need to stream video back to a central monitoring station 24 hours a day,” says
Cully. “You can design the system to only send frames back during an alarm to
verify whether it was triggered by an intruder or just a mouse running across
the floor.”
Though
digital technology supports ever-increasing frame rates and higher resolution,
Cully cautions that integrators should make a clear distinction between
business need and capabilities that are nice to have. “Just because you can
deliver 30 frames a second, doesn’t make it necessarily better,” he observes.
“After a point, you can’t humanly distinguish the difference between frames
unless maybe you’re zooming in and reading the individual serial numbers as
someone rifles through a stack of dollar bills.”
Choosing
the right frame rate and image quality isn’t a cookie cutter decision at SCANA,
especially with its diverse environments ranging from rooms primarily housings
stationary equipment to offices teaming with activity. “We’ve designed a number
of deployment scenarios,” Cully states. “But until you put the surveillance
technology in production and play with it in the actual environment, you’re
never able to account for every variable you need to put into the mix. So,
there are always some adjustments to be made.”
An eye on access control
As an
electric utility, SCANA is subject to strict regulations regarding the safety
and security of its various facilities. To assist in complying with those safeguards,
SCANA installed network cameras to ensure that personnel gaining access to
restricted areas are recorded and an audit log is generated. Network cameras
capture individuals as they enter an area and present their employee badge to
the access control system. This surveillance video provides a second layer of
verification should SCANA need to launch an investigation.
Because the
network cameras generate minimal heat, they have had virtually no impact on the
facility thermals and power requirements. So, no additional cooling
requirements were necessary to accommodate their installation.
Since the
network cameras are connected through Ethernet cables, SCANA can move and
reinstall them in the same way they would a printer or other computer
peripheral device. In fact, there have been a number of occasions where this
flexibility has enabled SCANA to deploy a quick solution to a temporary
surveillance need.
Cully
recalls, “We had a business unit that, for security reasons, wanted to monitor
the process of packing up personal belonging prior to moving employees to a new
facility. Since the building already had a network infrastructure in place, we
didn’t need much planning to be able to quickly install a network camera to
meet that need.”
Cully cites
another facility where SCANA has one of its largest deployments of analog
cameras and where the majority of cameras are actively monitored with an analog
matrix switch. “Another business unit wanted to be able to monitor the X-raying
of packages coming into the building,” explains Cully. “But there was no coax
cable going to that particular area of the facility. There was, however, a
network switch next door. So, deploying an IP-based network camera to the site
was a logical way to address the challenge and provide video recording over the
network.”
Lessons learned
Cully
suggests that any company looking to migrate its surveillance technology needs
to stay abreast of emerging technologies. “Whether you’re building a new
facility or retrofitting an old one, you need to consider what’s coming down
the pike, whether the technology will be sufficiently mature and robust enough
to meet your surveillance needs over the long haul. Laying down a Cat-5 or
Cat-6 infrastructure and taking advantage of network cameras that support Power
of Ethernet can translate into big cost savings and determine the kind of
technology solutions you can deliver.”
Cully also
mentions the importance of understanding the limitations of the technology and
the cabling associated with it. “Make sure your design specifications include
cabling closets strategically placed throughout the building to support the
cable length limits of your network cameras.” He also advises maintaining a
close working relationship with the company’s IT team, “to make sure they
understand the design considerations required for a successful rollout of your
network surveillance system.”
Reprinted
with full permission of Cabling Installation & Maintenance www.cablinginstall.com
CNS
A high score on 'Connectivity 2.0' will hinge on
choices
By Sue
Spradley
In a world
where the availability and free flow of information stimulates productivity,
growth and economic prosperity, Canada
is remarkably well poised to benefit from the global rush to connectivity.
Yet seizing
the opportunity will require that Communications Service Providers (CSPs) make
some strategic choices.
Canada's opportunity is supported by two recent indicators:
one is Canada's
strong performance on the Connectivity Scorecard, a global ranking of nations
based on their use of Information and Communications Technology (ICT) for
social and economic progress. The second is Industry Canada's recent and very successful
spectrum auction. Both indicate that there is demand for business innovation,
and particularly 'services' innovation in the near future, yet there is also a
call for focus.
The
Connectivity Scorecard, architected by Dr. Leonard Waverman, professor of
economics at the London Business School
and Dean at Haskayne School of Business at the University of Calgary,
analyzes the extent to which governments, businesses and consumers leverage ICT
for economic and social benefit.
Canada ranked fourth in the world, trailing only the United States, Sweden
and Japan.
But the Canadian score tells us there are still significant gaps in the use of
ICT compared to best practice nations, especially as it relates to mobile and
3G penetration, next-generation broadband deployment, and consumer usage and
skills.
In essence,
this means that we have the opportunity to do a lot more, to realize the true
potential of Connectivity and move to Connectivity 2.0 where broadband has no
boundaries or limitations.
The recent
Industry Canada auction of
282 licenses for an additional 105 megahertz of wireless spectrum to existing
Communication Service Providers (CSPs), as well as new players such as
Videotron, indicates that Canada
is on its way to improving connectivity based on an increase in spectrum and
potential subscribers.
For CSPs
though, the solution is not as simple as acquiring more spectrum to introduce
more services and adding more subscribers. To fully exploit the connectivity
opportunity, they must transform themselves through technology and business
process innovation to better identify the right opportunities, create the right
offerings, and all the while keep pace with very aggressive competitors.
Of course,
all of this must be done while ensuring that existing services are improved and
supply is uninterrupted, so that existing customers remain satisfied.
After all,
the industry also needs to recoup at least the $4.3 billion payment it has
committed to the federal government just for the spectrum.
In a
nutshell, the key challenge for CSPs will be to step back and evaluate their
strategic business priorities.
On one
hand, having a sound reliable network to meet the ever increasing demand for
fixed broadband and high speed wireless connectivity for existing users, and
address the connectivity needs of new geographic areas -- including remote and
rural locations -- is critical.
For this to
occur, operators need a convergent and scalable architecture that can support a
multitude of bandwidth-hungry Internet applications and data gobbling powerful
devices, while handling the exponential growth in traffic.
Leveraging
global standards, such as WCDMA/HSPA, is a way Canadian operators can ensure
they tap the cost savings of global production and scale as the world evolves
to the next generation technologies.
They also
need to give 24X7 attention to that network, to ensure that it is always on,
and always connected. Managing a core infrastructure for a relentless, smooth
and efficient operation however, is an intensive task.
It needs
expert attention and relies on constant technological improvement and
investment. Like any other service offering, it is dependent on specialized and
sometimes expensive people capabilities, innovative technical skills and clear
performance indicators.
On the
other, there is the need for innovative ideas, business models, and strategies
to win more customers, and greater market share. With increased competition,
CSPs are under incredible pressure to move quickly.
There are
new markets they need to think of, new offerings they need to design, and new
partnerships that they need to strike.
These
competing pressures leave CSPs with two strategic approaches. They make an
upfront investment and scale up internally to ensure they have the requisite
resources to effectively tackle each requirement. Or, they can adopt a more
measured approach -- partner with experts, and rely on them for some important
strategic levers, while they retain precious internal resources to focus on
what's most important to them.
At Nokia Siemens
Networks we believe that a more strategic collaboration leveraging a managed
services model can convert infrastructure into a tool for growth and
productivity rather than drain on capital that endlessly absorbs management
time and attention.
Managed
services partners can bring to the CSP many advantages including improved
process excellence, reduction in operational expenditure, and higher usability
and serviceability of the network.
Managed
services partners can also help a CSP move their own resources toward the
'important' over the 'urgent.' While CSPs focus on important business issues
such as responding to competition by developing innovative revenue streams and
managing their bottom line, the managed services partner can focus on the more
fundamental yet replicable needs, such as keeping ensuring uninterrupted
service supply to their customers.
Needless to
say this option of 'renting' vs. 'buying' also helps CSPs realize huge cost
savings.
The
benefits of managed services have caught the attention of communication service
providers worldwide, and the concept is being adopted globally. Various CSPs in
markets such as Asia Pacific, Latin America,
the Middle East & Africa, North East Europe and West South Europe have
already opted for managed services for the end-to-end management of their
communication infrastructure.
For Canada, during
this phase of immense opportunity, characterized by increasing telecom
penetration and rising consumer demand for new data-intensive applications, the
benefits of managed services are just as real.
Converting
these opportunities into success, however, can only happen if communication
service providers stay focused on customer needs, and transform their
businesses to address those needs.
Sue
Spradley is president of Nokia Siemens Networks, North
America.
Reprinted
with full permission of Cabling Networking Systems www.cnsmmagazine.com
*********************************
2009 Look Ahead
The
economic news might be desperate, but even so, the structured cabling and
networking sectors are in an excellent position to capitalize on the need for
companies to upgrade their infrastructures. In fact, the next few years might
prove to be the busiest yet.
By Perry
Greenbaum
The bad
news might be a bitter pill to swallow. Canada's economy will struggle to
eke out a tiny bit of growth this year and next, the Bank of Canada says.
"The global economy appears to be heading into a severe recession, led by
a U. S.
economy already in recession."
Canada's economy is expected to grow just
0.6% next year, the bank announced recently. The good news is that Canada's
economy is expected to weather the economic storm better than the world's
leading industrialized nations, says the International Monetary Fund. All of
the major industrialized countries are grappling with the worst economic crisis
since the Great Depression in the 1930s, the IMF said.
That being
the case, the open question is what strategy companies should employ to ensure
their networks are ready for the next economic boom times? To be sure, the U. S. economy
will recover from what many economists forecast as a sustained recession, and
(eventually) enter a period of economic expansion and investment with lessons
learned from previous mistakes.
"There
is no doubt that there are currently some capital expenditure constraints in
most companies," says Iain Grant, managing director of SeaBoard Group, an
IT consulting firm. "Even so, one of the chief issues will be worker
empowerment to ensure that they have the tools to drive the company's top and
bottom lines. This is also a time to study more, which means a greater role for
consultants."
Despite the
difficult over-all economic climate, many are bullish on the prospects for
structured cabling and networking. Among them is Frank Bisbee, president of
Communication Planning Corp. in Jacksonville,
Fla., who says: "In
financially unpredictable times, technology is a very good place in which to
be, mainly because we are moving forward rapidly."
To be sure,
much of the efforts in the next few years will be finding ways to save money,
chiefly through the use of greener energy initiatives, server virtualization
and upgrading networks with a combination of copper and fiber infrastructure.
Companies
cannot stand still, says Luc Adriaenssens, vice-president of R&D
(enterprise solutions) for CommScope Inc. in Richardson, Tex.
"With structured cabling, it's pretty hard to say we are not going to do
something. Bandwidth continues to increase. If you delay things, you are just
shifting things by a quarter or two."
Copper
Still Good, But Fiber Catching Up: For years, many analysts have said that that
copper's best years are behind it. For Bisbee, the writing's on the wall for
copper. Speeds of processors and the forecasted increase of IP video and other
visual networking demands will make it harder for companies to justify a purely
copper infrastructure.
Frank
Murawski of FTM Consulting in Hummelstown,
Pa., says that the worldwide
market for structured cabling will grow from US$15.3 billion in 2008 at an
annual compound rate of 13.7% to US$29.1 billion by 2013. Much of the growth is
expected to take place with fiber, where Murawski predicts that in 2013, fiber
will account for 60.1% of the total structured cabling systems market.
Not so
fast. "Unless there is a strong business case to do so, I would question
whether many companies would switch over to fiber so quickly," says Jason
Bremner, director of infrastructure hardware for IDC Canada in Toronto. "Because of the level of
economic uncertainty, organizations will scrutinize such decisions very
carefully."
Although
companies might not be ready to rip out their copper infrastructure just yet,
it might make sense to increase the use of fiber through the use of zone
cabling, Bisbee says," which extends the fiber backbone beyond the
intermediate distribution frame to the work area."
It is not
fiber to the desktop (FTD), but brings the cable closer to the user, and
reduces the need for copper.
Undoubtedly,
copper faces serious technical limitations, particularly as speeds go beyond
10-Gig, it will remain an important component in the cabling infrastructure.
"Copper is not going away," Bisbee admits. "It's still a major
part of the cabling infrastructure, but instead of being the homerun cabling
solution, it might be reduced to a very long patch cord."
There is
not much talk of Category 7 becoming standardized in North
America. The thinking is best summed up by Stephane Bourgeois,
product line manager (copper connectivity) at Belden in Saint-Laurent, Que.
"Cat 7 is a European solution."
When it
comes to choosing a fiber or copper infrastructure, however, power consumption
is not much of a factor for most companies, when one considers the cost of the
transceiver device. The decision is chiefly based on cost and space
considerations. "It comes down much more to cost, which favours copper,
and physical density, which favours fiber," Adriaenssens says. Thus, if
space is limited, fiber has the advantage in that it delivers more bandwidth
per square centimetre than doe's copper.
Yet in data
centres, things differ. Companies will scrutinize more their data centres and
see how they can become more efficient. "For new companies that own the
data centre or building," Adriaenssens says, Cat 6a has become the clear
medium of choice for supporting 10-Gig on copper." Like many others in the
copper sector, Adriaenssens does not see fiber as a threat for data centres.
Most of the reasons centre on the cost and energy considerations for the
transceivers necessary for a fiber infrastructure. "The general trend is
to use copper when you can, multi-mode fiber where you cannot and single-mode
when you absolutely have to," he says.
Green Data
Centres Leave a Smaller Footprint: Energy consumption, however, is a large
looming issue for data centres. Many are running out of power and space, says a
recent report from IBM Corp entitled In The Green Data Center. The report's
authors write that they cannot add more servers because they have reached
either their power or space limits, or perhaps they have reached the limit of
cooling capacity.
That
greatly explains the increased trend to server virtualization and
consolidation, says IDC's Bremner. "Companies that have already started the
process will continue it. If they have not, they will scrutinize further
investment and look at the business case behind it." In other words, we
will see less data centres worldwide.
ADC
Telecommunications Inc., a U.
S.- based network infrastructure provider,
has reported some notable examples of consolidation:
• Hewlett
Packard is reducing its 85 global data centres to 63, which will be mirrored
disaster-recovery sites. HP says this will produce an annual savings of US$1
billion.
• IBM is
consolidating 3,900 servers into 30 virtualized mainframes running under Linux.
The company anticipates an 80% reduction in energy use and a significant
reduction in its 2.4 million square me- tres of data centre space.
• Microsoft
is well along in its efforts of data centre consolidation, generating savings
of US$23.2 million -- a 40% reduction in its pre-consolidation spending.
Monitoring
energy consumption and all its environmental implications is fast becoming
corporate policy at the highest levels. According to a recent IBM survey, 53%
of companies in North America have someone at
the board level responsible for energy and environmental issues. In addition to
server and data centre consolidation, companies will rely more on external data
centres, external hosting and cloud computing.
One option
is cloud or Internet-scale computing, which allows organizations to switch from
company-owned hardware and software to per-use service-based models available
on the Internet. "That is some of the beauty of such technologies, its
ability to shift workload from one machine to another, and shut off machines
that are not being used," says Laura Anderson, program director at IBM
Almaden Research Lab in San Jose, Calif. "The combination of
cost-effectiveness and environmental considerations make this an attractive
option."
The
projected shift to cloud computing will result in dramatic growth in IT
products in some areas and in significant reductions in other areas. There are
some concerns, however, that revolve around privacy and security, notably the
best ways to protect corporate data once it is on a public network like the
Internet.
Convergence
is Here: Look for increased use of unified communications (UC), the real-time
delivery of communications such as instant telephony, voice mail, e-mail and
video. The idea behind UC is that recipients can have real-time access to
whether data they need when they need it. One major contender in this area is
Microsoft Canada,
which launched its Communications Server 2007 Release 2 in October, one year
after initially releasing it.
One of the
chief benefits of the company's software is that companies can keep their
legacy PBXs, and get the benefits of VoIP. "This allows customers to
transition to the new platform without undergoing an expensive rip-and-replace
upgrade of their network," says Bryan Rusche, unified communications and
collaboration product manager for Microsoft Canada
in Mississauga,
Ont.
"Customers
do not need to deploy and adopt dozens of different applications to make unified
communications a reality. For example, a user can respond to an e-mail with an
instant message or a telephone call, and add video to that phone call while
bringing in a particular application like a spreadsheet, Word document or PDF
file.
"Other
people can be brought in, such as a subject- matter expert, and it can involve
as many people as are necessary for that particular scenario," Rusche
says.
The
software makes videoconferencing more accessible, without the need to book a
videoconference through a service provider, he says.
There is a
decided economic benefit in such technologies, says Paul Kish, director
(systems and standards) for Belden in Saint-Laurent, Que. "Current
economic conditions will likely curtail travel, making such technologies as
video-conferencing more attractive."
Although
teleconferencing and audio- visual meetings have decided benefit, Grant of
SeaBoard Group says, "People still need to meet face to face."
The Network
Is Getting Bigger and Faster: The Internet is expanding quickly. According to
Cisco Systems Inc.'s global IP traffic forecast, "consumer video will be
responsible for the majority of the traffic growth between 2007 and 2012."
(see
sidebar, Approaching the Zettabyte Era.) As Cisco sees it, "Service
providers are accelerating their infrastructure upgrade plans in response to
traffic growth. Corporate networks will also feel the effects, and be forced to
upgrade.
One way
around spending wads of cash is to look to wireless. "One of the smartest
strategies is for companies to use wireless overbuilds in the short term,"
Grant says. "One of the issues for the structured-cabling industry is to
ensure that they have that finger in that pie to ensure that companies do not
develop ad-hoc wireless solutions obtained at Business Depot or Staples."
This is
where the cabling professional can make a huge difference, Grant points out.
"There are security and management implications that would argue that
professionals take on this work and not be left to individual IT departments."
Security concerns would argue against such an approach.
To be sure,
the recession has some unplanned benefits. "For the cabling sector,
there's actually a positive side to lots of change," CommScope's
Adriaenssens points out. "If companies shrink dramatically because of the
economic conditions, then chances are they have to move to another building.
It's likely then that they'll have to put in a whole new cabling solution in
that building."
Grant
remains equally optimistic about the march of progress. "We'll always be
able to find things that can be cost-justified. The next generation of
processors and applications will be cost-justified."
When things
improve, and they eventually will, the economy and business will be zipping
along on more stable ground. CNS
Perry
Greenbaum, a Montreal-based freelance writer, has been covering the business of
technology since 1996. He can be reached at pjgreenbaum@gmail.com.
Reprinted
with full permission of Cabling Networking Systems www.cnsmmagazine.com
*********************************
Crystal ball gazing
There may
be massive economic difficulties both in Canada and abroad, however, the one
caveat is that predictions for the structured cabling, networking and telecom
sectors border on being buoyant for 2009 and beyond.
"There
is no doubt that there are currently some capital expenditure constraints in
most companies," notes Iain Grant, the managing director SeaBoard Group,
in our annual Look Ahead, which begins on p. 10. "Even so, one of the
chief issues will be worker empowerment to ensure that they have the tools to
drive the company's top and bottom lines. This is also a time to study more,
which means a greater role for consultants."
Luc
Adriaenssens, vice president of R&D (enterprise solutions) for CommScope
Inc. points out in the piece that with "structured cabling, it is pretty
hard to say we are not going to do something. Bandwidth continues to increase.
If you delay things, you are just shifting things by a quarter or two."
That also
explains why Frank Murawski, president of FTM Consulting Inc., is so confident
about the future. He estimates that the worldwide market for structured cabling
will grow from US$15.3 billion in 2008 at an annual compound rate of 13.7% to
US$29.1 billion by 2013.
Much of the
growth is expected to take place around fiber, where Murawski predicts that in
2013, fiber will account for 60.1% of the total structured cabling systems
market.
Telecommunications
revenue, meanwhile, including narrowband and broadband landline, wireless and
cellular services, as well as Internet communications are expected to grow from
US$2.1 trillion in 2008 to more than US$3 trillion by 2013 even as margins on
traditional voice-related products continue contracting and the industry
responds by shifting to an Internet Protocol (IP) communications fabric,
according to Insight Research Group.
In other
developments, Gartner recently identified the top 10 strategic technologies for
2009, key among them being Unified Communications. Strategic technologies, says
Garner, affect, run, grow and transform the business initiatives of an
organization.
On the UC
front, the research firm says the market will consolidate: "During the
next five years, the number of different communications vendors with which a
typical organizations works with will be reduced by at least 50%.
"This
change is driven by increases in the capability of application servers and the
general shift of communications applications to common off-the-shelf server and
operating systems. As this occurs, formerly distinct markets, each with
distinct vendors, converge, resulting in massive consolidation in the
communications industry."
The
remaining nine include Virtualization (particularly in storage and client
devices), Cloud Computing, Web Oriented Architectures, Enterprise Mashups,
Business Intelligence, Servers -Beyond Blades, Specialized Systems, Green IT
and Business Intelligence.
These and
others were discussed at length at a conference in early November in Cannes, France
called Symposium ITxpo 2008. The format of the event involved over 80 Gartner
analysts covering the "latest and greatest" research in all areas.
"Any
way you look at it, these are interesting times," Gartner stated on the
conference Web site. "Economic uncertainty meets disruption and
innovation. There are many ways to respond. You can focus on cost containment,
invest now to take advantage, get your operations and governance in order or
press ahead into new markets and new opportunities.
"Only
two things are certain: standing still is not one of your options. And IT will
play a critical role in whichever road you take."
Paul Barker
Editor
Reprinted
with full permission of Cabling Networking Systems www.cnsmmagazine.com
*********************************
Wireless Report: Little Brother's big journey
Cory
Doctorow's new book is a wonderful account of how high technology can do an end
run around the basic freedoms we enjoy.
By Trevor
Marshall
This time
of year, technology magazines often propose gadgets and gizmos for the geek in
your life. I am going to suggest you avoid them this year (just think of the
batteries you will save) and head for your nearest bricks-and-mortar or online
bookstore for a copy of "Little Brother" by Canadian novelist and
technology thinker Cory Doctorow.
In addition
to buying a copy for your own pleasure, pick up one for every teenager you
know. (You can also download the entire book for free at the author's Web site,
but how about supporting the guy for his work and buying a hard copy or two
anyway?)
So what is
the deal? Doctorow, at one time the European director of the Electronic
Frontier Foundation, is a big believer in the positive power of computing and
networking technology, but he also has real concerns about the potential for
technology to be misused.
He presents
the issues in a way that everyone can understand in "Little Brother,"
the story of a 17-year-old named Marcus who lives in San Francisco and runs
afoul of the Department of Homemade (sorry, HomeLAND) Security.
Marcus is
bagged for being in the wrong place at the wrong time following a terrorist
attack. He and his friends are spirited away to a hidden prison, interrogated
and then released into a city that has become a police state almost overnight.
Outraged at
what he sees, he decides to fight to restore the balance between freedom and
security.
"Little
Brother" is an entertaining read and a celebration of geek culture.
But it is
more than that -- it is a wonderful, accessible account of some of the ways in
which our technology, corrupted in the name of security, can do an end run
around the basic freedoms that we enjoy in democratic society.
Doctorow's
characters are a blend of "geek" and "cool" that many of us
wished for when we were in high school, and as the story unfolds the teens
tackle gait-recognition cameras, radio frequency ID tags (which the teens in
the story call "arphids", a term I think should enter the tech-space
lexicon), wireless Internet tracers and other surveillance technologies.
In his
acknowledgements, Doctorow cites as one of his inspirations
"Cryptonomicon" by Neal Stephenson.
If you have
not come across this one it too is a must-read, if only so that you appreciate
just how exciting cryptography can be when treated by a master storyteller.
Cryptography
is at the heart of networks, including digital wireless phone and data systems
(which makes it relevant to this column), and Stephenson weaves a wonderful
tale that links the cracking of the Nazi Enigma code of the Second World War to
the creation of data havens in today's world, where information can be stored
and exchanged free of repression and scrutiny.
Technology
is of great benefit to society, especially if it is the kind that follows you
everywhere and delivers information to your pocket.
The best
thinkers would never suggest that we do without the mobile Internet, arphids
and the other goodies that the tech sector churns out, but it up to all of us
to ensure that we understand the potential for these to encroach on our privacy
and freedoms.
If you do
not think about these issues every time you fill out an online form, join a
network, walk through an arphid tag reader at a store or spot a security camera
... it is time to start.
Doctorow
says the book is "meant to be a part of the conversation about what an
information society means: does it mean total control, or unheard-of
liberty?"
It is
definitely a conversation that all of us need to have on a regular basis, and
one that younger people need to join since the technology that we're creating
is going to shape the world they inherit. Happy reading.
Trevor
Marshall is a Toronto-based reporter, writer and observer of the Canadian
wireless industry. He can be reached (on his mobile, but not when he's reading)
at 416 878-7730 or trevor@wordstm.com.
Communications News
Communications News (www.comnews.com) is offering its BICSI Product Spotlight lead-generation e-newsletter
In
conjunction with BICSI’s winter conference in Orlando, Communications News (www.comnews.com) is offering its BICSI Product Spotlight
lead-generation e-newsletter. The Spotlight is mailed twice to
70,000 pre-qualified subscribers – once the week before the event and a second
time the week following the show. Spotlight sponsors receive complete
contact information of those subscribers clicking on your link (name, title,
company, mailing address, e-mail address). Contact Publisher/Editor Ken
anderberg for details at kanderberg@comnews.com or
941-584-0145. "Communications News IS
enterprise communications"
*********************************
UC: What you need to know
Predeployment
testing is critical to ensure network performance is not impacted by new
technologies.
Stephen
Brown is product marketing manager for network-analysis vendor Network
Instruments, Minneapolis.
by Stephen
Brown
Unified
communications (UC) represent an appealing alternative to traditional
communication processes due to potential savings. Developing a basic knowledge
of the technology and understanding what needs to occur before deployment is
important, as well as what to do once it has been implemented.
UC
bandwidth consumption changes greatly depending on the applications being used.
For example, if a user checks e-mail, only a small amount of data is sent over
the network and the connection remains idle while the e-mail is being read.
Most UC
tools, however, such as Web conferencing, require high and consistent network
bandwidth to maintain performance. As a result, the network engineer should be
sure that unexpected spikes from other applications do not impact the user
experience.
Typically,
when implementing a new communications technology, such as voice over IP
(VoIP), many network managers take one of two approaches. They may install new
technologies and then address performance problems as they arise, or they
anticipate that the addition of the new application will increase bandwidth
needs, and upgrade their bandwidth capacity.
Site
surveys and understanding the basic network environment is vital to ensuring a
successful UC rollout. Conducting a site survey can identify and eliminate many
performance problems before deployment. Proper predeployment testing also
allows the IT staff to understand overall bandwidth demand and application
performance, and establish benchmarks for acceptable network performance. This
knowledge is critical for determining how the network will handle the new UC
traffic and identifying any changes that need to be made to effectively support
communications.
An analysis
tool that tracks, stores and analyzes long-term activity will define what is
considered normal for a particular environment. The insights on network and
application performance gained from the initial site survey and by continual
monitoring of the added UC traffic also helps in intelligently configuring
alarms on the monitoring tool to alert staff when application performance
deviates from the norm.
When
implementing any communications application, ensuring bandwidth availability
through quality of Service (QoS) is an imperative. Failing to implement QoS
opens up the possibility of interference from other applications on the
network–known as contention. Contention leads to common performance problems,
including jitter and packet loss. Throwing additional bandwidth at the problem
does not solve the issue.
Even a
network with large bandwidth capacity can have poor call quality due to network
contention. With QoS monitoring tools, IT engineers are able to set and outline
limits to give individual applications like VoIP the highest precedence
available, thus allowing the application to function smoothly by providing the
appropriate amount of bandwidth needed.
When
monitoring QoS issues, IT engineers should consider the technology as a whole,
rather than concentrate on one particular aspect of it. For instance, in the
case of VoIP, they will need to set precedence appropriately for all
connections that compose a call, including call setup and tear-down. A common
mistake is to set highest precedence for the conversation and neglect the other
components, leading to poor call quality.
Unprepared
IT staffs may not consider how UC applications can increase the opportunities
for sharing information. These applications can open up holes or flaws that
allow users to accidentally or maliciously share private data and expose
sensitive information. These new holes can also be points of attack if not
properly secured.
In the case
of VoIP, hackers or users can use tools to not only capture but play back VoIP
conversations. Higher-end VoIP systems may offer ways to encrypt the data, but
lower-end products often do not. In addition, VoIP traffic is usually most
vulnerable on the LAN since Internet WAN traffic is typically routed through
VPNs.
To ensure
security, every communication channel should be properly secured and monitored.
Acceptable use policies should also forbid or provide protocols for the proper
sharing of sensitive information.
Reprinted
with full permission of Communications News Magazine www.comnews.com
*********************************
Unify Network Protection
Simplification
of network security, by combining multiple security functions in one box, is
the main selling point of unified threat management appliances.
Robert
Smithers is the CEO and Martin Milner is a senior researcher at Miercom, East Windsor, N.J.
In an effort to improve these products in the marketplace overall, and report
their overall effectiveness, Miercom will continue this industry assessment of
security products into 2009, with results appearing in Communications News.
Companies may submit a unified threat management product to Miercom to be
independently indexed in this industry assessment at no charge.
by Robert
Smithers and Martin Milner
Companies
considering deploying unified threat management (UTM) technology have various
offerings and approaches to consider, with many different products to address
specific network requirements. The lure of UTM is strong as companies and their
network administrators struggle to cope with ever-intensifying security threats
while battling IT hardware and software sprawl. Vendors of UTM appliances
contend their all-in-one approaches offer more comprehensive protection, easier
management and better return on investment than do standalone security
applications.
To meet the
definition of a UTM appliance for testing by Miercom, a device needed to
include a stateful firewall (FW), intrusion detection (IDS), some form of
intrusion prevention (IPS), antispam (ASP) and antivirus (AV). The appliances
needed to be capable of running all these functions simultaneously.
Miercom
reviewed appliances from four vendors: the FortiGate 3016B from Fortinet
(www.fortinet.com), the SSG-550 from Juniper Networks (www.juniper.net), the
NSA E7500 from SonicWALL (www.sonicwall.com) and the Firebox Peak X 8500e UTM
Bundle from WatchGuard Technologies (www.watchguard.com). These vendors were
chosen because they offer a complete UTM security solution for the enterprise
market, as well as a significant market share.
Testing
focused on both effectiveness of the UTM appliance as well as performance
throughput. The tests were designed to stress the filtering capabilities of the
appliances and determine how these countermeasures impacted network throughput.
An assessment of the different capabilities and differences between products
included the number of nodes supported, the types of security provided, whether
firmware upgrades were allowed, and advanced feature sets.
The UTM appliances
tested approach threat detection in unique ways. They each differ in how they
integrate the components of UTM, how easily policies are able to be configured
and modified, and in the clarity of the management reporting and monitoring of
traffic.
Performance
testing consisted of throughput capability analysis, using an XM12 load
generator from Ixia (www.ixiacom.com), and threat-blocking analysis, using both
a BreakingPoint Systems (www.breakingpointsystems.com) BPS-1K security
appliance and a MuDynamics (www.mudynamics.com) Mu-4000 multiprotocol testing
appliance, together with Miercom’s in-house suite of vulnerability and threat
analysis scripts and defeat techniques compiled over the last 20 years of
testing network products.
The
BreakingPoint system delivered a strike level 5 test that included exploits,
network worms, denial-of-service attack, reconnaissance attacks, Trojan horse
and backdoor intrusions.
The
MuDynamics unit tested the ability of the system under test (SUT) to protect a
network from threats with published threat signatures even before patches are
applied. Mu’s Published Vulnerability Analysis (PVA) suite evaluates the
ability of the SUT to protect against vulnerabilities rather than exploits,
checking for currency and traffic patterns that may identify a new threat.
The UTM
effectiveness tests produced data to confirm the SUTs perform the functions
expected of them. The effectiveness of blocking attacks was the goal of this
component of the review. Throughput handling was measured in a separate
component of this review to gauge the capacity of these systems.
What counts
most in deploying UTM technology is how fast the device works when all services
are activated. The tests proved that activation of services–antivirus in
particular–slowed throughput substantially. Finally, the appliances’ management
and administration interfaces were analyzed for effectiveness and intuitiveness
in design.
The four
UTMs were far from plug and play, with some frustrating snags and glitches
cropping up during the installations. Some of the administration interfaces
were difficult to use and would likely inhibit effective UTM device deployment.
Comprehensive
security provision is asking a lot of one box, especially at enterprise-level
demand. Three of the four tested units failed to block many of the security
threats delivered by the three security effectiveness test systems. The
Watchguard Firebox Peak X 8500e was the exception and performed well on all
security effectiveness tests.
The best
performing product was the SonicWALL NSA E7500, which handled network traffic
best both with and without all countermeasure features enabled. Since none of
the devices tested stopped all threats, nor could produce full line rate
network protection, companies might want to consider employing separate network
and endpoint security applications.
Reprinted
with full permission of Communications News Magazine www.comnews.com
*********************************
Fortinet FortiGate 3016B
Fortinet’s
FortiGate 3016B was introduced in 2007 as an expansion of the company’s
FortiGate 3000 series UTMs or, as Fortinet calls them, “multithreat security
appliances.” The 3016B was designed to be highly scalable and capable of
delivering up to 26 Gbps of firewall performance with optional expansion
modules installed.
It includes
FW, IPS/IDS, AV and ASP. The 3016B has two built-in copper Gigabit Ethernet
ports and 16 SFP interfaces, of which two can be fiber. For survivability, the
3016B is hot-swappable, with redundant power supplies and fans.
The
Fortinet’s administration and management offerings include a single-screen,
Web-based user interface, command-line interface and console interfaces, as
well as telnet secure shell (SSH). The management is role-based, with
multilanguage support and multiple administrator and user levels. Management
can be centralized using Fortinet’s FortiManager.
The system
breaks down capture information into number of viruses per IPS detection. This
means users need not consult logs to get that information. It sends logs to
Syslog and/or a WebTrends Enhanced Log File (WELF) server. The UTM provides
graphical historical and real-time reports and can send virus and attack
information via e-mail. Logging information is accomplished with Fortinet’s
FortiAnalyzer.
Fortinet
uses a protection profile. Once created, that profile can be assigned as a name
to various zones. This eases the implementation of the same policy across
multiple network zones.
The 3016B
shows administrators the date of the last virus signature update. Signatures
are updated daily. The Fortinet UTM’s IPS protects against more than 3,000
known threats and includes protocol anomaly analysis. Out of the box, the
appliance is set to let all traffic pass, leaving the user to specify which
types of traffic are blocked (via packet filtering).
To boost
the Fortinet FortiGate 3016’s speed, Fortinet paired its FortiASIC-CP6 Content
Processor with a new network processor called the FortiASIC-NP2. To enable even
faster speeds, particularly for use in time-sensitive applications, such as
voice-over Internet protocol (VoIP), Fortinet offers hardware-accelerated
Gigabit Ethernet interfaces.
During the
performance tests, the 3016B achieved 324 Mbps with the stateful firewall
enabled. It was tested using only six of its 18 available interfaces and
without expansion modules installed. The SUT could possibly have achieved
higher throughput if additional interfaces were utilized and the load
distributed; however, the tests needed to remain consistent with the number and
types of interfaces in this review.
The UTM
provided 274 Mbps when IPS was activated with the firewall enabled, 231 Mbps
when the IPS was turned off and the
gateway antivirus was activated, and 167 Mbps when the firewall, the IPS and
the antivirus were running simultaneously.
The
Fortinet FortiGate 3016B blocked 92 percent of the threats generated by a
MuDynamics PVA test and 44 percent of those by the BreakingPoint.
Juniper Networks SSG-550
The SSG
550, part of Juniper’s SSG 500-series UTMs, is marketed as a security platform
for large regional branch offices and medium-sized businesses. It supports up
to 256,000 concurrent sessions and 15,000 new sessions per second.
The
appliance uses stateful firewall, Internet protocol security (IPSec), VPN, IPS,
AV, ASP and Web filtering to shield against worms, viruses, Trojans, spam,
phishing, adware and malware. The Juniper UTM allows administrators to create
up to 60 separate security zones, independent secure domains with distinct
policies that can include access control rules.
Juniper
requires the creation of policy rules for each network zone individually and
manually. Administrators can designate which UTM security features are used in
each zone. The SSG 550 administrator also has the ability to set up 150 virtual
LANs and eight virtual routers.
The Juniper
appliance provided the most connectivity and scalability options of the four
tested. The SSG-550 has four onboard 10/100/1,000 interfaces and six I/O
expansion slots for LAN or WAN interfaces. The SSG-550 provides policy-based
and product lifecycle management.
The system
allows command-line input via console or telnet, as well as a graphical
Web-based user interface for HTTP and HTTPS. Netscreen Security Manager can
provide centralized management.
An array of
alarms, emergency alerts, errors and warnings are provided. The appliance can
be linked to the Web for automatic updates or threat signatures can be
downloaded from Juniper’s Web site and updated locally.
Intrusion
detection and prevention is enabled with an annually licensed IPS engine with
Juniper Deep Inspection Firewall signature packs. These packs allow users to
tailor the attack protection to specific types.
The Juniper
UTM is designed to allow all traffic except for that defined by the
administrator as being a threat. While this protection strategy allows higher
network throughput, it does so at the cost of some network security.
During the
test, the unit reached 179 Mbps with the firewall and IPS enabled. When IPS was
turned off and AV activated, the SSG-550 throughput hit 1 Gbps, but only when
antivirus policies were turned off for some zones. The SSG-550 was the only UTM
not capable of scanning the 200 Mb AV-testing files generated as part of
Miercom’s own testing suite. The box could scan files under 30 MB without
difficulty but could not deal with files larger than 30 MB. The SSG-550 blocked
48 percent of the threats generated by the BreakingPoint security appliance.
SonicWALL NSA E7500
SonicWALL’s
enterprise-class Network Security Appliance (NSA) E7500 relies on 16 parallel
performance processing cores. The device, capable of handling 2,500 users, one
million concurrent sessions and 25,000 new sessions per second, is marketed for
use in campus networks, distributed environments and data centers.
SonicWALL
credits the NSA E7500’s multicore design with the system’s throughput speed
capabilities. The unit is capable of reaching up to reach 5.6 Gbps throughput
with the firewall enabled, 2.58 with IPS, 1.85 Gbps with antivirus and 1.7 Gbps
general UTM throughput.
The E7500
includes IPS and IDS, AV, ASP, FW and URL filtering. The UTM is designed to
protect against spyware, Trojans, viruses, buffer overflows, SQL injections,
instant messaging and peer-to-peer (P2P) file usage policy violations.
SonicWALL
approaches the creation of policy rules for network security zones from more of
a building-block basis, wherein customers create objects, assign the objects to
a group and then assign a policy that incorporates those group elements.
The E7500
comes with four Gigabit Ethernet copper interfaces, four high-speed
configurable small form-factor pluggable (SFP) ports, one Gigabit Ethernet
high-availablity port and secure wireless LAN functionality. The unit supports
up to 512 VLANs.
Threat
signature updates for the NSA E7500 are provided daily over the Internet,
provided the UTM’s license is current. This is checked automatically during
log-in, and the application of new signatures is also automated.
The
SonicWALL’s intrusion detection and prevention abilities include digital rights
management, P2P and instant messaging controls. The box shields against up to
3,000 known content- and network-based threats and against 22 classes of denial-of-service
(DoS) and distributed denial-of-service (DDoS) attacks. Survivability is
provided by redundant hot-swappable power supplies and fans. The E7500 is a
fixed configuration and is not expandable.
Administration
and control of the SonicWALL UTM is provided by the vendor’s Global Management
System (GMS), providing a number of tools to centrally manage the NSA E7500
across distributed enterprises. It presents real-time monitoring metrics,
allows for integration of policies and for compliance reporting. Command-line
input and console access are also offered and captured information is entered
to a time-stamped log.
Miercom lab
tests found the appliance attained the desired 1-Gbps throughput with stateful
firewall enabled. When the IPS and the firewall were turned on, the box managed
824 Mbps. Switching off the IPS and activating the antivirus yielded a
throughput of 627 Mbps, and turning on the firewall, the IPS and the antivirus
brought the throughput down to 475 Mbps.
The E75000
blocked 99 percent of the threats generated by a MuDynamics PVA test and 50
percent of those by the BreakingPoint.
WatchGuard Firebox Bundle
The Firebox
X Peak line is WatchGuard’s high-performance collection of UTM appliances. The
X 8500e tested came in a UTM bundle, a package that includes everything needed
for comprehensive network protection.
The Firebox
X Peak 8500e is marketed as a security solution for growing small- to
medium-sized enterprises with 800 to more than 3,000 users, one million
concurrent sessions and 6,200 new sessions per second. It has eight Gigabit
Ethernet interfaces, supports 400 VLANs and allows administrators to configure
eight separate security zones. Any of the eight ports can be configured as
internal, external or optional.
WatchGuard’s
UTM bundles include FW, VPN, IPS, URL filtering, AV and antispam. The
WatchGuard approach to security is different than the others in this review.
Using proxy-based technology, all traffic is blocked except for that allowed by
the network administrator. This system provides the most security since all
traffic is treated suspect and not allowed to enter the LAN, preventing the
propagation of threats. This approach results in slower throughput but offers
stronger security.
The 8500e
is capable of identifying and blocking emerging threats, providing automatic
protection from spyware, Trojans, worms, DoS, DDoS, DNS poisoning, buffer
overflows and other attacks. The appliance also can identify and block threats
that arrive on non-standard and non-assigned ports.
WatchGuard
uses a thick client to administer the box. Firewall policies can be either
packet-filter based or proxy-filter based, and are configured with a policy
manager.
During the
throughput testing, the 8500e interpreted a massive amount of data sent by the Ixia
over six ports as a denial-of-service attack, and immediately blocked all
traffic. It also blocked 97 percent of the threats generated by a MuDynamics
PVA test and 99 percent of those by the BreakingPoint.
To provide
zero-day attack protection–meaning the blocking of threats as soon as they are
launched, and before they have been identified and included in the signature
databases–WatchGuard uses protocol anomaly detection (which turns away traffic
that does not conform to established protocol standards), pattern matching
(blocking risky files by fully inspecting the whole packet) and behavior
analysis (to derail traffic coming from sources that are acting suspiciously).
Backbone carries digital signal
Television
station installs a single-mode fiber solution to accommodate new broadcast
technology.
Migrating
from an analog to digital television infrastructure has, in recent years, led
to some unexpected–and major–headaches for broadcasters and their engineering
staffs. This was a situation that TVW, the Washington state public affairs television
network, recently faced.
TVW
provides gavel-to-gavel coverage of Washington
state legislative sessions, Washington Supreme Court hearings and other public
affairs events. The network produces more than 2,000 hours of programming
annually, modeling its coverage on the federal-level C-SPAN network by
providing unbiased, unfiltered access to state government deliberations.
TVW has one
of the largest robotic camera facilities in the nation, with 39 remotely operated
cameras located in the legislative building, the Temple
of Justice, and the State House and
Senate office buildings in Olympia,
the state capital.
When TVW
moved into its new broadcast center, the Jeannette C.
Hayner Media
Center, it needed to make
a major overhaul of the network’s equipment, from outdated analog equipment to
state-of-the-art digital broadcast technology. Up until the move and the
transition to digital video technology, the four buildings on the Capitol
campus were connected to TVW’s broadcast facilities by a network backbone
approximately a mile in length. The traffic on the backbone typically includes
four SDI video feeds multiplexed into a single channel, 12 audio channels and
control channels for the robotic camera systems on the campus.
According
to TVW director of engineering, Marc Gerchak, this backbone used a legacy
multimode fiber technology that was adequate for the previous analog platform.
Its performance with the media center’s digital platform, however, was not
acceptable.
“The video
signal would actually just break up and not make it back to TVW on a lot of the
lines,” Gerchak says. “We determined that the multimode wasn’t able to
accommodate the signals without reflective effects disrupting the signal.”
After
analyzing the problem and isolating it to the multimode limitations, Gerchak
worked with TVW’s networking infrastructure contractor, Intracommunication
Network Systems (INSI), to develop a new solution. INSI project manager Ari
Shackell realized that TVW needed a single-mode backbone fiber solution that
could be designed, tested and installed swiftly and cost-effectively.
Decision considerations
The
solution chosen was Corning Cable Systems’ Plug & Play AnyLAN Systems.
Several conditions helped decide in favor of using Corning’s solution for the new backbone:
Existing
pathways through steam tunnels and other utility conduits had limited space and
difficult access for cable pulling and splicing.
TVW needed
a flexible system that could be quickly installed in a short timeframe, with
minimal disruption of the Capitol campus, a high-security area.
Its
availability in single-mode fiber, which provided the signal stability
necessary for multiplexed digital video transport.
“We had to
obtain permissions from multiple state agencies from a security perspective to
gain access to those tunnels,” Gerchak says.
AnyLAN
Systems is a preterminated local area network cabling solution that can be
installed up to 50 percent faster per splice or termination point than
traditional field installations. Available in single-mode and 50 µm multimode
fiber, AnyLAN Systems incorporates standard optical-fiber cables that feature
pre-installed tether attachment points (TAPs) placed along the length of the
cable at customer-specified points. These preterminated TAPs replace standard
bulky, manually installed splice closures and the need to midspan access and
splice the backbone cable to drop to locations.
Factory-terminated
and -tested distribution trunk cables, tethers and harnesses enable quick,
reliable installation, and each TAP supports up to two tethers (24 fibers) per
location for added flexibility. Harnesses are terminated with the OptiTip MT
Connector on one end and up to 12 single-fiber connectors on the other end.
The main
trunk is a 144-fiber AnyLAN Systems distribution cable, approximately 3,000
feet in length, running from the main distribution frame at the media center to
a distribution point on the Capitol campus. From this point, multiple 12-fiber
tethers of various lengths connect the backbone trunk to each of the four
buildings in the network: four 12-fiber tether assemblies to the legislative
building, two to the Temple
of Justice and two each
to the Senate and House office buildings. In addition, a new tether was
connected to the general administration building to support future video feeds
planned for that location.
The
backbone trunk interfaces with the media center’s main distribution frame using
Corning Cable Systems Pretium Connector Housing. Designed for LAN and data center
applications, they provide convenient, open access to connectors for moves,
adds and changes.
modularity, speed important
According
to Gerchak, the principal appeal of the Corning
solution was the speed with which TVW’s network could be manufactured and
installed, coupled with the system’s modular ability to handle future growth.
“In case I
had any changes on the Capitol campus, or a new building needed to be added to
the network, I knew all I had to do was purchase a harness to plug into the
backbone infrastructure,” Gerchak says.
“There are
already plans in place by the state to build a new Heritage Center
on the site of an existing general administration building, which will be
demolished,” Gerchak adds. This facility is expected to host activities that
TVW will need to cover, so the new fiber infrastructure will make adding the
site to the TVW network easier to accomplish.
To help
confirm that the AnyLAN Systems single-mode solution would correct TVW’s video
issues, Corning Cable Systems provided a simulator platform so TVW could test
the product’s ability to fully support the network. TVW ran a week-long test
sending the SDI video signal through this platform and was satisfied the
solution was stable and delivered the required signal quality.
TVW faced
two major challenges with installing the new network. First, a new conduit
needed to be run underground from TVW to the tether drop point on campus. This
path had to be bored right under the main lawn of the Capitol, requiring
further rounds of permissions from multiple agencies. Once the permissions were
obtained and the conduit installed, Corning
and INSI were able to complete the upgrade quite quickly.
Since the
AnyLAN System has pre-installed tether attachment points, technicians did not
need to spend hours in steam tunnels splicing and testing connections,
installing splice enclosures and other time-consuming tasks. For example, the
main cable pull–close to 3,000 feet–from the campus to the media center, was
accomplished in one afternoon.
Since the
new backbone was installed, TVW has had no video signal issues that could be
attributed to the Corning
system or the single-mode fiber, with stable digital video coming from the
campus to the media center.
Reprinted
with full permission of Communications News Magazine www.comnews.com
*********************************
Managed video offers advantages
For
distributed enterprises, facilities security as a service can improve critical
oversight of locations.
Matt
Steinfort is the chief executive officer of Envysion, Louisville, Colo.
by Matt
Steinfort
As
companies’ perspectives on the potential applications of video have evolved,
some are realizing the full value video can provide. The concept is simple: If
an organization can easily understand what is going on in all of its remote
locations, it can use that information to improve how it operates, increase
profitability and improve the customer experience.
For
example, one company recently conducted 10 unannounced, undetected time-shifted
store visits in 30 minutes. Unannounced and undetected means that the operator
gets an unfiltered view of what is happening at the location when they are not
there, something they do not get when they visit in person. Time-shifted means
the operator can view what happened at critical times during the day, even if
it happened yesterday or last week or last month.
Ten store
visits in 30 minutes means that a single operator can span more locations than
they could by visiting the stores in person. Remote video does not replace the
need to spend time in each location in person, but it can magnify a manager’s
ability to understand and impact a large number of locations.
By
integrating video with business applications, such as point-of-sale or
access-control systems, companies can see exactly what happened behind any
event in their business. Whether it is verifying that an exception transaction
is legitimate or checking adherence to standard practices, video provides the
context and eliminates the guesswork.
In another
example, marketing organizations historically have been limited to in-store
sampling or low-response customer surveys to gain insight into customer
behavior. With remote video, however, marketers can examine every transaction
in a week involving a new product across hundreds of locations.
Broadband
has been common in retail and SMB locations for several years. Cameras and
video have been in place in many of these locations even longer. Many
companies, however, still have not embraced video in a more extensive and
meaningful way. Part of the problem is that the system has to be easy to use
and manage, it cannot crush the company’s broadband network, it should not
overwhelm the IT organization, and it has to have a compelling ROI.
If any one
of these is not true, then a company likely will not widely deploy video and
take advantage of its full capabilities. If video is not easy to use with
minimal training, it will only be used by a few people in the company. Video’s
use will be limited to one or two individuals in the IT or security groups.
If video is
difficult to manage, then IT will be forced to limit who has access to video
and what they can do with it. If video consumes the broadband connection
regardless of the needs of other mission-critical applications, IT will never
let it ride the company’s network. If video requires more IT resources to
manage than a company can justify, it will never be rolled out. If video does
not have a compelling return on investment, it will not make it off the
planning list.
Managed
video as a service (MVaaS) is a subset of the software-as-a-service (SaaS)
model. In the case of MVaaS, video management software is hosted as a service
provided to customers across the Internet. Like other SaaS applications, MVaaS
eliminates the need to install and run software on the customer’s own
computers.
MVaaS is
often used to address the challenges of managing distributed video systems
across multiple locations and to reduce the user’s burden of software
maintenance, ongoing operation and support. Because MVaaS is hosted on the
Internet, it creates a lower cost value proposition when scaled across multiple
locations. MVaaS applications are generally priced on a per-user, per-camera or
per-site subscription basis, eliminating the upfront expense typically required
for video software.
MVaaS
solutions vary from traditional video systems in a number of ways:
Plug-and-play
recorders eliminate much of the networking complexity and IT requirements at
each remote location.
Centralization
of user and recorder management provides the ability to easily control access
for many users across a large number of locations.
A Web-based
interface provides easy and ubiquitous access to video in any location from
anywhere in the world.
The SaaS
model eliminates software upgrades and version control, and protects customers
against technology obsolescence.
Real-time
monitoring of all devices (recorders and cameras) ensures customers’ systems
are fully operational.
Strong
network security and adherence to industry requirements, such as PCI
compliance, ensure customers are not exposing themselves to new risks.
Before
MVaaS, the interaction between broadband providers and video-using customers
often was painful, as manual setup was required and static IP addresses needed.
MVaaS has changed this dynamic, as the more innovative services work
automatically on most network configurations and require no IT or network
intervention.
Streaming
video requires bandwidth. While some video systems will work under a variety of
network speeds (e.g., satellite, ISDN, DSL, T-1) without crashing the network,
the more customers use video, the higher quality video they will want, thus
more bandwidth is required.
Reprinted
with full permission of Communications News Magazine www.comnews.com
*********************************
The true cost of IP-based video
Analog
systems might have lower initial costs, but look long-term for real savings.
Paul Smith
is the chief operating officer of DVTel, Ridgefield
Park, N.J.
by Paul
Smith
Many
buildings today still have the same access control, alarm panels, intercom and
closed-circuit TV (CCTV) systems they had in the 1990s. After 9/11, however,
renewed emphasis was placed on how to better secure buildings, borders and
assets. Today, many facilities managers are using high-tech cameras and video
analytics to protect assets. Most of these systems are based on digital video
recorders (DVRs), which are called hybrid systems: taking analog video streams,
digitizing them and then packetizing them so they can be viewed over a network.
The next
evolution in IP video surveillance is the networked video recorder (NVR). NVRs
are the first open system, IP-based solutions, since they are digital from
system core to the edge. Recent industry reports conclude that an average of 15
percent to 20 percent of video surveillance installations are true IP-based
solutions. Another 50 percent of video surveillance installations are based on
DVR technology.
In the
physical security market today, the key questions are what percentage of
DVR-based installations will migrate to true IP-based solutions and how
quickly? End-users and integrators alike tend to focus on initial overall
system cost to determine their technology options and ultimately how much IP
they install. Initial cost tells only half of the story and can be misleading.
The true of cost of ownership should be evaluated to ensure a valid comparison.
An open
system IP video surveillance includes the following characteristics:
End-user
can deploy off-the-shelf computing hardware.
Development
platform is built on an open standard (e.g., Microsoft .NET Framework).
Solution
can employ multivendor edge devices, especially those that adhere to IT
standards such as power over Ethernet (PoE).
A full
software development kit (SDK) and application programming interface (API) set
should be available.
The main
operating platform brings inputs from multiple sources, such as object
tracking, license plate recognition and access-control edge devices.
The system
offers customizable operator screens.
Analog
camera control is available with built-in drivers and adapters to any number of
pan/tilt/zoom (PTZ) cameras, CCTV keyboards, matrix switchers and other legacy
equipment.
IP equals
open systems, which work within the standards with which the IT department is
familiar and responsible.
Computing
hardware. Applications should run on any standard computer hardware (Dell, HP,
IBM), along with standards-based storage systems (Dell, NetApps, EMC, NexSAN)
and standards-based network switching equipment (HP ProCurve, Cisco, Foundry),
providing the user with multiple hardware choices that ensure lowest cost,
ample options, highest performance and easy access to new and replacement
hardware.
SDKs. The
application should have open interfaces to integrate with other software vendor
applications, such as access control, perimeter fence detection, video
analytics, building management, supervisory control and data acquisition
(SCADA), heating/ventilating/air conditioning (HVAC), and programmer logic
controller (PLC) systems.
Edge
devices. The application should interoperate with edge devices from multiple
vendors.
Microsoft
.NET framework. The development platform is critical in defining how
“open” a system is. An application built on an older development framework will
run into support and compatibility issues with other software applications
built to the latest development framework.
The
importance of an open-based IP physical security system rests on the ease of
installation, scalability by device, flexibility for using corporate standards
and profiles, and integration ability. True IP video surveillance systems are
based on IT standards and principles.
Here an
initial cost comparison between analog and IP-based video surveillance systems
provided by one established integrator:
50 cameras,
digital $120,000, analog $114,500;
100
cameras, digital $232,000, analog, $214,000;
500 cameras,
digital $1,129,000, analog $1,012,000.
On first
examination, the analog system is cheaper. Be careful, however, as this is a
classic apples to oranges comparison that many decision makers will make.
Initial cost and the true cost of ownership are worlds apart.
Moving
beyond cost comparisons of initial system installation, consider if each system
option provides the following features and functionality:
reduction
in hardware;
unlimited
digital inputs and analog inputs and outputs;
ease of
adding edge devices;
increased
productivity, shorter investigation time and more successful prosecutions;
30 frames
per second recording on all cameras at four common intermediate format (CIF)
resolution or better;
dual-stream
technology;
open
integration options;
significant
reduction in electrical and HVAC support;
one-wire
installation for video, audio, telemetry, power, alarms, relays and access
control.
An
analog-based DVR system cannot scale by one camera, since it is based on a
16-camera configuration; it does not use off-the-shelf storage, since DVRs are
typically “black box” solutions; and it does not fit the IT notion of a
software-based solution where integration and upgrading are easily performed.
Once the
system is installed, what other factors should be considered? Around 75 percent
of all systems go through a major expansion and/or integration within the first
12 months. What are some of the cost factors associated with upgrades and
expansions?
For a true
open system, failed hardware components can be replaced by other
standards-based hardware components, as opposed to proprietary high-priced
replacements; replace a computer versus a full DVR; replace a computer mother
board; integrator time and expense savings from using .NET Framework; addition
of 17th, 33rd, etc., camera for an IP-based system is a $2,500 software license
compared to a entire new $15,800 DVR; reduced annual maintenance; relocation of
control room for more than 200 cameras: for an IP-based system, $46,200, for
the DVR-based system, up to $939,700.
Over five
years, factoring in reasonable system expansion and integration to keep the
technology fresh and to add capabilities and scale, a conservative cost
comparison, comparing an IP system and a hybrid DVR system based on 200
cameras, 10 percent system growth per year, and the reasonable expectation of
moving or substantially altering the central control room:
IP-based
solution,$1,134,600;
analog DVR
system, $2,056,200.
In
addition, IP-based video can be repurposed for more than surveillance, creating
new ways to share costs between departments. Operations can use the cameras to
monitor production, for example, or marketing can use the video to monitor response
to product promotions.
Reprinted
with full permission of Communications News Magazine www.comnews.com
Electrical Contractor Magazine
Continuity and Progress: Moving on and Moving Forward
President’s
Desk by milner irvin
Starting
next month, the presidency of the National Electrical Contractors Association
(NECA)—and this column—will be in the capable hands of Rex Ferry of Valley
Electrical Consolidated in Ohio.
Rex is a long-time friend and professional colleague, and I’m extremely
confident about the leadership he will bring to the association and our
industry.
Having
worked closely with him over the past year to prepare for this transition, I
assure you that the successful programs, initiatives and activities now in
place at NECA will continue to move forward, enhanced by his perspective.
However, new issues and new ways of dealing with them will no doubt emerge.
Over the
past three years, these columns have looked at some of the big issues affecting
our industry and how NECA is addressing them. Of course, there’s a lot going on
at NECA that doesn’t get much coverage in this magazine.
For
example, much of my time in office has involved working with the leadership of
our industry’s labor force to make the NECA-International Brotherhood of Electrical
Workers team even more productive and competitive. I am pleased with the
tremendous strides we’ve made. Though I realize much of the groundwork was laid
before I took office and much work in this area is ongoing, I am proud of
whatever role I performed in securing solid progress, just as I am proud of doing
my part to improve communication between members, individual contractors, NECA
chapters and the national office.
“Continuity
and progress” was the theme of my introductory column in January 2006, and they
are hallmarks of our organization and industry. Evidence of progress—built on a
solid foundation of past achievement—is all around us.
For
example, look how green we have become. When I first joined NECA’s executive
committee, the Leadership in Energy and Environmental Design (LEED) program was
just getting off the ground and was not widely known. Now, LEED is sprouting up
everywhere, and NECA is a full-fledged partner with the U.S. Green Building
Council in imparting the education and information contractors need to succeed
in new and emerging markets.
But I think
the most revealing sign of progress can be seen in how NECA addresses the human
element. NECA is not only a partner in developing our industry’s highly
trained, highly skilled productive work force; we’re also building a solid,
diverse talent pool from which our industry can grow its future leaders and
managers.
And, while
NECA has set its sights on the future, our organization also is working hard to
meet current challenges by enabling contractors to maximize their effectiveness
in the legislative and political process, through research and educational
efforts focused on new ways of getting and doing business, in the development
of effective codes and standards, and through a whole host of other activities.
In other
words, a lot of good things are happening, and it’s only the start. Or, rather,
it’s another link in that chain of continuity and progress to which I referred.
So, for
now, I’d like to close by thanking my fellow NECA contractors for allowing me
to serve as your president. Thanks also to NECA’s executive committee and
staff. I have been overwhelmed and deeply honored by the trust and support
you’ve given me.
And thanks
to all members of the electrical contracting industry everywhere. I’ve enjoyed
visiting with you each month, and I hope I’ve given you a few things to think
about. You’ve certainly returned the favor.
As for me,
I plan to continue doing my part to help our industry and association advance.
Therefore, although the time has come to bid you “Goodbye,” I hope you don’t
mind if, instead, I simply say, “See you around.”
Milner
Irvin, President, Neca
Reprinted
with full permission of Electrical Contractor Magazine www.ecmag.com
*********************************
Developing a Test Plan ; Network design for fiber
optics, part 10
fiberOptics
BY jim hayes
Every
installation requires confirmation that components are installed properly. The
installer or contractor wants to ensure the work is done properly to satisfy
the customer and to ensure callbacks for repair are not be necessary. Customers
generally require test results as well as a final visual inspection as part of
the documentation of a proper installation before approving payment.
In my
experience, however, there often is confusion about exactly what should be
tested and how documentation of test results is to be done on fiber optic
projects. These issues should be agreed on during the design phase of the
project. Project paperwork should include specifications for testing,
references to industry standards and acceptable test results based on a loss
budget analysis done during the design phase of the project.
The process
of testing any fiber optic cable plant may require testing three times: testing
cable on the reel before installation, testing each segment as it is installed
and testing complete end-to-end loss. Practical testing usually means testing
only a few fibers on each cable reel for continuity before installation to ensure
there has been no damage to the cable during shipment. Then each segment is
tested as it is terminated by the installers. Finally the entire cable run is
plugged together and tested for end-to-end loss for final documentation.
One should require
visual inspection of cable reels upon acceptance and, if visible damage is
detected, test the cable on the reel for continuity before installing it to
ensure no damage was done in shipment from the manufacturer to the job site.
Since the cost of installation usually is high—often much higher than the cost
of materials—it makes sense to ensure that one does not install bad cable,
which would then have to be removed and replaced. It is generally sufficient to
test continuity with a fiber tracer or visual fault locator. However, long
spools of cable may be tested with an optical time delay reflectometer (OTDR)
if damage is suspected and one wants to document the damage or determine if
some of the cable needs to be cut off and discarded (or retained to get credit
for the damaged materials).
After cable
installation and termination, each segment of the cable plant should be tested
individually as it is installed to ensure each connector and cable is good.
Finally, each end-to-end run (from equipment to equipment connected on the
cable plant) should be tested for loss as required by all standards. Remember
that each fiber in each cable will need to be tested, so the total number of
tests to be performed is calculated from the number of cable segments multiplied
by the number of fibers in each cable. This can be time-consuming.
Testing the
complete cable plant requires insertion loss testing with a source and power
meter or optical loss test set (OLTS) per TIA standard test procedure OFSTP-14
for multimode or OFSTP-7 for single-mode. The test plan should specify the “0
dB” reference method option (one, two or three reference cables), as this will
affect the value of the loss. TIA 568 calls for a one-cable reference, but this
may not be possible with all combinations of test sets and cable plant
connectors. The required test methods need to be agreed on by the contractor
and user beforehand.
OTDR
testing is not required, nor is OTDR testing alone acceptable for cable plant
certification. However, long lengths of outside plant cabling that include
splices may be tested with an OTDR to verify splice performance and look for
problems caused by stress on the cable during installation. While there are advocates
of using OTDRs to test any cable plant installation, including short premises
cables, it is not recommended for premises cabling nor is it required by
industry standards.
The shorter
lengths of premises cabling runs and frequent connections with high reflectance
often create confusing OTDR traces that can cause problems for the OTDR
autotest function and are sometimes difficult for even experienced OTDR users
to interpret properly.
The test
plan should be coordinated with the cable plant documentation. The
documentation must show what links need testing and what test results are
expected based on loss budget calculations. The test plan should also specify
how the test data are incorporated into the documentation for acceptance of the
installation and for reference in case of future cabling problems that require
emergency restoration.
HAYES is a
VDV writer and educator and the president of The Fiber Optic Association. Find
him at www.jimhayes.com.
Reprinted
with full permission of Electrical Contractor Magazine www.ecmag.com
*********************************
Attention to Details; Avoiding unnecessary costs in
fire alarm installations
Fire/lifesafety
BY wayne d. moore
Although we
have all heard, “Don’t sweat the small stuff,” we find that the small stuff
really matters as we build our businesses. Part of the issue depends on who
defines what constitutes the “small stuff.”
I have
found throughout my career that the contractors who consistently do the best
electrical work—and in my field, the best fire alarm system installations—are
the contractors who pay attention to the important details of the project. In
other words, they really do sweat the small stuff.
Recently,
during a pre-acceptance test of a fire alarm system, a number of items that
some might have considered unimportant put an owner at risk. These items
delayed the opening of the building and prevented the occupants from moving in
on time. As you might imagine, the owner was not happy. The contractor had not
paid attention to a detail in the National Fire Alarm Code that ultimately can
prove very costly, as well as likely can delay the issuance of the Certificate
of Occupancy. During the pre-acceptance testing, it became evident that the
building still had many incomplete construction items.
As far as
the fire alarm system, an investigation disclosed that the contractor had
installed several smoke detectors within the building in areas where the active
construction continued. NFPA 72-2007, Section 5.7.1.11 states, “smoke detectors
shall not be installed until after the construction clean-up of all trades is
complete and final.”
The code
does have an exception that allows the authority having jurisdiction to require
detection for protection during construction. But, regardless of why the
contractor installed the smoke detectors, the code requires the contractor to
test the sensitivity of the detectors. At the completion of the construction,
the contractor must clean or replace any detectors found to have a sensitivity
reading outside the listed and marked (on the detector) sensitivity range in
accordance with Chapter 10.
Unfortunately,
the contractor had overlooked other details in addition to the problem related
to potentially dirty smoke detectors. Other details missed include the
following:
• The drain piping for the dry-type
sprinkler system serving the attic was not fully installed; therefore, the
dry-valve and associated pressure switches and monitor modules were not tested.
• As the heating, ventilating and air
conditioning (HVAC) system with the building was not fully operational, the
control relays for HVAC shutdown were not tested. It should be noted, however,
that duct smoke detectors were installed and functionally tested.
• The magnetic door hold-open devices
were not fully installed at the time of the test because doors were missing.
Therefore, the magnetic door holder-open devices were not tested.
Finally,
the contractor had overlooked that the elevator company had not installed the
elevator contactor. This prevented the testing of the fire alarm system
interface.
The primary
recall, alternate recall, operation of the visual signal (firefighter’s helmet)
in the elevator, and elevator power shunt trip could not be tested. Even though
the electrical contractor had made certain to install and program the smoke
detector bases within these spaces, because the elevator contractor was not
on-site to provide access to these spaces, the electrical contractor could not
install the detectors or test their functions. As a result, the contractor
failed another area of the pre-acceptance test.
The
contractor had scheduled the final acceptance test with the fire department
within three days of the pretest. With everything the contractor needed to
complete, not to mention the work the other trades needed to complete before
the contractor could sensitivity test and clean or replace the smoke detectors,
I had to recommend that the contractor reschedule the test.
In his
article, “Pay Attention to Details” published in Ezine @rticles, Gary Ryan
Blair wrote, “If you long to accomplish great and noble tasks, you first must
learn to approach every task as though it were great and noble. Even the
biggest project depends on the success of the smallest components. Many people downplay
small details, dismissing them as minutia—the ‘small stuff,’ that we’re
encouraged to ignore. But, in fact, our whole environment is simply an
accumulation of tiny details.”
Electrical
contractors must pay attention to all of the details that affect a fire alarm
system installation, including ensuring the systems provided by other trades
that must interface with the fire alarm system will reach completion for both
the pre-acceptance test and the final acceptance test.
In my
opinion, when it comes to fire alarm system installations, you do need to sweat
the small stuff.
MOORE, a
licensed fire protection engineer, frequent speaker and an expert in the life
safety field, is a co-editor of the current National Fire Alarm Code Handbook. Moore is a principal with Hughes Associates Inc. at the Warwick, R.I.,
office.
Reprinted
with full permission of Electrical Contractor Magazine www.ecmag.com
*********************************
It’s December Sweeps
editor’s eye By andrea klee
If you
watch local news, you may notice the tendency to highlight so-called “special
reports,” investigative pieces about consumer issues that generally appear more
often in November, February and May. These reports are timed for the television
ratings measurements and often are very dramatic—Dangers of hotel room drinking
glasses! What you don’t know about Internet scams could cost you millions!—to
draw in more viewers.
Similarly,
Electrical Contractor is filled with special reports this month. Unlike the
intention of those reports during sweeps months, Electrical Contractor has
prepared these special issues not to be provacative, but to educate our readers
about some opportunities and real threats to your businesses.
First off,
this issue marks our second annual look at lighting. We’ve keyed in on
different vertical markets that electrical contractors are working in—such as
warehouses, theaters, hospitality and dining—and also prepared two articles on
applications of lighting control, one for residential and one for commercial.
You’ll find these stories distributed throughout the issue.
Soon
heading into its seventh year, Security + Life Safety Systems, starting on page
51, is packed with information for those contractors working in all areas of
low-voltage systems—security, life safety, fire and the communications systems
that tie all of them together. The S+LSS
editorial focus is becoming more technical next year. From its start, the
magazine promoted opportunities for electrical contractors in low-voltage
systems, and as you have moved into those areas, we now feel we need to ensure
you understand the ins and outs of these systems, especially as you design,
specify and integrate them.
Finally, an
idea borne out of a dinner last summer led to the production of our third
special report this month:
The Anti-Counterfeit Products
Initiative. At the dinner, the very serious implications of counterfeit
electrical products were addressed, and we realized that we haven’t been doing
enough to educate you, and distributors, about the threat these products pose.
We’ve partnered with TED magazine on this supplement and initiative, and
we’ve gathered industry-wide support,
getting endorsements from NECA, NEMA, the NAED and Underwriters Laboratories.
Why should
this topic matter to you? Consider this: If an electrical contractor
unknowingly installs a product that is counterfeit and this untested product
starts an electrical fire, causes an arc flash, or leads to an injury or death,
the electrical contractor could be held liable, especially if the source of the
products cannot be located. If you don’t read anything else in the magazine
this month, you should read this. Is that dramatic enough for you?
Andrea
Klee, Editor
Reprinted with
full permission of Electrical Contractor Magazine www.ecmag.com
*********************************
Retail
Therapy; Maintaining mall fire alarm systems
by wayne d. moore
A trip to
the local mall can be an all-day event, depending on how many family members
participate in the shopping spree. And the closer the shopping event is to a
holiday, the better the chances are that the mall will be crowded. Designing,
installing and maintaining a fire alarm system in retail occupancies, such as a
mall, can be a much bigger challenge than simply shopping at one.
Before
attempting the design, the wise contractor will review the applicable building
and life safety code to ensure the minimum requirements for a fire alarm system
as they apply to a mall are understood.
The 2006
edition of the International Building Code requires a minimum of a manual fire
alarm system to be installed in a mall shopping center. The actuation of any
manual fire alarm box will initiate the alarm notification appliances. The
manual fire alarm boxes can be eliminated if the sprinkler system automatically
activates the notification appliances upon the initiation of sprinkler water
flow. The building code also allows that, during times the building is
occupied, the initiation of a signal from a manual fire alarm box or from a
water flow switch is not required to activate the alarm notification
appliances, but this is allowed only when an alarm signal is activated at a
constantly attended location from which evacuation instructions are given over
an emergency voice/alarm communication system. In addition, the building code
allows the emergency voice/alarm communication system to be used for other
announcements, provided the fire alarm takes precedence over any other signal.
The
speakers used for fire alarm notification in the mall must be provided
throughout the building by paging zones. As a minimum, the building code
requires that the paging zones be arranged as follows:
1. Elevator
groups
2. Exit
stairways
3. Each
floor
4. Areas of
refuge as defined in the code
Based on
these building code requirements and the building code reference to NFPA 72,
the emergency voice/alarm communication system must be installed in accordance
with the National Fire Alarm Code.
The
challenging part of the system now becomes the voice communications
requirements. NFPA 72 requires that when an alarm signal is received, there
must be an automatic response by the emergency voice/alarm communications
system. However, if the monitoring location is constantly attended and operator
acknowledgement of receipt of a fire alarm or other emergency signal is
received within 30 seconds, automatic response is not required.
The
controls for the emergency voice/alarm communication system must be installed
in a location approved by the authority having jurisdiction and the location
must be secured to allow only authorized and trained personnel access to the
equipment.
“The choice
of the location for the emergency voice/alarm communications control equipment
should also take into consideration the ability of the fire alarm system to
operate and function during any probable single event,” reads the annex to the
code. “Although NFPA 72 does not regulate either building construction or contents,
system designers should consider the potential for fire in proximity to fire
alarm control equipment, including remotely located control devices, to disable
the system or a portion thereof. Where practical, it is prudent to minimize
unnecessary fire exposures of fire alarm control equipment through the use of
fire-rated construction or enclosures, limiting adjacent combustibles and
ignition sources or other appropriate means.”
The speaker
locations for the emergency voice/alarm communication system must be chosen to
ensure both audibility of the alarm signal and the intelligibility of the voice
message. This is a challenge many system installers either don’t understand or
fail to meet due to a lack of communications background.
Although
NFPA 72-2007, Section 6.8.6.2 states that audible and visible appliances must
not be installed in exit stair enclosures, as outlined previously in the
building code requirements, speakers must be installed in enclosed stairways.
NFPA 72-2007 recognizes the need for communication to occupants who are in the
stairway and has additional requirements regarding stairway speakers that state
the speakers must be connected to a separate notification zone for manual
paging only.
The speaker
circuits wiring installation also lies beyond the normal wiring installation
requirements for a fire alarm system. The National Fire Alarm Code requires
that fire alarm systems used for partial evacuation and relocation must be
designed and installed so that attack by fire within an evacuation signaling
zone will not impair control and operation of the notification appliances
outside the evacuation signaling zone. This feature is defined as
“survivability” and goes beyond the simple mechanical protection of
notification appliance circuits. Survivability can be met using any of the
following methods as described in Section 6.9.10.4.2 of the NFPA 72-2007:
“(1) A
2-hour fire rated circuit integrity (CI) cable
(2) A
2-hour fire rated cable system (electrical circuit -protective system)
(3) A 2-hour
fire rated enclosure
(4)
Performance alternatives approved by the authority having jurisdiction
(5)
Buildings fully protected by an automatic sprinkler system installed in
accordance with NFPA
13,
Standard for the Installation of Sprinkler Systems, and with the
interconnecting wiring or cables used for the operation of notification
appliances installed in metal raceways and in accordance with Article 760 of
NFPA 70”
According
to the annex material in NFPA 101-2009, “Fire experience in mall shopping centers
indicates that the most likely place of fire origin is in the tenant space
where the combustible fire load is far greater than in the mall proper.
Furthermore, any fires resulting from the comparatively low fire load in the
mall proper are more likely to be detected and extinguished in their incipient
stages. Early detection is likely due to the nature of the mall proper as a
high-traffic pedestrian way.”
Based on
this information, the contractor can and should recommend to the tenants in the
mall that although not a requirement of the codes, it is advisable to install
smoke detectors in their spaces, especially the storage areas.
The concern
of many mall operators is that there will be a false alarm that will disrupt
shoppers and cause them to leave, so you can expect a request for delaying an
alarm until it is investigated. You should note that notification of the fire
department cannot be delayed for any reason. The occupant notification delay is
called positive alarm sequence and is allowed by NFPA 72 as long as it meets
the requirements of the code. First, the signal from an automatic fire
detection device selected for positive alarm sequence operation must be
acknowledged at the fire alarm control unit by trained personnel within 15
seconds of annunciation in order to initiate the alarm investigation phase. If
the signal is not acknowledged within 15 seconds, notification signals in
accordance with the building evacuation or relocation plan and remote signals
must be automatically and immediately activated.
Second,
trained personnel will have up to 180 seconds during the alarm investigation
phase to evaluate the fire condition and reset the system. If the system is not
reset during the investigation phase, notification signals in accordance with the
building evacuation or relocation plan and remote signals must be automatically
and immediately activated.
Additionally,
if a second automatic fire detector selected for positive alarm sequence is
actuated during the alarm investigation phase, notification signals in
accordance with the building evacuation or relocation plan and remote signals
shall be automatically and immediately activated. And if any other initiating
device is actuated, notification signals in accordance with the building
evacuation or relocation plan and remote signals shall be automatically and
immediately activated. The system must also have a means for bypassing the
positive alarm sequence.
The
professional contractor will meet the challenges of installing a fire alarm
system in a shopping mall by understanding the code requirements and the
historical fire issues in this occupancy.
MOORE, a
licensed fire protection engineer, frequent speaker and an expert in the life
safety field, is a co-editor of the current National Fire Alarm Code Handbook. Moore is a principal with Hughes Associates Inc. at the Warwick, R.I.,
office.
Reprinted
with full permission of Electrical Contractor Magazine www.ecmag.com
*********************************
Minding the Store
by claire
swedberg
Retailers
are combining solutions to provide security in an increasingly complex market
In the United States,
theft affects 3 percent of retail profits, making the retail industry one of
the leading markets for video surveillance. With the emergence of Internet
protocol (IP) video and video analytics, coupled with the need for greater
control of data, retailers are faced with daunting choices of systems that link
physical security with the world of information technology (IT).
In retail,
both IT and physical security management have to cope with security breaches,
as the line between data theft and physical theft has blurred. With more
movement of data from the point of sale, security cameras and even self-service
kiosks, IT departments and security managers can no longer afford to work
autonomously. They must know what is happening in the physical store while
acknowledging where the data is most vulnerable. Those designing and installing
such solutions in the retail market must work with both the IT department and
security managers to build a solution.
From an IT
security standpoint, there is a frenzy of activity to gain greater control,
said Justin Joyner, IBM, Armonk,
N.Y., industry solutions manager.
Retailers
want to do more than prevent data breaches. They also need to address theft,
shrinkage and fraud, which all plague the industry. There has been a shift,
however, concerning how retailers look at security. Today, Joyner said, IT
departments are inviting the security people to the table, and this is becoming
part of the business application for several reasons. For one thing, in the
past, most computer viruses were the result of pranksters taking down random systems,
but today, viruses come from thieves who target a particular chain. They load
up malicious software and find a way into the company’s back-end system.
These
attacks generally begin on a physical level, however, with an individual
exploring the store and the store’s security system. These crime rings can be
local, attached to foreign countries or even to terrorist groups. Either way,
they get credit card details, often through physical access to the store.
The biggest
issues for retailers continue to be loss prevention, credit card fraud,
organized and other theft, counterfeit checks and money, and insurance fraud.
There has been a significant spike in identity theft as well, said Jeff Knapp,
marketing vice president, On-Net Surveillance Systems Inc. (OnSSI), Suffern, N.Y.,
an intelligent IP surveillance software company.
Many
intruders are now able to bypass legacy IT security systems, so new
technologies are addressing that vulnerability. They’re being designed to be
smarter and to detect potential breaches.
“We started
out with fundamental card services with a firewall,” Joyner said, adding that
now stores need advanced intrusion protection.
At the same
time, retailers are seeking to provide innovations for their customers in the
store—customers who are increasingly seeking and expecting convenience. The
result is new point-of-sale applications, mobile terminals and kiosks. Security
gaps in data created with loyalty cards, customer cards and credit card data
are where retailers have their greatest concerns. At the point of sale, Joyner
said, wireless security is a gap.
“We find
retailers are at a lot of different levels,” Joyner said. “The ones we see as
most mature have taken steps toward not only security but making the system
more efficient.”
One way
they do this is to scale back the number of vendors that address different
components of their physical and IT security and their point-of-sale data.
There are
competent, reliable partners in the industry who can assist in the process,
taking a tremendous burden off the shoulders of the retailer, said Ron Freschi,
director of large system sales, North American Video, Brick, N.J..
The
technology industry is meeting the needs of retailers almost too well, Freschi
said. There is a proliferation of new technologies available, with all the
manufacturers declaring their superiority.
“It can
become difficult and time consuming for retailers to sort out what solution
really does best meet their needs,” he said. “These are technologically
advanced products that can be extremely useful for retailers, if they can find
time to wade through the information.”
Over the
next few years, Freschi predicts a technology shakeout in which there will be a
streamlining of systems platforms, and some manufacturers’ products will
disappear. In addition, open partnerships between manufacturers will enable
diverse systems to work together, providing more functionality and operational
data to the retailers.
“We often
see retailers going from three dozen vendors down to a couple of vendors,”
Joyner said.
And some
vendors are poised to take a larger role in security deployment. Companies,
such as IBM and HP, are consolidating their own services and acquiring other
businesses to expand their offerings.
“We can
meet a customer where they are, assess their security across any category,
identify the gaps and resolve the issues,” Joyner said.
Some
companies also can provide management services for that security system. Stores
also want more centralized visibility with all security for multiple stores
being piped to a remote location. For some larger retailers, that means
changing what is a very complex system—with multiple solutions and a lot of
customization—to full integration. This can require a brand-by-brand
consolidation and generally is a slow process.
“In
reality, unless you’re starting from scratch, it’s a mixed bag,” Joyner said.
“Maybe they begin by doing away with a few vendors. You can’t rip and replace
an entire system at once.”
As a
result, each application requires a certain amount of innovation.
The most
promising technology for physical security is the application of the camera to
prevent fraud. Installing a camera network that is smart enough to recognize
security breaches is where most retailers see their needs falling.
“The folks
who need to have their heads up are the IT department, loss prevention and
store operations managers,” Joyner said. “They need to be cognizant of each
other and make sure security is applied properly.”
Physical
security professionals are putting analog surveillance technology behind them.
Nearly all video captured is being converted into digital information. This is
another factor pushing increased involvement with the IT department. Smart
surveillance packages allow retailers to correlate a transaction log’s data
with video data to, for example, pull up footage of a specific customer or
point-of-sale exchange based on the activity that is occurring.
“One thing
we’ve seen with digital cameras is that IT needs to be involved. That’s
sensitive data that has to be secured. IT security is very much tied around
physical security,” Joyner said.
Advances in
video surveillance technology have brought improvements in a number of areas.
Better imaging devices, including megapixel cameras, have enabled higher
quality images, providing more detail for facial recognition and identification
of license plates, said Keith Kanestrin, marketing manager, Panasonic Security
Systems, Secaucus, N.J.. In addition, the evolution of video
analytics has made surveillance easier and less expensive. Now specific events
can trigger alarms to alert security personnel of incidents in real time.
“Finally,
the advent of IP/network systems has made it easier for management to access
images and information remotely, in addition to making the systems themselves
scalable and easier to implement,” Kanestrin said.
Imaging
capabilities have been growing with the development of low-light imaging
technologies, such as Panasonic’s Super Dynamic III. It also has built-in
intelligent technology, including automatic scene-change detection and
automatic tracking and back focus to ensure perfect focus when switching from
color to black and white. New megapixel cameras provide volumes of detailed
data that allow video analytic middleware to perform many complex operations.
In addition to the surveillance benefits, they improve forensic investigations
of recorded images by providing a large amount of recorded data.
While
imaging technology will continue to improve, providing ever-better
identification capabilities, the greater advancements will be in improved video
analytics, Kanestrin said. Whether software-driven or residing in the camera
hardware itself, analytics will enable security management to create
individualized rules and policies to deliver timely information and alerts to deter
or prevent incidents and to apprehend and prosecute perpetrators.
“With time,
there will be increasing integration of security systems with other retail
operational systems, such as point of sale,” Kanestrin said.
This
convergence will cause the issue of technology connectivity to grow. Like IBM,
Panasonic is addressing this now by forming partnerships with other technology
leaders, enabling an open exchange of information to foster seamless
connectivity. This was the impetus behind the formation of the Panasonic
Solution Developer Network, a partnership program for manufacturers and
solution providers who develop market-leading integrated solutions that support
or use Panasonic security products.
OnSSI’s
Knapp scores the manufacturing industry high on meeting the current security
needs in retail. IP-based video surveillance technology, with the integration
of video analytics, provides a greatly enhanced level of security and enables
improved response, he said. Video images are more accurate, resulting in much
more successful deterrence, apprehension, reliable evidence and prosecution.
Retailers
now have the ability to manage an unlimited number of cameras at multiple sites
with synchronized playback control and navigation maps for quick access to cameras.
For example, OnSSI’s Ocularis video management and control platform has an
interface that allows users to build the system the way they need it.
The trends
in the security industry today mirror the trends of business in general, Knapp
said.
“The developments
of the last 20 years have fundamentally and permanently transformed the way
business is done, the way people interact and our expectations of information
availability. At the same time, the security industry has burgeoned with the
recognition of the need to protect our citizens, businesses and property
against natural and manmade risks,” he said.
The
industry is leveraging the improvements in communications technology, image
quality and intelligent video analytics so profitability increases with the
number of cameras.
“Most, if
not all, of th-e current trends and technical developments in the security
industry relate to the development and growth of the Internet as a central
force in operations, functioning and user interface,” Knapp said. “Today, even
a very small business has the expectation that they will not only be able to
access their information remotely, but also that they will be able to control
cameras and views remotely.
“Retailers
are finding it necessary to make fundamental changes to the way they secure
their locations,” Knapp said. “Flexible and seamless integration of enterprise
security--related and other applications, and enhanced access and usability,
will result in more profitable and revenue generating security technology implementations
across the enterprise.”
SWEDBERG is
a freelance writer based in western Washington.
She can be reached at claire_swedberg@msn.com.
Reprinted
with full permission of Electrical Contractor Magazine www.ecmag.com
*********************************
Fiber Files; improved fiber optics makes cabling
easier
By russ
munyan
The first
time I ever pulled a telecommunications cable, it was across a warehouse ceiling
where my employer needed a temporary office in the far corner. However, the
company’s IT consultant had failed to explain to me things such as bend radius
and pulling limitations. So as I ran the cable, I secured it by tying it into
trusty Boy Scout knots around the tops of ceiling-high equipment racks, being
sure to pull each of the knots good and tight. My knots were exemplary, but my
signal never had a chance.
With that
introduction to the world of low voltage, you can imagine my favorable reaction
to new bend-improved, bend-tolerant and bend-insensitive fiber optic cables
that could have withstood even the punishment I gave the cable that day.
These
single-mode fiber optic products, which are hundreds of times more bendable
than a standard single-mode fiber, solve a historic technical challenge for
telecommunications carriers. Optical fibers are made of ultra-pure glass
waveguides that transmit light through their central cores.
With
traditional single-mode cables, tight bends allow leakage of light, resulting
in signal loss (attenuation) or optical power degradation. In contrast,
bend-insensitive fiber optic cables, with their minimum bend radii—as low as 5
mm (0.2 in)—allow unlimited bends around very tight corners with virtually no
signal loss. The new International Telecommunications Union (ITU) 657 standard
requires a 7.5-mm bend. Cables manufactured by Draka Cableteq, North Dighton,
Ma.; OFS, Norcross, Ga.;
and Corning Cable Systems, Hickory,
N.C., comply with this standard.
Although Corning
asserted that its fiber was able to bend down to 5 mm, most of the other fiber
optic cable producers felt that 5 mm was too high a risk. The cable Draka and
OFS offer on the general market meets the ITU 7.5 mm bend-tolerant rating.
These
cables allow telecommunications carriers to install optical fiber cables into
complex environments, especially fiber-to-the-home (FTTH) networks in
multiple-dwelling units (MDUs). The average MDU installation involves a dozen
90-degree bends, making it difficult and expensive to run fiber all the way to
customers’ homes.
The first
major bend-improved product was introduced in 2005 by Nippon Telegraph and Telephone
Corp. (NTT), Tokyo, which dominates the
telecommunication market in Japan.
Its “hole-assisted” or “holey” fiber is manufactured with tunnels in the outer
glass fiber that surrounds the thin central glass core. The tunnels relieve
stress on the outer glass as the fiber is bent. But NTT’s fiber is expensive
and requires special connectors to mate with other types of fiber.
Corning uses ClearCurve technology, which
is based on its proprietary nanoStructures optical fiber design. This coats the
cladding that surrounds the inner fiber with a mesh of tube-like
nanometer-scale (one-billionth of a meter) pockets. They create channels that
guide the light back into the core and prevent signal loss in tight bends,
providing the benefits of extruded holes without the high cost.
Draka
announced an advancement in connector cables through the combination of its BendBright-XST
bend-insensitive fiber cable and Megladon’s hardened lens connector (HLC)
ScratchGuard connector technology.
Draka and
Megladon Manufacturing Group, Austin,
Texas, have combined high-end
technologies to deliver a high-performance, scratch-resistant, bend-insensitive
fiber optic cable assembly to the market. The product offering is diverse and
includes patchcords, riser, plenum and low-smoke zero halogen cables available
with ultra or angle -polish-hardened lens connectors.
Introduced
in 2006 as Draka’s second generation of bend-insensitive fiber, BendBright-XS
is a widely accepted product for customers who want a solid-glass G.657
A&B-compliant fiber.
With the
fiber optic connector being a critical component, damage to the connector due
to handling and repeated use has been a concern and point of failure for
network operators. Megladon’s HLC ScratchGuard technology has virtually
eliminated this problem.
Premium priced products
Some of
these cables meet the ITU-T (Telecommunication Standardization Sector of the
International Telecommunications Union) recommendation G.657.A, which
emphasizes backward compatibility, and some meet recommendation G.657.B, which
emphasizes optimal bend performance.
Verizon
Communications Inc.,0 New York,
was one of the early proponents of the newest technology for its Fiber Optic
Service (FiOS) Internet and TV products in high-rise apartment and condominium
complexes.
Additional
information was contributed to this article by Frank Bisbee of Communication
Planning Corp.
MUNYAN is a
freelance writer in the Kansas City,
Kan., area, specializing in
business writing and telecommunications. He can be reached at www.russwrites.com.
Reprinted
with full permission of Electrical Contractor Magazine www.ecmag.com
*********************************
GOING WIRELESS; Companies switch to internet protocol
cameras
by allan b.
colombo
Effective
security requires accurate, identifiable video surveillance. The need to see
events as they occur—especially at remote locations, in real time or after the
fact—is what good security is all about.
Digital
Internet protocol (IP) cameras use network technology to send images to a
central head-end where security personnel can use the images in an assortment
of ways. IP technology makes it possible to transport video images for much
greater distances than is possible with conventional analog technology. The
challenge is how to transmit IP-based video signals between two points that are
separated by distance when it is not practical to install cable.
It is not
always possible or affordable to trench cable, even where multiple outdoor
cameras and the head-end are located on the same property. When such a project
involves more than one property owner, the price tag can be even higher.
One
possible answer is to use a short- to medium--range wireless system, such as
point-to-point microwave or a radial wireless system that transmits in a
360-degree pattern. Another possibility involves the use of wireless mesh
technology.
Mesh technology
Most
residential and business users are acquainted with Wi-Fi technology that
provides a single point of connectivity between a laptop, PC or a local or wide
area network (LAN/WAN). For a critical security system, professionals will
sometimes add a second antenna for better reception, or even install expensive
repeaters. A wireless system that uses mesh technology, however, can be more
reliable and more practical.
Mesh
enables the use of multiple wireless nodes, each one acting as a repeater of
sorts. Every wireless node in the system is able to pick up and retransmit data
sent by other nodes.
Wireless
transmission can be interrupted when something in the environment causes a
network disruption. In an ordinary Wi-Fi network using IEEE 802.11, this can be
a real problem. A mesh, however, will route data around the blockage. In this
instance, every wireless node acts as a router, moving data so it ultimately
reaches its intended destination. This is commonly referred to as “self
healing.”
The ability
to self-heal is one of the things that makes a mesh system attractive for
security use. The redundancy provided by this kind of arrangement is an
absolute must when working with video surveillance.
IP wireless connectivity
“Early on,
we recognized the advantages associated with IP technology. A megapixel
solution exceeds analog from a video sense, so we get better image resolution,”
said Dan McKimm, president of ProTech Security of North Canton, Ohio. “The
intelligence within an IP camera also allows us to store and buffer video
within the camera itself. This gives us built-in redundancy if something should
happen to the network.”
According
to McKimm, if something happens to a digital video server, the client can still
retrieve video images from the camera itself.
“If the
connection fails for any reason and we lose video, our IP camera contains a
ring buffer which is a [data] storage device that can store a specific number
of video frames. Because it’s a ring buffer, data written first is overwritten
last,” McKimm said.
Better
pictures, redundancy and a longer transport range are not the only advantages
IP cameras bring to the table. A quality IP camera inherently offers greater
light sensitivity in nighttime situations. This is a tremendous advantage when
installing in remote locations where lighting may not always be ensured.
By
adjusting the rate at which images are processed and sent to a digital video
recorder (DVR) or network attached storage (NAS) device, the camera’s imager
can generate an amazingly high-quality image. By slowing its image processing
rate, it gathers more reflected light from the surrounding environment. This
enables end-users to more easily identity perpetrators, license plate numbers
and other details that could otherwise be lost to an analog-based system.
Although IP
cameras are well on their way to becoming a de facto standard in the video
surveillance market, there are still thousands of analog cameras in use. And
analog is still used in new installations every day, usually because of the
cost difference between analog and IP technology.
“As much
press as IP cameras get, they still account for only 10 percent or less of all
cameras sold. They’re still a niche,” said John Monti, vice president,
marketing and business development with Pixim, of Mountain View, Calif.
“The problem is cost. Our message to the industry is you need cleaner, more
accurate video that works in all lighting and saves on bandwidth and storage
costs.”
National firm turns to IP wireless
When a
fast-food restaurant chain purchased two bakeries in Zanesville, Ohio,
located only a few miles apart, it became apparent to the security director
that the corporation needed remote video surveillance to maintain the integrity
and safety of incoming and stored product at a nearby intermodal rail yard.
ProTech Security was the vendor chosen for the job.
“We’re
sending video images from the Zanesville Port Authority [rail yard] to a
central point between one and two miles away. We presently have two cameras on
duty overlooking all the tankers that bring the flour into the [intermodal]
facility.
“We watch
to see who’s out there. You would think there would be very little activity, as
this client is actually in the middle of nowhere, but it’s amazing to see how
much foot traffic is out there,” said Art Morrison, operations manager with
ProTech Security.
In a
network environment, communications is bidirectional, which means signals
travel from a camera to a recording device and vice versa. Bidirectional
signaling is necessary for network management. Another reason for the
bidirectional flow of data in some remotely managed video surveillance systems
involves the control of pan/tilt/zoom mechanisms and the zoom feature incorporated
in some camera lenses.
For this
application, ProTech Security chose a wireless IP-networking solution called
HotPort, developed and offered by Firetide of Los Gatos, Calif.
“The reason
we went with Firetide is that we really like the wireless mesh technology. It’s
an up-and-coming technology that can be used in video deployment,” Morrison
said. “The throughput is quick and self healing and you can deploy outdoor and
indoor nodes on the system. The outdoor nodes provide PoE [power over Ethernet]
right at the source, and it’s very scalable.”
Mesh technology at work
The
technology used by ProTech Security to transmit video images several miles to
one of the bakeries’ security departments makes use of wireless mesh
technology, rather than metallic or fiber optic cable.
Firetide’s
manufacturer claims a data throughput of 25 megabits per second (Mbps).
However, according to ProTech Security’s Morrison, they are able to derive a
throughput of up to 35 Mbps per node.
“FireTide
will typically give you a throughput of 500 [kilobits per second] per camera if
you average it out up to 1 Mbps. A radio at simplex will give you 35 Mbps. So,
doing the math, this will support up to 35 cameras at best on a good day,”
Morrison said. “A good way to go is a two-radio system. This allows you to take
advantage of the full 70 Mbps throughput that they can offer.”
In ProTech
Security’s bakery installation, two cameras are being wirelessly transported
back to one of the two bakeries. An internal WAN is then used to send the same
video data to the second site where security personnel also can maintain a
close watch on incoming and stored raw materials.
Cameras
essentially plug into an Ethernet port on the back of a wireless transceiver,
which acts as the node. The mesh network itself acts as a network switch, so no
further hardware is needed other than a transceiver at the other end.
The system
supports both indoor and outdoor applications. Outdoor nodes are designed for adverse
environments where indoor nodes are not. The frequency of operation for the
HotPort system that ProTech Security used is selectable: 2.4 GHz or 5 GHz.
Wireless image quality
The images
that digital IP cameras generate usually range from 160 × 120 pixels to 640 ×
480 pixels. These images are collected and stored by a DVR, NAS or some other
network-oriented storage system.
As a
general rule, the smaller the image, the less storage space it requires. In the
case of a 160 × 120 pixel image, the typical file size is 19.2 kb. The larger
image contains approximately 307.2 kb of data. A megapixel camera that can be
used to create VGA color will usually render larger size images than those that
do not.
Image
resolution is a factor to consider when installing a network camera system. In
practice, image quality is largely determined by resolution and percentage of
compression.
“When video
goes from analog to IP, there are [a lot] of changes and one of them is compression
efficiency,” Monti said.
Because of
inherent bandwidth and storage limitations on a network, the compressibility of
the video becomes a key factor in the cost of ownership. The cost of the whole
video security system hinges on how well compression takes place. Most digital
network cameras use the M-JPEG and the MPEG compression protocols.
Another factor
determining the quality of the image is color saturation, which can range from
grayscale to full red-green-blue color. The closer the image is to full color,
the higher the bandwidth requirements.
Using the
Firetide mesh technology, video images are carried at a rate of 2 to 30 frames
per second (fps). The higher the fps rate, the more the video presentation will
appear normal to the human eye.
There are
tradeoffs that make it necessary for security technicians to scale the fps back
to 10 or 15 fps and sometimes even less. In practice, 15 fps is usually used as
a standard when installing a remote video surveillance system. When everything
is working well, 15 will render a nearly complete chain of motion on the
monitor. In some applications, however, as little as 5 fps is used to manage
network bandwidth. “The camera can be programmed to limit the amount of bandwidth
it uses, which is crucial when dealing with [information technology] personnel
in large corporations,” McKimm said. “Security companies need to form a
partnership with the end-user’s IT personnel, and this can only be accomplished
by assuring them that they can provide a camera that will never throttle beyond
the amount of network bandwidth they allow for video.”
Because
surveillance video resides on the network, more than one authorized person can
view it at the same time. Not only that, it can be stored and maintained
off-site using an assortment of data storage methods.
Colombo is a 33-year veteran in the
security and life safety markets. He is director with FireNetOnline.com and a
nationally recognized trade journalist in East
Canton, Ohio. Reach
him at abc@alcolombo.us.
Reprinted
with full permission of Electrical Contractor Magazine www.ecmag.com
*********************************
My opinion
By frank
bisbee
Convergence Opens Doors
ECs think
inside AND outside of the box
One of the
most critical responsibilities for building owners and managers is life safety.
Not only is the United States the most litigious society in the modern world,
but skyrocketing insurance premiums add to the pressure for building owner and
facility managers to keep their employees and their building occupants safe.
Being prepared is the first, second and third rule. Preparedness requires a
program of ongoing training and periodic testing.
Converged
technology, intelligent buildings and a host of other labels denote a bold new
approach to describing the interlocking systems that serve the modern building.
Like an outstretched hand, each digit represents a critical infrastructure
system: power, control, communications, security and life safety.
Over the
last two decades, we have seen many forward-thinking electrical contractors add
a special services group to install telecommunications and data cabling. They
have enjoyed a significant addition to their revenue stream.
In the last
decade, a new set of opportunities has developed for savvy electrical
contractors. Security and life safety systems are a hot growth service sector.
Both have experienced double digit growth since Sept. 11, 2001. Security and
life safety systems were once almost exclusively the private hunting ground of
specialty contractors, but no more. Internet protocol-controlled systems have
been widely accepted, and electrical contractors are rapidly increasing their
share of this new bounty. One major electrical contractor told us that, in
addition to the expanding revenue steam, these services are bringing the
customer closer to the contractor, in many cases eliminating the “bid job” and
replacing it with exclusive design/build jobs.
In the
banking world, the Federal Deposit Insurance Corp. (FDIC) spells out the
security requirements. No guessing in this area. It’s all in “FDIC Rules and
Regulations Part 326: the Minimum Security Devices and Procedures and the Bank
Secrecy Act.” This gives a baseline for bank’s minimum-security requirements.
Of course, most banks go above and beyond the minimums because security affects
customers and employees when it relates to the physical structure of the bank.
In retail,
security is motivated by the amount of losses that occur each year. Retailers
continue to be plagued by theft from shoplifters and dishonest employees.
Shoplifting
and employee theft losses totaled more than $6 billion in just 23 retail
companies in 2006. Only 2 percent of those losses resulted in apprehension and
recovery, according to the 19th Annual Retail Theft Survey conducted by Jack L.
Hayes International, a leading loss prevention/inventory shrinkage control
consulting firm. According to Hayes, for every one dollar recovered, $50.59 is
lost to retail theft.
The survey
reported on more than 530,000 apprehensions taking place in the 23 large retail
companies, representing 14,118 stores with combined 2006 annual sales in excess
of $537 billion. Some of the major results from this survey follow:
> Total
dollar recoveries from both shoplifters and dishonest employees exceeded $116
million.
> Survey
participants apprehended 66,507 dishonest employees in 2006.
Security should not be considered
optional.
“Retail
theft not only affects the bottom line,” said Joe LaRocca, the National Retail
Federation’s vice president of loss prevention. “When criminals steal from
retailers, consumers pay higher prices, the safety of innocent employees can be
compromised, and shoppers looking for popular merchandise often cannot find it.
Retailers will continue to invest in new technologies to prevent and prosecute
crimes.”
Retail
theft is a greater problem than many people realize. Losses are driving
consumer prices higher, hurting our economy and even forcing some retailers to
close stores or go out of business. Those retailers who continue to invest in
theft-prevention systems and give the area of loss prevention the focus and
attention it deserves will keep one step ahead of thieves. More retailers are
discovering the full service electrical contractor addresses all five critical
infrastructures.
This trend
is causing many specialty contractors to notice electrical contractors
capturing more market share of an area that they once treated as their private
hunting ground. Competition is good! But that’s just my opinion.
BISBEE is
with Communication Planning Corp., a telecom and datacom design/build firm. He
provides a free monthly summary of industry news on www.wireville.com.
Reprinted
with full permission of Electrical Contractor Magazine www.ecmag.com
Ted Magazine
Focus on the future
By Tom
Naber
Job losses,
bankruptcy and foreclosures, construction downturns, bailouts, and plunging
stock market prices—the news is dismal these days. Economists and other
business experts are predicting four, five, six, even 10 quarters of hard times
for the days ahead. One would think that most people would prefer to get out of
the business altogether or just throw up their hands and surrender to the bad
news.
When I hear
this news, the thing that comes to mind is a great example of the failure of
business to adapt to new technology in the past. When Univac invented the
computer, the company decided its only purpose was for scientific applications.
Then IBM came along and dominated the business markets that Univac ignored.
After that, Apple came along and turned its attention to the PC market, which
IBM ignored.
One
company’s failure to adapt becomes another company’s opportunity to thrive.
Having just
returned from NAED’s Eastern Region Conference in Marco Island, Fla., I have to
say that I am heartened by what I saw. Distributors are ready to adapt to new
technologies and selling methods. While facing difficult times, they recognize
that change is happening and they seem to be embracing it. The sessions—especially
those exploring the opportunities of the energy-efficiency markets—were packed.
Jerry Yudelson (of Yudelson Associates) presented results of the research study
his firm just completed for NAED. Fred Paris, an independent contractor,
covered the solar and wind markets in his presentation “Non-traditional Markets
for Renewable Energy Resources.” These important sessions will also be held at
NAED’s Western Region Conference (Jan. 21–24, in Palm
Desert, Calif.) and the South
Central Region Conference (Feb. 25–28, in Orlando,
Fla.).
Today, many
distributors feel that they are in the midst of a technological and energy
shift and they are working hard to understand and adapt to this shift. In the
coming weeks, NAED will launch the white paper “Green Goes Mainstream: How to
Profit from Green Market Opportunities,” which is part of Yudelson’s research.
By May, NAED plans to release two more research projects conducted by
Yudelson—one on selling green and the other on making your own company
sustainable. These studies have been
funded by the 42 distributors and manufacturers who generously contributed to
the NAED Foundation’s Channel Advantage Partnership Endowment. At the same
time, NAED has been working hard to develop educational courses based on
Yudelson’s first study.
As an
industry, we expect to be facing hard times. The key is that we can’t surrender
in the face of these challenges. We need to be cautious, but also aggressive in
exploring and adapting to new opportunities.
Naber is
president & CEO of NAED. He can be reached at 314-812-5312 or tnaber@naed.org.
Reprinted
with full permission of The Electrical Distributor Magazine www.tedmag.com
*********************************
A reflection on electrical distribution
By Dick
Waterman
This time
of year, many people pause to reflect on the past year and seek a greater sense
of self. On a similar note of reflection, I recently attended a workshop where
the presenter asked us to create a brief paragraph that would help someone
unfamiliar with our industry understand what an electrical distributor does.
So I
started thinking, how could I summarize such a vast and complex industry? We
all know that electrical distribution is a $70-plus billion industry with more
than 4,400 locations nationwide. The markets for electrical products are
huge—residential, commercial, and industrial. There are schools, hospitals,
utilities, manufacturing, and government—soon to be led by a new president with
many “firsts” attached to his future. (What a relief—no more backstabbing
commercials for at least two years. I’m sure we all learned something about how
not to promote our industry. Sorry to digress, but it feels good to get it off
my chest.)
The products
we sell range from the simple to the complex. Whether it’s locknuts and
bushings, lighting and controls, conduit and wire, or automation products,
distributors offer a one-stop source to effectively serve all of our customers’
diverse needs. (Just think if our customers had to meet with manufacturer reps
for every product that they needed!)
It’s pretty
simple really—as demand increases, manufacturers just don’t have the human
resources to call on all of their customers directly. And while some electrical
products can be sold on the Internet or over the phone, manufacturers and sales
reps rely on distributors to identify customers’ needs, decide on the best
products to meet those needs, communicate technical specifications, make
recommendations on installations, and introduce new technologies to end-users.
Distributors carry multiple manufacturers’ product lines to ensure our
customers have the choices to meet their needs. We warehouse many high-use
products locally for quicker delivery and provide personalized services for
more complex applications through a knowledgeable sales staff. We create
efficiencies and reduce costs in the channel.
But we’re
much more than just a distribution channel. We’re solutions
providers—salespeople, product experts, skilled and technical professionals,
warehouse associates, and drivers—who bring the latest technology to our
communities. We play an essential role in the marketplace, building a better
life for people.
Careers in
electrical distribution offer lots of benefits and perks—including higher
starting salaries than the retail industry; great opportunities to work for
international, national, regional, and locally owned companies in a business
casual atmosphere; and a wide variety of career opportunities.
After
40-plus years in the industry it’s fun to look back at just how much this
channel has changed, but at the same time remained steadfast in its commitment
to bring manufacturers’ products to market in the most efficient and
cost-effective manner possible. We work in a great industry filled with
wonderful people dedicated to improving customer satisfaction at every turn.
It’s
difficult to look back without looking forward, and forward is a little
uncertain with the financial crisis and world economy being where it is.
However, one thing is certain and very clear to me: Our industry will survive
this turmoil and come out of it stronger, more efficient, and just as dedicated
as ever. We’ve done it before!
If this
sounds like a commercial for our industry—it just might be.
Have a
happy and healthy holiday season.
Waterman is
senior advisor to International Electrical Supply Corporation (IESC), the
holding company of Rexel U.S.
and Gexpro. Reach him at dwaterman@rexelusa.com.
Reprinted
with full permission of The Electrical Distributor Magazine www.tedmag.com
*********************************
The road less traveled
Telecommuting
and flex-schedule options can help companies shrink their carbon footprints and
improve productivity.
By Jan
Niehaus
The
standard 40-hour, five-day workweek is a dinosaur, a convention established by
the Fair Labor Standards Act 70 years ago—long before gasoline shortages and
spiking prices, heat islands and urban sprawl, climate change, and a global
economy that necessitates communicating with customers, coworkers, and partners
12 time zones away—not to mention the work-life balancing acts required in
dual-career families and single-parent households.
Today, the
Monday through Friday, 9 to 5 routine is often modified to accommodate employee
needs. Here are a few examples from the electrical distribution channel:
• Concerns
about the impact of high gas prices prompted BJ Electric in Madison, Wis.,
to pilot telecommuting. “All we do is provide the disk so that employees
working from home can get into the data system,” said Lisa Ableman, human
resources representative. “The investment is worth it. A lot of people are very
happy to have the option.” Ableman also noted that she has registered for a
seminar on how to transition into a 10-hour workday. “We’ll probably end up
using a combination of telecommuting and four-day weeks,” she said.
• Eaton
Corporation’s electrical group, headquartered in Moon Township, Pa.,
offers telecommuting and four-day workweek options on an individual basis.
“Life infringes on work, and work infringes on life,” said Rebecca Jacoby,
training manager. “We’ve had flexible scheduling for quite a while. The
corporate policy is to be available between 9 a.m. and 3 p.m.,” she explained.
Telecommuting, four-day workweeks, and job sharing are all available, depending
on employees’ specific responsibilities and their department and division
policies.
In arguing
for legislation to encourage flex-scheduling, Marc Burgat, vice president of
the California Chamber of Commerce, noted that permitting individual scheduling
flexibility is one way small business owners can help employees strike a
balance between work and personal responsibilities.
“This bill
has the added benefit of helping our environment by eliminating one commute
trip per week for each employee who is working the compressed schedule,” he
said.
Other
benefits of flex-scheduling and telecommuting include elevated productivity,
higher morale, more successful recruiting and retention, lower operating
expenses, and reduced real estate investment.
Leading the
way in Tampa Bay
Electric
Supply Inc. (ESI), a leader in the public-private Tampa Bay Clean Air
Partnership, encourages its employees to use public transportation, walk, bike,
or carpool to work. Other cost-effective approaches to reducing vehicle
emissions include telecommuting, staggered shifts, and flexible scheduling
options—all of which ESI has implemented. “We are proud to do what we can to
help improve our community’s air quality and reduce traffic congestion,” George
Adams Jr., president and CEO, said. “We encourage every company in Tampa Bay
to actively support responsible commuting.”
In
mid-2008, ESI added compressed scheduling to the menu of options. According to
Heather Bradley, human resources administrator, warehouse workers and delivery
drivers were the first to transition to a 10-hours-a-day, four-days-a-week
schedule; staggered shifts; and rotating days off. In addition to reducing
carbon emissions, Bradley reports another incentive: “One of the reasons we
went to four 10-hour workdays was to cut overtime expense,” she said, adding
that the goal has been accomplished.
Niehaus
writes a monthly “green” column for “TED” magazine. Reach her at Jan@CommunicationByDesign.net.
Reprinted
with full permission of The Electrical Distributor Magazine www.tedmag.com
*********************************
Accounts Receivable ; Cutbacks and copper’s impact
Rockwell
Automation has dealt directly with falling expectations via a restructuring
(costing $50 million in the fourth quarter of fiscal 2008). Expected savings in
2009-2010: $160 million. “Headcount reductions,” the company said, “primarily
in selling,” will approximate 3% of the company’s global workforce.
Acuity
Brands saw a 1% drop in unit volume in the quarter ended Aug. 31 (offset by
pricing actions and product mix); prices it paid for steel shot up 40% in that
quarter.
The company
said it would go through a “streamlining,” consolidating manufacturing “and
reducing overhead,” shedding 800 jobs.
At Hubbell,
after delivering an upbeat outlook in a conference call, Tim Powers, the
chair/president/CEO, added: “Underpinning this forecast is the reasonably
strong [fourth quarter] but there are some charges related to workforce
reductions that we believe are necessary to prepare for the softness in 2009.”
At Anixter,
“Mr. Market” took a baseball bat to the company’s stock price, driving it from
a $73.81 close on Aug. 29 to $33.61 on Oct. 31. One could hardly guess that the
company had seen “positive organic growth” in the third quarter, of around 2%
(after acquisitions and currency translation).
On copper:
Responding to a question from an analyst, Dennis J. Letham, Anixter’s CFO and
EVP-finance, offered this: “…if copper settles around this low $2 price range
versus the kind of $3.40 range it’s been at in the last couple of years, that
probably implies in the range of $100 million or so less in run-rate revenue in
the business…if margins are held at around 24 points, that implies about $24
million less of gross margin.” —Joe Salimando
Reprinted
with full permission of The Electrical Distributor Magazine www.tedmag.com
*********************************
The challenge of the coming year
Omens point
to a steep slide in the next several months for those involved with almost any
aspect of construction.
by Ken
Simonson
Credit
markets shorted out in mid-September as Freddie Mac and Fannie Mae were put
into conservatorship, Lehman Brothers was allowed to fail, and AIG was not. The
quick succession of takeovers, mergers, and rescue plans announced for
commercial and investment banks, and securities firms left lenders unwilling—or
unable—to lend and borrowers befuddled as to who was still in the lending
business.
Even
electrical distributors who didn’t need credit themselves were affected, as the
credit freeze stopped the progress of both private and public construction
projects.
Meanwhile,
states had nearly as rough a time issuing bonds. Maine postponed a $50 million highway bond
for six months and other states put off projects that needed bond financing.
By early
November, credit was finally starting to flow again, at least for highly rated
borrowers. But interest rates were generally higher than in August, making some
projects unaffordable. Even more ominous for electrical distributors was the
change in the economic outlook between August and November. Three surveys
released on Nov. 3 showed how the mood had changed since the summer:
• The
first, a quarterly survey by the National Association for Business Economics of
102 corporate economists, found that demand among the respondents’ companies
had taken the largest one-quarter plunge in the survey’s 26-year history.
Worse, nearly four out of five panelists said that they expect the economy
either to shrink in 2009 or to grow no more than 1% after inflation.
Two
findings are particularly relevant to distributors: One, on balance,
respondents said that they expect their firms to reduce spending on structures,
a reversal from July’s report; and two, far fewer firms report that they expect to see an
increase in spending on computers and communications equipment than in July.
• The
second, from the Institute for Supply Management, which surveys purchasing
executives at manufacturing firms every month, reported that its key index
sagged to the lowest reading since September 1982. The new orders index fell to
the lowest mark since June 1980.
• And the
third, the Federal Reserve’s quarterly survey of senior loan officers at major
banks, found that 85% of domestic banks and 65% of foreign-owned banks had
tightened their lending standards since July for commercial real estate loans.
In addition, huge majorities of respondents reported tightening loans for
households, businesses, and credit card users. In other words, every form of
bank lending for electrical distributors and their customers is now more
difficult to obtain.
We haven’t
hit bottom yet
Despite
these grim indicators, many distributors may not be feeling the pain yet—or may
be underestimating how severe it may soon become. That’s because
non-residential construction spending continued to outperform last year’s pace
through September. The same day as the three dispiriting reports were released,
the Census Bureau reported that non-residential spending in September was 8%
higher than it had been at that time last year, although up only a scant .1%
from August at a seasonally adjusted annual rate. But residential spending
remained in free fall, down 1.3% from August and 27% from September 2007.
A trio of
reports in late October imply that electrical distributors should expect
business to get worse for several quarters:
• First, on
Oct. 23, Robert Murray, vice president of economic affairs, McGraw-Hill
Construction, said, “The level of construction starts in 2009 is expected to
decline 7%, to $515 billion, following a 12% decline predicted for 2008.”
By segment,
Murray
predicted that:
•
Single-family housing for 2009 will be down 2% in dollars, corresponding to a
4% drop in units to 560,000 (McGraw-Hill Construction basis).
•
Multi-family housing will retreat 6% in dollars and 8% in units, after the
sharp plunge witnessed during 2008.
•
Commercial buildings will drop 12% in dollars and 15% in square footage,
similar to the declines experienced in 2008. Stores and warehouses will
continue to lose momentum, the office correction will be steeper, and hotel
construction will finally pull back after its lengthy boom.
•
Institutional buildings will slip 3% in dollars and 6% in square footage, as
the financial crisis affects funding coming from states and localities.
•
Manufacturing buildings will plunge 32% in dollars after an exceptional 2008
that was lifted by the start of several oil refinery expansion projects.
• Public
works construction will fall by 5%, given flat funding at the federal level
combined with fiscal restraint by state and local governments.
• Electric
utility construction will retreat 30% after surging 55% to a near-record amount
in 2008.
• Second,
that same day, Lodging Econometrics, which tracks hotel construction by all
major brands, reported the following:
“The Total
Construction Pipeline for the United
States stood at 5,652 projects/740,272 guest
rooms as of the end of [the third quarter]. Pipeline counts are down [from the
second quarter] 4% and 6% respectively. Declines were modest in the ‘under
construction’ and ‘early planning’ stages.
“Declines
were significant in the ‘scheduled starts in the next 12 months.’ A number of
projects actually migrated backwards into ‘early planning.’ Construction starts
in [the quarter] were down for the second quarter in a row, while
‘cancellations’ and ‘postponements of projects already in the pipeline’
increased for the third consecutive quarter.”
• And
third, the American Institute of Architects reported on Oct. 24 that its
monthly index of architecture firms’ billings had tumbled in September to a
six-month low.
On the
residential side, building permits, a reliable signal of housing starts within
the next few months, continued to skid in September at the same 35% to 40%
year-over-year decline as in previous months.
A Bit of a
Silver lining
While the
outlook isn’t good, a few categories appear to be at least partially immune
from the continuing downward economic spiral:
• Spending
on power construction climbed 33% in the first nine months of 2008 over the
same period a year earlier. Projects in design and permitting for power plants,
transmission lines, and wind farms should keep power construction growing just
as robustly through 2009.
• Energy
projects, such as refineries, pipelines, and oil and gas fields, should also
grow strongly, although the continuing drop in natural gas prices threatens to
freeze some projects.
• Three
federal spending programs will also expand: military construction, veterans’
hospitals, and homeland security projects.
Simonson is
the chief economist for the Associated General Contractors of America. Reach
him at ksimonson@erols.com.
A
not-so-pretty picture
According
to McGraw-Hill Construction’s (MHC) Oct. 23 forecast, the value of 2009
construction starts will come in below $515 billion. Checking previous years,
the MHC number for actual 2002 starts was $504 billion. However, there has been
a lot of inflation in the construction industry from 2002 to present. It’s
possible, then, that in real terms, starts in 2009 will be the lowest in the
2000s.
The
National Association of Home Builders (NAHB) forecast sees total new housing
starts falling further—from 1,341,000 in 2007 to 936,000 in 2008, and to 784,000
in 2009. The “recovery” predicted for 2010 will take the United States
to only 1 million housing starts (740,000 single family).
According
to speakers at the NAHB’s semi-annual forecasting event, the problem is a huge
glut of vacant for-sale homes.
Normally,
there are more than 1 million such homes on the market. These days, there are
roughly 2 million—an “excess” estimated at 750,000 to 1 million by economists
from Maury Harris of UBC to Kermit Baker of the American Institute of
Architects to Mark Zandi of Moody’s Economy.com.
How long
will it take to work off this excess? According to Zandi, it should take two
years. Assumptions built into his forecast for 500,000 vacant houses a year to
be absorbed include the success of the government’s intervention
plans—including something yet-to-be-announced on foreclosures—and a continuing
slump in home-building (so new houses are not added to the unsold clump).
Joe
Salimando, an Oakton, Virginia-based writer, can be reached at
ecdotcom@gmail.com. See his weekly column on tedmag.com and his blog at
eleblog.com.
Reprinted
with full permission of The Electrical Distributor Magazinewww.tedmag.com
*********************************
Life upgrades update ; Planning guides underscore green
Program
helps raise awareness of the many ways to adopt electrical energy-saving
solutions and reduce electrical operating costs.
by Stacy
Brown
NAED, with
the sponsorship of the Manufacturers Council, is currently developing two planning
guides that underscore green electrical products and solutions proven to reduce
electrical consumption and commercial building operating costs. An extension of
the “Life Upgrades: Electrical Options for Better LivingSM” program, the
planning guides feature handy checklists and area-by-area illustrations that
show product options and can help electrical contractors, builders, specifiers,
and architects structure a detailed planning conversation early in a project.
The first
guide, Industrial Upgrades: Green Electrical Cost Savings, will be geared
toward plant MROs, electrical specifying engineers, consultants, contractors,
and builders involved in green industrial maintenance, construction, and rehab
projects.
According
to the U.S. Department of Energy, industry and manufacturing consume
approximately 32% of all U.S.
energy usage—more than transportation, residential, or commercial. Plant MRO
managers are seeking solutions that upgrade facilities and reduce energy costs.
Green
electrical products have made a major impact as the annual U.S. market in
green building products and services has grown from more than $7 billion in
2005 to more than $12 billion in 2007, according to McGraw-Hill Construction
analytics.
• Motors
consume nearly 25% of all U.S.
electricity consumption, and more than 60% of all industrial electricity.
• Nearly
40% of warehouse electricity is consumed by lighting.
The second
guide, Commercial Upgrades: Green Electrical Cost Savings,
is geared
toward electrical specifying engineers, consultants, architects, contractors,
and builders involved in green commercial construction or rehab projects.
Building
Design+Construction magazine offered this assessment of energy efficiency in
commercial: “As recently as three or four years ago, the feasibility of
designing and constructing projects under the U.S. Green Building Council’s
LEED rating program was in doubt. In recent years…more and more building
teams…are routinely producing sustainable projects with energy savings in the
20% to 30% range compared to industry standards.”
• Buildings
consume approximately 40% of all U.S. energy—more than
transportation; half of that energy powers commercial buildings.
• Lighting
accounts for more than half of all commercial building energy.
•
Electricity represents 67% of energy consumption by the retail sector.
“Along with
the energy-saving benefits that customers will derive from these guides, they
also provide an excellent opportunity for the entire electrical industry,” said
Karen Ponce, chair of NAED’s Manufacturers Council and president of
Shat-R-Shield. “First, the guides are both a training piece as well as a
selling tool. They provide an enormous amount of information on energy-saving
applications and have a pocket
in the back
for placing specific manufacturer product sheets, distributor and rep line
cards, proposals, etc. Second, these guides can be used by distributors,
manufacturers, reps, contractors, and architects. There is no limit to who can
benefit from this initiative. It truly is the first of its kind in the
electrical industry.”
These power
selling tools not only help contractor customers to sell premium products, but
also help the whole channel win by producing improved results at every level:
•
Distributors can work with contractors to boost profitability. They are
well-positioned to help contractors make incremental sales that increase
customer satisfaction. The guides may be ordered as-is or distributors can
print them using their own branding.
•
Manufacturers and manufacturer reps can also add their own branding to the
guides, which can help the reps drive better results for the whole channel, as
they pull manufacturers, distributors, and contractors together and keep them
focused on building their bottom line.
More
information on this topic will be available at naed.org, as the project
develops.
Brown is a
communications specialist for NAED. Reach her at sbrown@naed.org.
Reprinted
with full permission of The Electrical Distributor Magazine www.tedmag.com
CBM
Cabling System Helps Crack Genetic Codes
By Carol
Everett Oliver, RCDD
Cracking
the code in genetics is the key to minimizing human scourges, such as cancer
and heart disease. Defining the function of individual genes and studying their
complex interactions is essential to unlocking their roles in helping to
improve living conditions. According to
an article published in The Oncologist, one in two men and one in three women
are diagnosed with cancer in the United States. Incidences of cancer
are expected to more than double by 2050.
With an estimated 99,000 new cases of cancer discovered in Florida per
year since 2006, that state ranks second next to California with these
occurrences. Recently the University of Florida opened its new Cancer and
Genetics Research Complex to house much of the research efforts of the UF Shands Cancer Center, the UF Genetics Institute and the Interdisciplinary
Center for Biotechnology Research.
The complex
consists of five stories on the south side and seven stories on the north side
of a building joined by a four-story atrium area. It includes 280,000 square
feet of training facilities and labs, as well as a vivarium and greenhouse.
In that
setting, UF scientists work to develop platforms and techniques for genomic
research and analysis as well as practical applications for microbial, plant,
animal and human discoveries. Clinical trials aimed at finding therapies and
cures for cancer and other diseases are expected to be an important result of
the effort. Such extensive biotechnology research involves the use of reliable
databases to store and receive vast amounts of information as well as computer
applications requiring high-bandwidth to perform experimental designs and
analysis of complex data sets.
“Genetic
sequencing is a bandwidth hog as experiments can run up to 10 days analyzing
DNA, which can eat as much as 10 terabytes of data,” explains Tom Livoti, RCDD,
and Assistant Director of HealthNet Operations for the University of Florida.
“Therefore, our challenge was to make sure that the networking infrastructure
at the heart of the UF Cancer and Genetics Research Complex could meet
requirements and assure its place as one of the premier academic research
facilities in the Southeast.”
“Apart from
these case sensitive applications, which require high levels of guaranteed
uptime, many other functions such as voice communications, security cameras,
building access controls and video conferencing all use the same IP-based
infrastructure,” Livoti says. “Therefore we planned a 100 percent redundant
system utilizing the NetClear® GT2 warranted Category 6 solution from Berk-Tek
and Ortronics/Legrand.”
I.T. Per
Port
HealthNet
is the entity responsible for the network design and management of the network
infrastructure in the Health Science Center
at the University
of Florida, which is
comprised of six colleges and five major research centers. It works in close collaboration with Shands
HealthCare, a private, not-for-profit health care system associated with UF.
“Back in the coaxial and mainframe days, every time a person moved, they would
take the cable with them, so the next person in that space would have to
re-cable, which created a cable management nightmare,” explains Livoti. “Once
we migrated to a structured wiring cabling environment, it made more sense for
us to centrally buy the equipment and have a centralized shop that solely
handles the networking infrastructure.”
“We answer to a Public Service Commission
(PSC), which is made up not only of management representatives from all the
Colleges and major Institutes in the Health
Science Center,
but also includes representatives from Shands HealthCare and University of Florida’s
main campus. The PSC approves HealthNet’s annual budget and provides for
governance and oversight, as opposed to the University of Florida
main campus where many groups having their own internal I.T. department,”
Livoti explains. To arrive at a cost per
port, the total cost for the operation is divided by the number of active
ports.
“In total,
we have about 11,000 active ports in the network and about 3,500 phones and 400
access points. At an average, it is a little more than $13 per active port per
month,” states Livoti.
What is
unique about HealthNet’s approach is that it coordinates the project from start
to finish, and subsequently manages each port throughout the life of the
system. Each project has its own budget and takes into account the materials
and labor.
The UF
Shands Cancer Center and Genetics Institute project was not different. The design called for approximately 6,000
ports, which includes data, phone, video, access points, access control and
security cameras. “Data is data – it’s
all bits. The cable does not differentiate between the end devices, and as long
as there is an IP address, we utilize the UTP cable plant for a multitude of
applications,” Livoti notes.
RFP by
Team
HealthNet
selected the NetClear GT2 Category 6 horizontal solution, based on the
successful and positive experience with previous installation within the University of Florida. Selecting contractors,
subcontractors and the distribution channel was accomplished through an RFP
process. The RFP to select the installation company used a weighted scale that
is not necessarily based on the lowest bid, but takes into account a
combination of experience, locations and certifications of the staff.
“Whereas I
selected the NetClear solutions in all the buildings because I know that I am
getting a proven product set with a comprehensive warranty, I believe that
selecting the vendors through an RFP process with a review team gives us better
service and a better return return-on on-our our-investment in the long run,”
explains Livoti.
The
selection team includes included representatives from UF’s main campus
including facilities personnel, technology personnel and representatives from
both Shands and HealthNet. Within the
process, the installation firms provided a list of previous projects of comparable
size and the review team then interviews and subsequently ranks the
contractors. To select a local
distributor, a comprehensive material list was created by HealthNet and
separately sent out for bid.
“HealthNet
does not allow any substitution of products, so price and availability were
factors that led us to win the bid,” states Scott Tillman, sales representative
from Communications Supply Corporation (CSC), the selected distribution firm
for all the electrical and low-voltage systems. “It took hours of number
crunching, as well as pre-planning, to make sure the components were staged and
ready for each shipment to the installation company,” Tillman adds.
System
Layout
Complete
Network Solutions was selected as the installation contractor and provided the
CAD drawings for the system layout. “We
designed the infrastructure, to be totally redundant and independently backed
up on dedicated UPS systems,” explains Bob Concelmo, RCDD, president of
Complete Network Solutions. “All of the
switches are on emergency power and generators with attached UPS systems, so
the network will never suffer downtime,” he adds. “The lights might go out and the building
pitch black, but you will still be able to make a call.”
For the
backbone there are redundant fiber rings for complete fiber diversity between
the north North and south South towers, which are connected through a middle
bridge. Right now the backbone is
specified at one gigabit, but plans are to upgrade to a 10-Gigabit Ethernet
backbone over fiber within two years. There are redundant fiber feeds to each
telecommunications room (TR) located on each floor of each tower. Each TR is
laid out the same for consistency and easy identification for future moves,
adds and changes. Three Ortronics’ Mighty MoÒ racks
house the active and passive equipment.
The center rack holds the electronics (switches, routers, etc.) and the
two side racks hold the patching fields for all of the IP applications.
“I
suggested Ortronics’ ClarityÒ6 angled patch panels versus flat
patch panels to provide port density and to save space in the racks,” explains
Mike Berkman with Cabling Technologies, Inc., the manufacturer’s rep.
“Utilizing angled patch panels, the cable is managed on both sides of the
Mighty Mo rack through vertical wire managers, which eliminates installing
horizontal cable managers between the patch panels and essentially doubles your
rack space,” he adds.
From the
TR’s the horizontal cable totals 1.7 million feet of Berk-Tek’s LANmark™-1000
to the 2,000 Clarity 6 workstation outlets, which contain an average of three
ports per outlet, for data, voice, security cameras, distance learning, video
conferencing, wireless or access control. “This is truly a converged network,”
states Livoti. “UTP is also running Power over Ethernet to the wireless access
points and to the cameras,” he adds.
Installing
the cabling infrastructure took 14 months out of the project’s total three-year
construction schedule. “We were actually
ahead of schedule, but we were waiting for the other trades as we had to cable
after the conduits were installed by the electrical contractors and then wait
for the ceilings and walls to go in to terminate to the ports,” Livoti
notes. After all the cable was installed
and terminated, Complete Network Solutions tested and documented every port,
which was part of the NetClear warranty program.
Play it
again, Shands
This is the
second building for which HealthNet has specified a NetClear solution and they
are currently in the design stages for the next project, the Biomedical Sciences
Building. “We are an
auxiliary arm in the Florida
University system and a
partner with Shands hospital system in that they handling the engineering and
active components and we handle the infrastructure,” reiterates Livoti. “This was, by far, the smoothest installation
and we hope that all subsequent buildings will be this easy,” states Robert
Snively, I.T. expert with HealthNet who is tasked with servicing all the
installed facilities once it is complete.
Carol
Everett Oliver, RCDD, is the marketing analyst with Berk-Tek, a Nexans
Company. She is best known for writing
numerous case studies and technical articles for the cabling industry. She can be reached at carol.oliver@nexans.com.
Reprinted
with permission from Cabling
Business Magazine, December 2008.
REMEMBER TO RECYCLE, REDUCE AND REUSE
|